Tag Archives: Big Labor

Posted by Big Governement
March 11, 2010
Leave a Comment

Heads Up Talk Radio: The President’s Foot Soldiers Have Your Number

Newsmax first reported that Organizing for America, the community organizing outfit under the auspices of the Democratic National Committee, has launched a plan to inundate talk radio shows with callers.  The action will occur when a particular radio show is discussing ObamaCare.

This is an extension of OFA’s and Health Care for America Now’s campaign to flood last summer’s town hall meetings with union members and left-wing activists supporting Obama’s government takeover of health care.

TalkRadio

The intent then, just as it is now, was to drown out average taxpayers showing up  to voice their concerns or vent their frustrations.  The intent is also to run out the clock on real debate and take a vote on health reform with as little resistance as possible.

HCAN and ACORN were busing non-constituents, some from as far as 200 miles away, to fill the seats and skew the crowd.  It was to give the false impression that constituents really wanted ObamaCare.

But the result was even worse.  HCAN and union members, particularly SEIU, were filling the seats which would have otherwise been occupied by the average person just getting out of work.

So, the campaign now is geared toward achieving the same result: flood different talk radio shows with left-wing activists and ObamaCare apologists.  The OFA’s website has a talk radio du jour with a call-in number and “discussion points” – talking points for the latest version of the Democrats’ plan.

Be aware and be prepared, Talk Radio: The president’s got your number and his foot soldiers are coming for you.

Posted by Big Governement
March 10, 2010
Leave a Comment

Its Only Money: Democrats Prepare $100 Billion Jobs Bill for Local Governments

From The Hill:

No Americans Need Apply

Democrats are set to unveil a new jobs initiative Wednesday that will provide grants to local governments to save or create jobs.

House Education and Labor Committee Chairman George Miller (D-Calif.) will join other lawmakers and mayors to announce a $100 billion program to support jobs initiatives in local governments and municipalities.

“Our goal is to retain or create a million jobs,” Miller said during an appearance on CNBC Wednesday morning. “There’s some very serious concern that the small, good news we’re getting right now on the unemployment figures could be wiped out by what’s going to happen in local governments, if they don’t get some assistance.”

The latest jobs bill will be the latest but arguably the largest jobs initiative Democrats will have undertaken over the past few months, during which they’ve moved several bills in order to spur job growth.

The proposal Miller will unveil will be structured on the existing infrastructure of the community development bloc grant program. Mayors or local leaders will submit grant proposals in the program for funds to save or create local jobs, or to create work-training programs for city workers. The $100 billion allotted by the legislation would fund those local jobs programs.

Read the whole thing here. It is increasingly clear that the Democrats can only grasp the economic forces necessary to create public sector jobs. It is, after all, a pretty simple equation: 1. raise money through taxing or borrowing and 2. give it to other politicians. Easy.

But, not sustainable. Private sector employment produces tax revenue (and tangible things of value), while public sector employment simply consumes tax revenue. Eventually, the Democrats simple math falls apart.

Posted by Big Governement
March 10, 2010
Leave a Comment

The Corker-Dodd-Alinsky Bill? : Center-Right Coalition Letter Warns about ‘Proxy Access’

Capitol Confidential and Jim Hoft have done an excellent job laying out concerns with the potential “compromise” bill that comes out of Sen. Bob Corker’s negotiations with Chris Dodd.  But when it comes to the destructive provisions that could come out of a Dodd-Corker deal, they may have just scratched the surface.

59166654

In addition to the troubling new powers for a new nanny-state consumer agency and possibly the Federal Reserve added to the prospect of billions more in bailouts for reckless financial firm, the bill may also contain the sneaky  “proxy access” power grab for unions, radical environmentalists, and other groups on the Left. This rule, inspired by Saul Alinsky’s Rules for Radicals, is contained in Dodd’s “discussion draft” bill from late last year.

As I detailed in BigGovernment last week, “proxy access would federalize and override decades of state law governing the structure of corporations and force publicly-traded companies to put shareholders’ nominees for a board of directors on a company’s proxy ballot along with the firm’s own nominees for those positions.” Many shareholder groups that are pushing this are union pension funds, the radical Tides Foundation, and other progressive groups — from animal rights to anti-Israel — who place their own political agenda items at the expense of ordinary shareholders.

Even if these groups’ nominees do not get elected as directors, they could use the threat of a campaign – which the company and other shareholders would be forced to subsidize – “as a lever to force U.S. companies to bow to the Left’s wish list on every policy from “card check” that would end secret ballot for union elections to cap-and-trade rationing of electricity to a silencing of conservative voices by small group of ideological shareholders who would have veto power over the content of a media company.” Indeed, proxy access could also serve as a type of Fairness Doctrine-rule in which progressive shareholders of media companies attempt to block conservative content, as now-disgraced New York Comptroller Alan Hevesi did when Sinclair Broadcasting was going to air the “Stolen Honor” documentary critical of John Kerry.

As I documented in the article, proxy access has its roots in the “proxy tactic” that community organizer Alinksy outlined in his Rules for Radicals. In that handbook, Alinsky called for progressive groups to utilize shareholder proxies as “the razor to cut through the golden curtain that protected the so-called private sector from facing its public responsibilities.” Alinsky admitted that this tactic “will result in diminished dividends” for middle-class investors, but said that it was necessary to fool the middle class to “build power for change.”

But on the debate on health care and other issues pushed by progressives, the middle-class is showing that it isn’t fooled as easily as Alinsky and his followers though they could be. It remains to be seen, though, whether the proxy tactic will fool Corker, or whether he will be educated on this and other forms of “corporate jujitsu”(Alinksy’s own words) by the legions of savvy middle-class investors and entrepreneurs.

On that note, I am happy to report that leaders of 17 groups representing a broad spectrum of the Center-Right coalition  — from my organization Competitive Enterprise Institute and Americans for Tax Reform to the Christian Coalition of America  — have sent a letter to Dodd, Banking Committee Ranking Member Richard Shelby (R-Ala.) and Corker expressing objections to proxy access.  Such a rule, the letter states, “would benefit special interests with political agendas at the expense of ordinary shareholders” and “would allow … activists to achieve through the board nomination process what they have been unable to accomplish through the political process.” The letter is printed below and also available here.

And as previous BigGovernment articles have noted, you can share your thoughts with the office of Sen Bob Corker at (202) 224-3324.


proxy access letter 2009

Posted by Big Governement
March 10, 2010
Leave a Comment

Who Is The Stimulus Money Stimulating? Teachers

Based on the Recovery.gov data, more than two third of the 594,754.3 jobs “created or saved” with the stimulus funds were “created or saved” in the Department of Education (see chart).  Basically, what the administration meant by shovel ready projects was funding for your next door teacher.

jobschart

Now, let’s recap some of findings and news of the previous weeks.

1. Most jobs are created in the Department of Education

2. In 2009, for the first time ever, more public-sector employees (7.9 million) belonged to a union than did private-sector employees (7.4 million) despite there being five times more wage and salary workers in the private sector.

3. A third of all union jobs are in Education

4. 33 percent of the education industry is unionized

5.  The union boss, Andy Stern, was appointed to be on the president’s debt commission.

It all makes sense, doesn’t it?

Now, what do you think the chance are that the stimulus funds for education will be made permanent?

(Cool chart and data here)

Posted by Big Governement
March 10, 2010
Leave a Comment

Please Sir, May I Have Some More? John Olver (MA-1), Earmark King

As I predicted, Scott Brown’s triumphant victory as the first Republican U.S. Senator in 38 years was only the beginning. Next came the retirement of disgraced U.S. congressman, Bill Delahunt (MA-10), which this columnist helped expose at this website.

Rep. John Olver

Rep. John Olver

Now here comes crowded Republican primaries for Massachusetts’s other congressional races. Many of these candidates will lose, but by running they will give their opponents the first real race many of them have seen in decades and they will give new life to an endangered species, the Massachusetts Republican.

This is all part of a transition, moving the people of Massachusetts and their politics back to the middle, back to better representation.

For the Massachusetts congressional delegation, times are tough. Demographic change has meant that their numbers have shrunk to ten members, the lowest for the Bay State since the 1860s. If Republicans retake the House, the people of the Commonwealth will be all but shut out of congressional policy. With Ted Kennedy dead and no one left to direct the delegation, the congressmen will make for easy pickings, despite their considerable warchests amassed over the years. Here’s an assessment of the perceived vulnerabilities of John Olver (MA-1) that Republicans might exploit, moving his congressional district closer to the accountable government we’ve been looking for, and saving the people of Massachusetts much embarrassment once Republicans retake the Congress.

John Olver (MA-1) has the delegation’s worst record when it comes to wasteful earmarks. He directed $2,752,000 for special projects in his district between 2005 and 2006 alone. According to The Boston Globe, Olver OKed more than $34.7 million in earmarks in that last budgeting cycle. What was the money spent on?

The Boston Globe reported just some of his earmarks, August 7, 2007:

Olver’s earmarks include $6 million for improvements to the Fitchburg-to-Boston rail line; $1 million for downtown streetscapes in Pittsfield; $150,000 for repairs to the William Cullen Bryant homestead, a national historic landmark, in Cummington; $275,000 to renovate the Berkshire Music Hall; and $1.5 million for the Silvio Conte Wildlife Refuge. Each of these expenditures is important to somebody.

Oh, but that’s not all. Olver spent some $45,000 in taxpayer dollars on mailings to his constituents, through franking, bragging about his “successes”. The Boston Herald reports:

Olver, who sits on the House Appropriations Committee, sent out one newsletter with a two-page glossy map of his district showing about 30 projects the panel funded “at my request.”

The map noted $3.5 million in federal earmarked funds for Pioneer Valley bike paths, $13.4 million for Route 2 safety improvements and $8.8 million for the Pittsfield Intermodal Transportation Center.

Whether or not these earmarks generate jobs or cause instability for much needed projects as people look to goverment, not business to provide investment, is another question as his district has been hit hard by the recession, with few jobs to show for his support of the so-called stimulus bill. If Olver were to be defeated, his twenty-two staffers would have to find other work. (The national average for congressmen is only 14.) The current bill for their salaries? Some $904,000 a year!

Never a boondoggle too big for him to want to get federal funds for — Amtrak and a $4 million planned train project rank among them — the transportation unions love him, which explains their hefty contributions at some $36,500 in 2010 alone. John Olver is quick to give them payback. In 2004, he gave them a much-needed amendment when he sponsored a bill that placed additional hurdles on foreign-made trucks entering the U.S. from Mexico or Canada, delaying implementation of NAFTA, and giving a big boon to the Teamsters Union. Not for nothing does Manuel “Matty” Moroun, billionaire-owner of the Ambassador Bridge over Detroit River, been known to throw money his way, when Moroun isn’t fighting tooth and nail to stop a rival bridge from being built,

The oldest congressman in the state at 73, Olver was recently ranked as the nation’s most liberal congressman — a record he had in 2005, as well. With a quick look over at his record, it’s easy to see why he earns that moniker. Olver was one of only twenty-two congressmen to vote against a resolution merely expressing support for democracy in Cuba. Instead, he’s supported resolutions to impeach then-President Bush. Perhaps we should be lucky. He’s also been known to waste Congress’s time with more frivolous matters, such as a resolution on the origin of baseball.

The Wall Street Journal reports:

Democratic Rep. John Olver of Massachusetts, the bill’s author, rose to stake Pittsfield’s claim, based on the recent discovery of a 1791 Pittsfield law banning “Wicket, Cricket, Baseball, Football, Cat, Fives or any other game or games with balls” near the town’s new meetinghouse.

“Even back in 1791, youths were already breaking windows playing America’s favorite national pastime,” Rep. Olver said. “With that, the first mention of baseball was penned into history.”

Massachusetts voters in the first congressional district may hope to pen Olver’s name into history, especially after revelations that he received a corporation-sponsored junket to Hawaii to study, well, aviation at a pristine beach with the American Association of Airport Executives picking up the $6000 tab. Here’s how he described the trip to The Wall Street Journal in 2005:

Rep. John Olver (D., Mass.) says the trip to Hawaii helped him learn more about the aviation industry and how policy made in Washington affects airlines, airport operators and labor unions. “You got the whole picture all at once,” says Rep. Olver, the top Democrat on the committee that funds aviation projects. “I feel that it was a pretty useful thing. In a discussion, you would get several different points of view.”

Uh huh. Like maybe which beaches to enjoy, eh congressman? I’m sure it was only a coincidence that your House panel offered to increase the hugely inefficient Essential Air Service subsidy up to $130 million, a federal program which wasteful subsidizes airports in the boonies up to $74 a passenger.

Air transport isn’t the whole thing near and dear to Congressman Olver. Amtrak has a special place in Olver’s heart. When President Bush threatened to eliminate subsidies to Amtrack, he went after Transportation Secretary Norman Mineta. “Do you know,” he asked repeatedly, “of any transit system or a rail passenger system anywhere else in the world that breaks even or makes money?”

A fair point — as Reason.tv’s latest video makes clear, but maybe we ought be building roads, instead?

Olver’s weirdest vote, though, has to be his no vote on a federal ban for reimbursements for sexual-enhancement drugs, like Viagra, after revelations came out that some 800 sex offenders received Medicaid-funded payments for the drug.

Republicans may well fail to take this seat and it’s likely that the seat itself will get cut up once the 2010 census is completed and Massachusetts loses yet another congressional seat. Should Olver retire, he’ll get both a federal and state pension from his years as a UMass Amherst chemistry professor. Indeed, Olver’s been on the state payroll since November 1992, and currently collects $2,263.21 a month, which works out to $27,158 per annum.

Still John Olver’s opponents would do well to seize on how his big government liberalism has made the Bay State impossible to live in. A new study found that a single mother of two needs an income of 62,000 a year just to get by. Olver hasn’t made it any easier. He supports the trillion dollar new health care entitlement at a time when Massachusetts’s health care premiums are the second highest in the nation and Gov. Deval Patrick plans to do price controls. Scott Brown promised to send health care back to the drawing board. Let’s hope the people of Massachusetts’s First congressional district send Olver back to Amherst.

Posted by Big Governement
March 9, 2010
Leave a Comment

Ergo Wars: The Empire Strikes Back

Some want to regulate what you eat, some want to regulate what you say, and some want to regulate how you type your TPS reports.

Those around long enough to remember the 1990’s will grumble to recall the battle over ergonomics regulations sought by Big Labor and the Occupational Health and Safety Administration. OSHA has already taken an important step in the march to regulating ergonomics by announcing its plan to require employers to keep records of ill-defined “musculo-skeletal disorders.” It announced today that the deadline for filing comments is March 30.

What’s a musculo-skeletal disorder? It isn’t defined well (and can and will include injuries not from work), so the eventual outcome is a flood of new “injuries” all kept in one big umbrella category. Remember: injuries are already recorded; now the government would have an additional statistic to urge regulatory action. Want the gist of the problem: at Maverick Strategies, we put this together:

Want to file a comment with OSHA? There’s still time (go here). But, you’d better be in the right position when typing…

Posted by Big Governement
March 9, 2010
Leave a Comment

Firestone Revisited: Was Toyota a Takedown Target in the Name of NUMMI?

As a gloomy, snowy February came to a close in the nation’s capital, so did the most recent circus attraction on Capitol Hill.  Several days of congressional hearings on the Toyota recalls didn’t exactly deliver many more facts for Americans but they did leave behind a plethora of speculation and opinion to feast upon.  While the saga now known as GasPedalGate flailed around quietly for several years, it’s suddenly taken center stage and today plays out like a bad made-for-TV-movie, complete with its villain, its victims, and most telling, a very long list of opportunists.

To see the full picture, the story begins in California with the history of General Motors and the United Auto Workers in the 1980’s, and GM’s rescue by Toyota through a little venture called NUMMI.  Today, in 2010, the NUMMI chapter nears its close.  But before it does, the Fremont, California plant and its rank and file workers will serve as unwilling pawns in what could turn out to be an orchestrated blueprint for incapacitating the strongest competitor to Government Motors and one of the most significant threats to labor unions here and around the globe.

Today’s rendition has been so manipulated and so propagandized, the facts have all but been removed from the storyline.  The bread crumb trail of truth has been trampled upon and so broadly scattered about, the trail is almost beyond the point of recognition.

The story that emerges is the collusion of forces in Big Labor, Big Government, Big Journalism, Big Litigators and Big Progressive Philanthropy.  And no, I’m not talking Breitbart sites.

GMheadline-small

The History of NUMMI

When a bankrupt and bailed out General Motors officially announced in June 2009 that it would be pulling out of its joint venture with Toyota, it marked the end of another era.


That era started in 1982 when automakers in California were flailing – GM especially was experiencing dismal losses as it struggled to keep production costs down and suffered through bitter labor disputes. Auto workers repeatedly blamed a “Japanese invasion” for their woes. Competing foreign automakers from across the shores of California had long been practicing the waste-reducing production method of lean manufacturing, a concept unfamiliar to California’s automakers prior to then.  At the heart of lean is a focus on value and the long-term, and on the use of learned information to make decisions, rather than a reliance upon “the way it’s always been done”.  The end result is a streamlined, efficient method of production that is flexible to changing business needs.

In contrast, lean manufacturing and the traditional union model are inherently in conflict with one another – one relies upon a leaner, “work smarter not harder” workforce, while the other breeds an environment of an inflexible, larger workforce – more workers means more union members, which are needed to finance underfunded pensions. During a crucial period in history when manufacturing was modernizing, the UAW drove down profits by bloating salaries and benefits while vehemently opposing change. Like so many others, GM had become complacent.

It was a dangerous mindset.  California’s car industry, which had experienced virtually zero competition for decades, was now seeing its first competitors from overseas.  To survive, it was in need of a rebirth.  But GM and the UAW simply weren’t equipped to competitively deliver that transformation.  And in the wake of dismal profits and hundreds of UAW grievance filings, GM closed its Fremont, CA plant in 1982, placing over 2,000 workers on indefinite furlough.

During that time, it was Toyota that came to the table with a deal to reopen that plant and hire back most of the former GM workers.  In 1984, GM and Toyota signed into a joint venture agreement and created  New United Motor Manufacturing Inc. (NUMMI), the first such automotive partnership of its kind ever in the US, which for the next 25 years would go on to enjoy successes and consistently win awards year after year.

While the NUMMI venture in Fremont was hailed by many in the business arena at the time, the deal sparked an outcry from labor leaders who accused the foreign automakers of stealing American jobs. In the end though, the venture proved to be beneficial to thousands of workers, including previously laid off GM workers and UAW members, who passed through the NUMMI plant in its 25 year history as employees, many of whom are still there today.

But all that changed in June 2009, when GM pulled out of the venture and ended its 25 year marriage to Toyota, leaving NUMMI behind and investing its 50% stake instead in “the New GM”. The UAW itself retains a 17.5% stake in GM through the UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust. The union was relatively silent about the break-up for two months, until Toyota announced in August that it would close the NUMMI plant altogether and focus on its six other US production facilities. Even then, most of the opposition stayed relatively local to NUMMI’s home state of California.

Until other interests intervened.

Enter Big Labor Opportunists

United Auto Workers

The NUMMI plant is scheduled to close on March 31st. For months, many NUMMI workers have been angry with UAW leadership, who have refused to focus on the workers’ severance negotiations. Historically, some workers themselves have blamed part of GM’s failures – and now Toyota’s – on misguided union leadership. Those tensions only increased when the UAW retirees fund gained a 17.5% share in GM stock as part of the joint bankruptcy negotiations facilitated by the Obama administration last year. It created a conflict of interest within rank and file NUMMI workers. While UAW is supposed to represent the interests of the NUMMI workers, it’s hostage to an inherent need to protect GM. This essentially leaves NUMMI workers, who pay dues each month, without any effective union representation. It would appear the UAW leadership has been focused on their own greed and self interest, rather than on serving the needs and desires of the rank and file NUMMI workers. As you’ll hear from workers in the video that follows:

  • UAW plans to take up to a 3% cut of the NUMMI workers’ severance packages for the International union
  • UAW leadership is demanding a $72 million contribution to the union’s supplemental health retirement program, which Toyota has resisted. NUMMI workers say this isn’t even a benefit for them – it benefits only the international UAW
  • While the UAW owns 17.5% of GM, NUMMI workers do not. This is a conflict of interest that some NUMMI workers believe violates their charter and they demand officials look at both ledgers
  • UAW leadership is violating the union’s constitution by not conducting regular membership meetings in the prescribed manner and not allowing motions to be made at other meetings
  • Meanwhile, UAW leaders have been taking lavish trips to places like Palm Springs and not spending time focusing on negotiating settlement packages for NUMMI workers

For months, UAW leaders have persisted in boycotting local Toyota dealers, telling consumers not to buy Toyota vehicles. They’ve also traveled across the country, leafleting crowds and petitioning people at auto shows to keep the NUMMI plant open to save 4,500 jobs.

autoshowleaflet

Meanwhile, NUMMI workers back in California have called their union leadership’s efforts misguided and counter-productive. They’ve been pleading with the leadership to stop focusing on keeping the plant open and instead to tend their severance negotiations. Most recently, Toyota has pledged $250 million in bonuses to go to the departing NUMMI workers, but that offer is dependent upon the UAW; in prior offers, the UAW is said to have represented only the needs of its leadership and not the workers of NUMMI. Workers have tried repeatedly to have their voices heard in the media; the majority of outlets have simply repeated the international UAW’s rendition of the story, which is in stark contrast to the sentiments of 80% of NUMMI workers.

You first met them in my January 28th post, Union Boss to Members: Shut the F*%k Up, You Motherf*%kers! These are real people, rank and file workers. Let me introduce you to some of them through this video from Labor Video Project, as NUMMI workers explain in their own words their internal struggles with a union leadership that’s lost its way.

With only 20 days left before the plant closing, workers wait it out in flux without any inkling of their severance, while their local leadership, persists with their lobbying to keep the plant open. A state delegation (which includes SEIU/Workers United ally, actor Danny Glover) will soon travel to Japan to demand the plant stay open.

This past weekend at their latest meeting, president of UAW local 2244 Sergio Santos blindly promised workers that the NUMMI plant will stay open on April 1st.

Workers know this isn’t the case – no inventory is on hand, no supplies, no parts, no vendors…no pipeline exists for production. All the workers have wanted – for nearly a year now – is for their leadership to negotiate their severance and help make their transition easier. Their leadership obviously has its own agenda – one that extends far beyond the scope of NUMMI.

The Takedown Timeline

As the NUMMI closing played itself out, a series of interestingly timed events was occurring in sequence.


June 2009: GM Publicly Abandons NUMMI, Divorces Toyota


GM publicly announces it has decided to pull out of its joint venture with Toyota and forgoes NUMMI, leaving it behind to Toyota so that it can focus instead on “the New GM”.


June 26, 2009:  Justice for Toyota Janitors is Born


A DNS registration for http://www.justicefortoyotajanitors.org is created.  The registration comes from the Reaching Higher Coalition, which consists primarily of Reverends from the Baptist Ministers Conference (a LOT of them), SEIU, and a variety of progressive Consumer Organizations.


August 2009:  Toyota decides it will close NUMMI


Toyota decides to close the NUMMI plant in Fremont, CA.  The closing will be scheduled for March 31, 2010.  Toyota indicates it will offer severance settlements to NUMMI workers and assist in transition arrangements over the next 7 months, pending negotiation and approval from the UAW.  While news of the announcement flurried about in June and July, the formal notifications were made in early August. The public press release then announced the news on 8/28.


August 7 – 28, 2009:  SEIU and Justice for Janitors Protest Toyota


An August 7th protest of over 500 people occurred in CA as they marched in protest of Toyota – angry that a contractor of Toyota, GCA Services, has embarked upon a “massive” layoff of 30 people.  They demand that Toyota demand that its contractor hire back the workers.  (a WTF moment)

Additional protests are also held over these several weeks to protest Janitorial cuts, and of course to rally to Save NUMMI workers’ jobs.  (Though I would guess there weren’t actually many NUMMI workers in their presence).

seiu1

In addition to the UAW, the Change to Win unions, like SEIU, are also workers at NUMMI:

nummi-unions


August 2009: The fatal Santee CA crash


A Lexus (Toyota product) on loan from a dealership crashes outside of Santee, CA, killing a California Highway Patrol Officer, his wife and two children.  Accident investigators later determine the pedal became entrapped beneath a mismatched floor mat in the vehicle, causing sudden unintended acceleration.  (Contracted safety consultants trying to bolster litigators’ cases are trying to force Toyota into prematurely stating that it is an electrical or other problem).


September 3, 2009: SEIU and  Justice for Toyota Janitors Picket Toyota Dealers


Like the UAW and Teamsters will do shortly after them, the SEIU and friends start picketing at Toyota dealerships, demanding that Americans stop buying Toyota cars unless the company keeps their members’ jobs.  They picket again on September 23rd and other dates as well.


September 3, 2009: McCune Wright and LiUNA, a Change to Win Union, Homebuilders Lawsuit


The law firm McCuneWright, LLP filed multiple class action lawsuits against eight national home builders on behalf of homeowners seeking the return of their investment from the builders. Those named in the suit happened to be some of the very companies that Change to Win unions – including LiUNA, SEIU, and the Teamsters – have been campaigning against for hiring non-union workers and resisting Project Labor Agreements.

The law firm’s press release stated that the allegations in the lawsuit are based in part on “important research done by LiUNA.” (download report)

liuna-mccune

Throughout 2009, LiUNA, in concert with its parent Change to Win and partnering AFL-CIO labor unions, had launched a barrage of campaigns and lawsuits against the numerous construction companies and developers being sued, alleging everything from wage fraud, to pension fund shareholder abuse, to unfair financing practices.

It was a familiar pattern that preceded Toyota, but it didn’t seem to relate in any way directly to the Toyota saga at first. But then,


November 5, 2009: McCune Wright and Safety Research & Strategies


The same law firm filed another class action lawsuit – this one against Toyota, charging that Sudden Unintended Acceleration is responsible for recent Toyota accidents. Much like LiUNA provided the reports used in the home builders suit, this lawsuit was also aided by a report from an outside organization, in this instance, Sean Kane of Safety Research & Strategies.

We know now that Kane later admitted that the report was funded by the law firms suing Toyota, something that wasn’t revealed until last month’s Congressional hearings.

Sean Kane is a familiar name in this game. During a period in time when the United Steel Workers were in labor disputes with Bridgestone/Firestone, Kane teamed up in 1996 with a Texas litigation firm in a tire defect lawsuit against the company. Kane’s former consulting firm, Strategic Safety, had identified 30 cases of tire failure in its report for the law firm. But Kane and the lawyers for whom he was working had decided at that time not to submit any complaint forms regarding the issues to the NHTSA. Kane took a lot of heat for that action, especially since he was more concerned about protecting the lawyers’ monetary awards than protecting lives from known safety hazards.

“Everyone was leery of the agency getting involved with this, because a number of plaintiff lawyers have been burned when an investigation has been opened and closed without finding a defect,” Kane explained.

Firestone was reluctant to issue a recall during a period of litigation, lest it become a direct admission of guilt. But the Steelworkers would see to it that the recall, and plenty more, would occur.

More on Firestone in the next section… The reference is important, because it is a mirror to what we will see today with the Toyota case.


November and December of 2009:  Coordination of a  Skunk Team?


As the UAW continues to conduct pickets at Toyota dealerships – which are not in any way connected with Toyota, other than the fact that they carry Toyota vehicles – something apparently occurred behind the scenes to bring together what would become an apparent Skunk Team, as leaders and organizers from the Teamsters and SEIU began coordinating efforts…along with some old safety and environmental advocacy group friends.

During this period, organizing also begins with Friends of the Earth (which used to be headed by Andy Stern’s ex-wife Jane Perkins).  FOE’s outgoing president Brent Blackwelder has been out protesting with the Teamsters and UAW, while Board Director Clarence Ditlow has been testifying to Congress regarding Toyota as one of the safety experts.


January 6, 2010:  Social Media Attack Sites Are Created


While NUMMI workers were back in California trying to stop their leaders from launching counter-productive attacks, their leaders were out there…well…launching counter-productive attacks. UAW had mid level leaders initiate online social media sites.

Michele Martin, Assistant Major, International UAW sets up a Facebook page under the handle “Save_NUMMI”. Of course, by all accounts, Ms. Martin does not work at NUMMI, nor do NUMMI workers seem to know her.  Another participant is Brad Markell, Servicing Rep, International UAW based in Michigan. (Markell was coincidentally also a contributor to the Apollo Green Alliance Manufacturing Action Plan). Not exactly members in close proximity to NUMMI in Fremont, CA. And as a side note, judging from their salaries, they don’t seem in such dire monetary need to justify a 3% cut of NUMMI workers’ severance packages.


January 12, 2010:  Tweeting to Organizers


The corporate campaign continues with a Tweet, under the same handle.

tweet-teamsters


January 22, 2010:  The Big Tweet, Exploiting Victims


And then, the hard core Toyota slam days later:

tweet-teamsters2


January 28, 2010:  The Big Protest -Teamsters, UAW, SEIU/Jobs With Justice, Friends of the Earth, and Sean Kane


Then came the well-publicized protest outside the Embassy of Japan in Washington DC to call on the Japanese government to hold Toyota accountable for waging an attack on thousands of good-paying jobs in the United States. The protest was the joint effort of a few familiar labor unions and advocacy groups:

  • the United Auto Workers
  • the Teamsters (member of the Change to Win coalition)
  • Jobs With Justice (a SEIU-founded action group)
  • Friends of the Earth
  • Sean Kane of Safety Research & Strategies

As Sean Kane and labor union leaders were all out there protesting together with their partner advocacy groups, and delivering their threat letter to a foreign Prime Minister, there’s been no mention that some of these very players, most notably Mr. Kane, are working with the law firm involved in the litigation against Toyota as well as some of its other class action lawsuits.

japanese-embassy-protest

Labor leaders have pension funds invested in GM, and Toyota, its competitor, threatens that security. Labor has also wanted to eliminate this foreign competitor for decades. Currently they fight with Toyota over job cuts and unionization. Anti-corporation groups have been battling Toyota for years over what they say are human rights violations in places such as the Philippines and Burma/Myanmar. Environmental groups have been attacking Toyota because of its opposition to increased CAFÉ standards in CA, new global warming regulation, and Cap & Trade legislation. Safety advocates have fought to nationalize the auto industry for decades.

So, when the departure of GM from its NUMMI joint venture with Toyota prompted the closure announcement of NUMMI, labor leaders went to work on a plan of attack. And when a real crisis – a real tragedy – presented itself as part of the recall issue, it became fuel for the fodder. This collective of union leaders apparently partnered up with its allies to force Toyota into a submissive state until it could all but control it themselves.

Don’t take my word for it, listen to them. In summarizing a February 12, 2010 joint meeting of union leaders, the The Oakland Tribune wrote,

“We will take this fight to every Toyota dealership in California,” Richard Trumka, president of the AFL-CIO, said via a videoconference link. “Our message is that Toyota kills American jobs. This comes at a time when Toyota can ill afford another black eye.”

“If they close the NUMMI plant, we union people will not buy another Toyota,” said Bob King, UAW vice president.

“You are going to see an attack on Toyota that is unprecedented,” said Rome Aloise, a top Teamsters official.

I don’t know that it would be an unprecedented attack. Because just like the Firestone campaigns, many of us have seen the pattern before. We’ve just got a sleeping media these days that doesn’t notice such patterns or question any of our labor leaders or advocates.

Up On Capitol Hill

The latest Save NUMMI campaigns and Toyota protests peaked right around the time of the Congressional hearings on Capitol Hill.  To start were the all the media reports,  frenzied about the internal documents that “expose” Toyota’s lobbying in DC, as if automakers aren’t expected to lobby. This Politico article, “Toyota goes into lobbying overdrive” reports,

“Toyota’s tentacles are spread far and wide on Capitol Hill. Senate records show Toyota-related entities spent $4.1 million on lobbying last year — and $35.2 million during the past decade. According to lobbying records, in the last three months of 2009, $1.77 million was spent to sway Congress on a wide range of issues, including financial services, fuel standards, card check, patent reform, hazardous materials transportation rules and foreign taxation policy.”

However, there are two sides to this lobbying picture. It’s certainly no secret that General Motors, even in the face of bankruptcy and a federal bailout, spent more than twice as much as Toyota in comparison- $8.7 million – on lobbying last year alone. Also compare that with the related lobbying expenses of one of Capitol Hill’s largest and probably most overlooked special interest groups – Big Labor. Auto industry related unions, as well as their supporting solidarity unions, are no friends of Toyota, as they’ve been pounding the automaker for years over its opposition to legislation like Card Check and Cap & Trade, and for what labor leaders proclaim to be union busting outsourcing tactics. Add up some of those dollars just from 2009 and you’re looking at over $26 million. Even better, add labor and GM together, since they combine efforts and work as a team for the most part. Then compare it with what Toyota’s up against. Not exactly chump change.

auto-lobbying

Just imagine if these lobbying totals had included all of the environmental philanthropic organizations, the ambulance chasing profession, and all of those labor union related 527 groups and non-profits spending millions on “safety advocacy”. It would leave most wondering if Toyota’s even got the political chops to compete long-term in this racket anyway.

This brings about perhaps the most egregious element of the story. The hearings indulged the testimony of “experts” against Toyota who each had very obvious biased agendas, and an apparent history of working together – along with the unions – to force a recall or two. It’s shameful that Congress would even allow, let alone rely upon, the testimony of several of such panelists.

Testimony on auto safety was provided by Clarence Ditlow , Joan Claybrook and Sean Kane. All have a long history of using their advocacy groups to advance their progressive political agendas. The sentiment of testimony specifically from Ditlow and Claybrook was so focused on the extremes in auto safety concerns and turned to discussion of creating more bureaucracy, while the reality of today’s statistics simply don’t support those recommendations. A great post over at thetruthaboutcars.com summed it up perfectly:

As stuck in the past as they are, asking Claybrook and Ditlow for recommendations in the wake of the Toyota recalls was a bit like asking a Soviet central planner for advice in managing the government’s stake in GM: the problem isn’t that they aren’t intelligent, well-meaning people, it’s that their battles have already been waged, and the world has moved on. Driving cars will continue to be the most dangerous activity any of us engage in on a regular basis, and it’s time to stop pretending that this reality can be reduced to something as simple as corporate greed.

In fact, it’s their biased testimony that draws attention to the fact that their efforts have been so closely co-mingled with the peripheral aspects of not only this Toyota case, but many similar cases that came before it – like the Firestone recalls. Their other activism efforts frequently pair them with many of the usual “social justice” crusaders.

ditlow-claybrook

Clarence Ditlow, Executive Director, Center for Auto Safety

Champion behind lemon laws, federal speed limits, laws against distracted cell phone driving; has lobbied for years to nationalize the auto industry and remove it from the free market system. Mr. Ditlow has a long-standing reputation in working with trial lawyers to go after toxic toys, defective products, auto defects and more. It’s safe to say he’s a fan of government regulation. While some of his goals may have been well-intended, and some even sensible, many of his efforts have often been proven to be over-zealous, and in some cases slanderous. A detailed history of Ditlow’s more dangerous advocacy can be read here. Ditlow is also associated with:

Joan Claybrook, Outgoing President, Public Citizen; former NHTSA head

While Joan has had a long history with Public Citizen, and an equally long list of accomplishments, her organization is the furthest thing from non-partisan. They lobby regularly with unions like SEIU, such as in their “Bust Up Big Banks” protest, and to push for a Single Payer health system, and they work hand in hand with trial lawyers to push lawsuits against corporations. The group frequently lobbies for increased government intervention and regulation as a way to control corporations and international trade. Last October, Public Citizen sued Texas to force the state to regulate carbon dioxide and other emissions, citing the Supreme Court’s 2007 decision in which CO2 was classified as a pollutant under the federal Clean Air Act.

David Gilbert, Automotive Professor, Southern Illinois University

Mr. Gilbert testified before Congress about Electronic Throttle Control, offering his view that the Electronic Control Module (ECM) in Toyota’s vehicles does not sufficiently identify all types of sensor and/or circuit malfunctions that could potentially occur. Upon being questioned, Gilbert also admitted that he was paid by Sean Kean, Safety research & Strategies, for his research and demonstration. Mr. Gilbert’s video demonstration of sudden acceleration for Brian Ross of ABC News has now been viewed by thousands. Meanwhile, it was evaluated and challenged by Exponent, a firm with a wide array of engineering capabilities that works with clients like NASA and the US Department of Defense. I expect that much more criticism is on its way.

As an aside, Edmunds.com reminds the public that the unintended acceleration problem occurs with nearly all models of cars and is an issue that’s festered for more than 20 years, when the media first preyed on Audi about the subject. With that in mind, they’ve issued their own challenge to find real answers:
Edmunds.com Announces Million Dollar Prize for Unintended Acceleration Research

Sean Kane, Founder, Safety Research & Strategies

Mr. Kane produced the report that prompted these hearings, and had acknowledged that his services have been paid for by lawyers currently representing the plaintiffs in litigation against Toyota. Kane’s research draws no concrete conclusions as to the cause of Toyota’s sudden acceleration problem, only speculation. The report lists several potential causes:

  • Pedal Entrapment
  • Pedal Misapplication
  • Electromagnetic Interference
  • Electronic Problems
  • Cracked Throttle Body Shafts

Given that most of these are causes that are already considered and documented in NHTSA complaints for all car models for more than 20 years, the information is hardly as damning as media and legal professionals have made it out to be. However, a keen eye might recognize language in the report that is written around the intent of litigation:

“If the all-weather floor mat is to blame, and pedal entrapment occurs with any frequency, then this is a design problem. And in applying the most recent recall remedies, Toyota has acknowledged this by making significant floor arrangement changes, including shortening the pedal length to allow for more space between the pedal and the floor, removal of padding materials below the floor carpet, and re-designing the floor mats.”

The bolded fragment of the sentence indicates the precursor to establishing acknowledgement of culpability. Kane’s report is filled with such language. It’s also tactically similar to other work he’s produced for product liability law firms, most notably his research for litigators on the Ford Explorer/Firestone tires issue in the late 1990’s – early 2000’s in preparation for litigation against Bridgestone/Firestone. In responding to reporters’ questions about the 2000 recall’s impact on his clients’ litigation, he told the LA Times,

“Any time a manufacturer initiates a recall, it becomes an admission of liability,” said Sean Kane, president of Strategic Safety, a Virginia organization that was one of the first to call upon Firestone to recall the tires. He predicted that Firestone would likely attempt to settle the cases, rather than fight the claims and risk huge jury verdicts.

In the instance of Firestone, there was no recall in place yet at the start of the litigation process. In Kane’s report, there were instances of SUV rollovers, customer complaints of separating tires in specific high-heat/humidity states, and there were speculative causes for the problems, but there was nothing concrete upon which a lawsuit could place absolute blame on the defending party.

But there were others who could help make a recall happen…

UAW-Toyota Battle: United Steelworkers vs. Firestone Playbook?

In 1995, the United Rubber Workers (of Goodyear Tire fame) had just merged with the United Steelworkers (USW), as imports from Asian markets picked up in the US. The USW itself was already embroiled in a bitter labor dispute with Firestone. While the dispute was about labor contracts, it was also about opposition to free trade, a position also shared by environmental groups. In 1996, the union released a scathing report, “Running over the American Dream: A Case Study in Corporate Greed and Irresponsibility“, coordinated with the launch of a damaging national corporate campaign attack against Firestone, that the issue was thrust into the public eye, drawing even more complaints and pressure against the company. By 2000, the pressure had forced the recall of 6.4 million tires. Once that recall was issued, Kane and his clients had their ammunition for additional litigation (and future legislation).

By mid-2000 and into 2001, much of America was then focused on What Did They Know, and When?

USW-case-study

Today, Kane’s report regarding the Toyota sudden acceleration, the sequence of events, the pressure to recall, all the peripheral activities with partnering advocacy groups, and even the recall aftermath– it all plays out in near identical fashion as the infamous Firestone case did with the United Steelworkers. Simply replace “Firestone” with “Toyota”, and “United Steelworkers” with “United Autoworkers” and it could be almost the same story.

If you read the case study on the USW-Firestone fight and the subsequent Firestone recall and plant closings, “Out of the Ashes: The Steelworkers’ Global Campaign at Bridgestone/Firestone“, it gives you direct insight into what’s really behind some of these campaigns that surface to the public in the way of consumer safety or environmental advocacy.

When GM negotiated its government bailout and subsequently pulled out of its deal with Toyota, it sparked a chain of events that escalated when Toyota reacted, rightfully so, with a plan to close the plant that gave birth to that joint venture.  An Anti-Toyota campaign was clearly in play, with a network of unions and advocacy groups working together for a common goal, and for their own purposes (this chart is not all-inclusive of every group involved):

antitoyota-network

Given that the Steelworkers’ global campaign was first aimed at squashing foreign trade with Japan to create more US union jobs, then at unionizing its workers here in the US and globally, it had common goals with other advocacy groups. Once this synergy amongst previously unrelated organizations was realized, a movement of coordinated and collaborative advocacy developed momentum. As the USW case study begins,

“The demonstrations at the World Trade Organization (WTO) meeting in Seattle in the fall of 1999 brought together a diverse group of trade unionists, environmentalists, and anticorporate groups in a historic gathering. The size and the intensity of the action, coupled with the news and commentary in the weeks that followed, signaled a new and growing consciousness in the American public about economic globalization and its consequences.”

The unions of our parents’ and grandparents’ era fought against American businesses.  If unfair physical labor practices existed, there was a tangible company with a tangible company owner they could stand against and redress grievances.  Today’s unions, while hardly enduring the hard labor and oppression their predecessors did, are now faced with companies that are global.  All the rules and regulations at all levels of government that progressives have come to rely upon as “behavior modification” weapons for nearly eight decades don’t apply to other countries.  That means no rules to exploit or manipulate in order to force a company’s hand, as has been so frequently practiced here in the US.  So what’s a labor leader like Jim Hoffa or Anna Burger or Andy Stern to do when you can’t make laws in country’s that aren’t your own?  You find faults in their products and call them sub-par.  You team up with global advocacy groups and you exploit safety and environmental issues.  You use terms like “eco-apartheid”, “environmental equity” and “environmental justice” and you turn those into issues of human rights.  And then you appeal to the international community and international laws to resolve the issues that will in turn benefit your labor union.  On the surface they seem like such noble efforts to most of the public. But in reality, they sometimes are not.

Drawing attention to a legitimate issue through the power of public persuasion can be commendable.  Doing so under false pretenses, or at the expense of others being used as pawns is not.

Let me close by stating what should be the obvious.  This piece focuses on the role that labor unions and activist organizations may have played in helping to bring about Toyota’s recent issues.  That does not absolve Toyota of any wrong-doing.  As the story comes out and more of the facts are revealed, we will all be anxious, myself included, to understand how much Toyota has known about these issues and when they knew it.  And if there has been wrong-doing, I am confident that the American justice system will adequately deliver to the company precisely what it deserves. There are real victims to consider, and finding the truth should have always taken center stage in this saga.  It is disheartening to see that it has not.

Instead, we have seen what the special interests have wanted us to see. Photos of children holding signs saying “Toyota Killed My Daddy’s Job” and “Toyota, Stop Opposing Clean Energy.”   Labor leaders prancing the streets with megaphones decrying the injustice of Toyota having benefited from “Cash for Clunkers”.  Consultants publicizing reports financed by trial lawyers, then protesting alongside labor leaders.  Environmental groups blasting Toyota for increasing its carbon footprint by moving jobs from California back to Japan.  Congressional representatives grandstanding on Capitol Hill.

What we should see are the similarities between the way that many of the very same people manipulated into public opinion in the late 1990’s and what they are manipulating today.  We should see it for what it is.  Opportunism.

Posted by Big Governement
March 9, 2010
Leave a Comment

Firestone Revisited: Was Toyota a Takedown Target in the Name of NUMMI?

As a gloomy, snowy February came to a close in the nation’s capital, so did the most recent circus attraction on Capitol Hill.  Several days of congressional hearings on the Toyota recalls didn’t exactly deliver many more facts for Americans but they did leave behind a plethora of speculation and opinion to feast upon.  While the saga now known as GasPedalGate flailed around quietly for several years, it’s suddenly taken center stage and today plays out like a bad made-for-TV-movie, complete with its villain, its victims, and most telling, a very long list of opportunists.

To see the full picture, the story begins in California with the history of General Motors and the United Auto Workers in the 1980’s, and GM’s rescue by Toyota through a little venture called NUMMI.  Today, in 2010, the NUMMI chapter nears its close.  But before it does, the Fremont, California plant and its rank and file workers will serve as unwilling pawns in what could turn out to be an orchestrated blueprint for incapacitating the strongest competitor to Government Motors and one of the most significant threats to labor unions here and around the globe.

Today’s rendition has been so manipulated and so propagandized, the facts have all but been removed from the storyline.  The bread crumb trail of truth has been trampled upon and so broadly scattered about, the trail is almost beyond the point of recognition.

The story that emerges is the collusion of forces in Big Labor, Big Government, Big Journalism, Big Litigators and Big Progressive Philanthropy.  And no, I’m not talking Breitbart sites.

GMheadline-small

The History of NUMMI

When a bankrupt and bailed out General Motors officially announced in June 2009 that it would be pulling out of its joint venture with Toyota, it marked the end of another era.


That era started in 1982 when automakers in California were flailing – GM especially was experiencing dismal losses as it struggled to keep production costs down and suffered through bitter labor disputes. Auto workers repeatedly blamed a “Japanese invasion” for their woes. Competing foreign automakers from across the shores of California had long been practicing the waste-reducing production method of lean manufacturing, a concept unfamiliar to California’s automakers prior to then.  At the heart of lean is a focus on value and the long-term, and on the use of learned information to make decisions, rather than a reliance upon “the way it’s always been done”.  The end result is a streamlined, efficient method of production that is flexible to changing business needs.

In contrast, lean manufacturing and the traditional union model are inherently in conflict with one another – one relies upon a leaner, “work smarter not harder” workforce, while the other breeds an environment of an inflexible, larger workforce – more workers means more union members, which are needed to finance underfunded pensions. During a crucial period in history when manufacturing was modernizing, the UAW drove down profits by bloating salaries and benefits while vehemently opposing change. Like so many others, GM had become complacent.

It was a dangerous mindset.  California’s car industry, which had experienced virtually zero competition for decades, was now seeing its first competitors from overseas.  To survive, it was in need of a rebirth.  But GM and the UAW simply weren’t equipped to competitively deliver that transformation.  And in the wake of dismal profits and hundreds of UAW grievance filings, GM closed its Fremont, CA plant in 1982, placing over 2,000 workers on indefinite furlough.

During that time, it was Toyota that came to the table with a deal to reopen that plant and hire back most of the former GM workers.  In 1984, GM and Toyota signed into a joint venture agreement and created  New United Motor Manufacturing Inc. (NUMMI), the first such automotive partnership of its kind ever in the US, which for the next 25 years would go on to enjoy successes and consistently win awards year after year.

While the NUMMI venture in Fremont was hailed by many in the business arena at the time, the deal sparked an outcry from labor leaders who accused the foreign automakers of stealing American jobs. In the end though, the venture proved to be beneficial to thousands of workers, including previously laid off GM workers and UAW members, who passed through the NUMMI plant in its 25 year history as employees, many of whom are still there today.

But all that changed in June 2009, when GM pulled out of the venture and ended its 25 year marriage to Toyota, leaving NUMMI behind and investing its 50% stake instead in “the New GM”. The UAW itself retains a 17.5% stake in GM through the UAW Retiree Medical Benefits Trust. The union was relatively silent about the break-up for two months, until Toyota announced in August that it would close the NUMMI plant altogether and focus on its six other US production facilities. Even then, most of the opposition stayed relatively local to NUMMI’s home state of California.

Until other interests intervened.

Enter Big Labor Opportunists

United Auto Workers

The NUMMI plant is scheduled to close on March 31st. For months, many NUMMI workers have been angry with UAW leadership, who have refused to focus on the workers’ severance negotiations. Historically, some workers themselves have blamed part of GM’s failures – and now Toyota’s – on misguided union leadership. Those tensions only increased when the UAW retirees fund gained a 17.5% share in GM stock as part of the joint bankruptcy negotiations facilitated by the Obama administration last year. It created a conflict of interest within rank and file NUMMI workers. While UAW is supposed to represent the interests of the NUMMI workers, it’s hostage to an inherent need to protect GM. This essentially leaves NUMMI workers, who pay dues each month, without any effective union representation. It would appear the UAW leadership has been focused on their own greed and self interest, rather than on serving the needs and desires of the rank and file NUMMI workers. As you’ll hear from workers in the video that follows:

  • UAW plans to take up to a 3% cut of the NUMMI workers’ severance packages for the International union
  • UAW leadership is demanding a $72 million contribution to the union’s supplemental health retirement program, which Toyota has resisted. NUMMI workers say this isn’t even a benefit for them – it benefits only the international UAW
  • While the UAW owns 17.5% of GM, NUMMI workers do not. This is a conflict of interest that some NUMMI workers believe violates their charter and they demand officials look at both ledgers
  • UAW leadership is violating the union’s constitution by not conducting regular membership meetings in the prescribed manner and not allowing motions to be made at other meetings
  • Meanwhile, UAW leaders have been taking lavish trips to places like Palm Springs and not spending time focusing on negotiating settlement packages for NUMMI workers

For months, UAW leaders have persisted in boycotting local Toyota dealers, telling consumers not to buy Toyota vehicles. They’ve also traveled across the country, leafleting crowds and petitioning people at auto shows to keep the NUMMI plant open to save 4,500 jobs.

autoshowleaflet

Meanwhile, NUMMI workers back in California have called their union leadership’s efforts misguided and counter-productive. They’ve been pleading with the leadership to stop focusing on keeping the plant open and instead to tend their severance negotiations. Most recently, Toyota has pledged $250 million in bonuses to go to the departing NUMMI workers, but that offer is dependent upon the UAW; in prior offers, the UAW is said to have represented only the needs of its leadership and not the workers of NUMMI. Workers have tried repeatedly to have their voices heard in the media; the majority of outlets have simply repeated the international UAW’s rendition of the story, which is in stark contrast to the sentiments of 80% of NUMMI workers.

You first met them in my January 28th post, Union Boss to Members: Shut the F*%k Up, You Motherf*%kers! These are real people, rank and file workers. Let me introduce you to some of them through this video from Labor Video Project, as NUMMI workers explain in their own words their internal struggles with a union leadership that’s lost its way.

With only 20 days left before the plant closing, workers wait it out in flux without any inkling of their severance, while their local leadership, persists with their lobbying to keep the plant open. A state delegation (which includes SEIU/Workers United ally, actor Danny Glover) will soon travel to Japan to demand the plant stay open.

This past weekend at their latest meeting, president of UAW local 2244 Sergio Santos blindly promised workers that the NUMMI plant will stay open on April 1st.

Workers know this isn’t the case – no inventory is on hand, no supplies, no parts, no vendors…no pipeline exists for production. All the workers have wanted – for nearly a year now – is for their leadership to negotiate their severance and help make their transition easier. Their leadership obviously has its own agenda – one that extends far beyond the scope of NUMMI.

The Takedown Timeline

As the NUMMI closing played itself out, a series of interestingly timed events was occurring in sequence.


June 2009: GM Publicly Abandons NUMMI, Divorces Toyota


GM publicly announces it has decided to pull out of its joint venture with Toyota and forgoes NUMMI, leaving it behind to Toyota so that it can focus instead on “the New GM”.


June 26, 2009:  Justice for Toyota Janitors is Born


A DNS registration for http://www.justicefortoyotajanitors.org is created.  The registration comes from the Reaching Higher Coalition, which consists primarily of Reverends from the Baptist Ministers Conference (a LOT of them), SEIU, and a variety of progressive Consumer Organizations.


August 2009:  Toyota decides it will close NUMMI


Toyota decides to close the NUMMI plant in Fremont, CA.  The closing will be scheduled for March 31, 2010.  Toyota indicates it will offer severance settlements to NUMMI workers and assist in transition arrangements over the next 7 months, pending negotiation and approval from the UAW.  While news of the announcement flurried about in June and July, the formal notifications were made in early August. The public press release then announced the news on 8/28.


August 7 – 28, 2009:  SEIU and Justice for Janitors Protest Toyota


An August 7th protest of over 500 people occurred in CA as they marched in protest of Toyota – angry that a contractor of Toyota, GCA Services, has embarked upon a “massive” layoff of 30 people.  They demand that Toyota demand that its contractor hire back the workers.  (a WTF moment)

Additional protests are also held over these several weeks to protest Janitorial cuts, and of course to rally to Save NUMMI workers’ jobs.  (Though I would guess there weren’t actually many NUMMI workers in their presence).

seiu1

In addition to the UAW, the Change to Win unions, like SEIU, are also workers at NUMMI:

nummi-unions


August 2009: The fatal Santee CA crash


A Lexus (Toyota product) on loan from a dealership crashes outside of Santee, CA, killing a California Highway Patrol Officer, his wife and two children.  Accident investigators later determine the pedal became entrapped beneath a mismatched floor mat in the vehicle, causing sudden unintended acceleration.  (Contracted safety consultants trying to bolster litigators’ cases are trying to force Toyota into prematurely stating that it is an electrical or other problem).


September 3, 2009: SEIU and  Justice for Toyota Janitors Picket Toyota Dealers


Like the UAW and Teamsters will do shortly after them, the SEIU and friends start picketing at Toyota dealerships, demanding that Americans stop buying Toyota cars unless the company keeps their members’ jobs.  They picket again on September 23rd and other dates as well.


September 3, 2009: McCune Wright and LiUNA, a Change to Win Union, Homebuilders Lawsuit


The law firm McCuneWright, LLP filed multiple class action lawsuits against eight national home builders on behalf of homeowners seeking the return of their investment from the builders. Those named in the suit happened to be some of the very companies that Change to Win unions – including LiUNA, SEIU, and the Teamsters – have been campaigning against for hiring non-union workers and resisting Project Labor Agreements.

The law firm’s press release stated that the allegations in the lawsuit are based in part on “important research done by LiUNA.” (download report)

liuna-mccune

Throughout 2009, LiUNA, in concert with its parent Change to Win and partnering AFL-CIO labor unions, had launched a barrage of campaigns and lawsuits against the numerous construction companies and developers being sued, alleging everything from wage fraud, to pension fund shareholder abuse, to unfair financing practices.

It was a familiar pattern that preceded Toyota, but it didn’t seem to relate in any way directly to the Toyota saga at first. But then,


November 5, 2009: McCune Wright and Safety Research & Strategies


The same law firm filed another class action lawsuit – this one against Toyota, charging that Sudden Unintended Acceleration is responsible for recent Toyota accidents. Much like LiUNA provided the reports used in the home builders suit, this lawsuit was also aided by a report from an outside organization, in this instance, Sean Kane of Safety Research & Strategies.

We know now that Kane later admitted that the report was funded by the law firms suing Toyota, something that wasn’t revealed until last month’s Congressional hearings.

Sean Kane is a familiar name in this game. During a period in time when the United Steel Workers were in labor disputes with Bridgestone/Firestone, Kane teamed up in 1996 with a Texas litigation firm in a tire defect lawsuit against the company. Kane’s former consulting firm, Strategic Safety, had identified 30 cases of tire failure in its report for the law firm. But Kane and the lawyers for whom he was working had decided at that time not to submit any complaint forms regarding the issues to the NHTSA. Kane took a lot of heat for that action, especially since he was more concerned about protecting the lawyers’ monetary awards than protecting lives from known safety hazards.

“Everyone was leery of the agency getting involved with this, because a number of plaintiff lawyers have been burned when an investigation has been opened and closed without finding a defect,” Kane explained.

Firestone was reluctant to issue a recall during a period of litigation, lest it become a direct admission of guilt. But the Steelworkers would see to it that the recall, and plenty more, would occur.

More on Firestone in the next section… The reference is important, because it is a mirror to what we will see today with the Toyota case.


November and December of 2009:  Coordination of a  Skunk Team?


As the UAW continues to conduct pickets at Toyota dealerships – which are not in any way connected with Toyota, other than the fact that they carry Toyota vehicles – something apparently occurred behind the scenes to bring together what would become an apparent Skunk Team, as leaders and organizers from the Teamsters and SEIU began coordinating efforts…along with some old safety and environmental advocacy group friends.

During this period, organizing also begins with Friends of the Earth (which used to be headed by Andy Stern’s ex-wife Jane Perkins).  FOE’s outgoing president Brent Blackwelder has been out protesting with the Teamsters and UAW, while Board Director Clarence Ditlow has been testifying to Congress regarding Toyota as one of the safety experts.


January 6, 2010:  Social Media Attack Sites Are Created


While NUMMI workers were back in California trying to stop their leaders from launching counter-productive attacks, their leaders were out there…well…launching counter-productive attacks. UAW had mid level leaders initiate online social media sites.

Michele Martin, Assistant Major, International UAW sets up a Facebook page under the handle “Save_NUMMI”. Of course, by all accounts, Ms. Martin does not work at NUMMI, nor do NUMMI workers seem to know her.  Another participant is Brad Markell, Servicing Rep, International UAW based in Michigan. (Markell was coincidentally also a contributor to the Apollo Green Alliance Manufacturing Action Plan). Not exactly members in close proximity to NUMMI in Fremont, CA. And as a side note, judging from their salaries, they don’t seem in such dire monetary need to justify a 3% cut of NUMMI workers’ severance packages.


January 12, 2010:  Tweeting to Organizers


The corporate campaign continues with a Tweet, under the same handle.

tweet-teamsters


January 22, 2010:  The Big Tweet, Exploiting Victims


And then, the hard core Toyota slam days later:

tweet-teamsters2


January 28, 2010:  The Big Protest -Teamsters, UAW, SEIU/Jobs With Justice, Friends of the Earth, and Sean Kane


Then came the well-publicized protest outside the Embassy of Japan in Washington DC to call on the Japanese government to hold Toyota accountable for waging an attack on thousands of good-paying jobs in the United States. The protest was the joint effort of a few familiar labor unions and advocacy groups:

  • the United Auto Workers
  • the Teamsters (member of the Change to Win coalition)
  • Jobs With Justice (a SEIU-founded action group)
  • Friends of the Earth
  • Sean Kane of Safety Research & Strategies

As Sean Kane and labor union leaders were all out there protesting together with their partner advocacy groups, and delivering their threat letter to a foreign Prime Minister, there’s been no mention that some of these very players, most notably Mr. Kane, are working with the law firm involved in the litigation against Toyota as well as some of its other class action lawsuits.

japanese-embassy-protest

Labor leaders have pension funds invested in GM, and Toyota, its competitor, threatens that security. Labor has also wanted to eliminate this foreign competitor for decades. Currently they fight with Toyota over job cuts and unionization. Anti-corporation groups have been battling Toyota for years over what they say are human rights violations in places such as the Philippines and Burma/Myanmar. Environmental groups have been attacking Toyota because of its opposition to increased CAFÉ standards in CA, new global warming regulation, and Cap & Trade legislation. Safety advocates have fought to nationalize the auto industry for decades.

So, when the departure of GM from its NUMMI joint venture with Toyota prompted the closure announcement of NUMMI, labor leaders went to work on a plan of attack. And when a real crisis – a real tragedy – presented itself as part of the recall issue, it became fuel for the fodder. This collective of union leaders apparently partnered up with its allies to force Toyota into a submissive state until it could all but control it themselves.

Don’t take my word for it, listen to them. In summarizing a February 12, 2010 joint meeting of union leaders, the The Oakland Tribune wrote,

“We will take this fight to every Toyota dealership in California,” Richard Trumka, president of the AFL-CIO, said via a videoconference link. “Our message is that Toyota kills American jobs. This comes at a time when Toyota can ill afford another black eye.”

“If they close the NUMMI plant, we union people will not buy another Toyota,” said Bob King, UAW vice president.

“You are going to see an attack on Toyota that is unprecedented,” said Rome Aloise, a top Teamsters official.

I don’t know that it would be an unprecedented attack. Because just like the Firestone campaigns, many of us have seen the pattern before. We’ve just got a sleeping media these days that doesn’t notice such patterns or question any of our labor leaders or advocates.

Up On Capitol Hill

The latest Save NUMMI campaigns and Toyota protests peaked right around the time of the Congressional hearings on Capitol Hill.  To start were the all the media reports,  frenzied about the internal documents that “expose” Toyota’s lobbying in DC, as if automakers aren’t expected to lobby. This Politico article, “Toyota goes into lobbying overdrive” reports,

“Toyota’s tentacles are spread far and wide on Capitol Hill. Senate records show Toyota-related entities spent $4.1 million on lobbying last year — and $35.2 million during the past decade. According to lobbying records, in the last three months of 2009, $1.77 million was spent to sway Congress on a wide range of issues, including financial services, fuel standards, card check, patent reform, hazardous materials transportation rules and foreign taxation policy.”

However, there are two sides to this lobbying picture. It’s certainly no secret that General Motors, even in the face of bankruptcy and a federal bailout, spent more than twice as much as Toyota in comparison- $8.7 million – on lobbying last year alone. Also compare that with the related lobbying expenses of one of Capitol Hill’s largest and probably most overlooked special interest groups – Big Labor. Auto industry related unions, as well as their supporting solidarity unions, are no friends of Toyota, as they’ve been pounding the automaker for years over its opposition to legislation like Card Check and Cap & Trade, and for what labor leaders proclaim to be union busting outsourcing tactics. Add up some of those dollars just from 2009 and you’re looking at over $26 million. Even better, add labor and GM together, since they combine efforts and work as a team for the most part. Then compare it with what Toyota’s up against. Not exactly chump change.

auto-lobbying

Just imagine if these lobbying totals had included all of the environmental philanthropic organizations, the ambulance chasing profession, and all of those labor union related 527 groups and non-profits spending millions on “safety advocacy”. It would leave most wondering if Toyota’s even got the political chops to compete long-term in this racket anyway.

This brings about perhaps the most egregious element of the story. The hearings indulged the testimony of “experts” against Toyota who each had very obvious biased agendas, and an apparent history of working together – along with the unions – to force a recall or two. It’s shameful that Congress would even allow, let alone rely upon, the testimony of several of such panelists.

Testimony on auto safety was provided by Clarence Ditlow , Joan Claybrook and Sean Kane. All have a long history of using their advocacy groups to advance their progressive political agendas. The sentiment of testimony specifically from Ditlow and Claybrook was so focused on the extremes in auto safety concerns and turned to discussion of creating more bureaucracy, while the reality of today’s statistics simply don’t support those recommendations. A great post over at thetruthaboutcars.com summed it up perfectly:

As stuck in the past as they are, asking Claybrook and Ditlow for recommendations in the wake of the Toyota recalls was a bit like asking a Soviet central planner for advice in managing the government’s stake in GM: the problem isn’t that they aren’t intelligent, well-meaning people, it’s that their battles have already been waged, and the world has moved on. Driving cars will continue to be the most dangerous activity any of us engage in on a regular basis, and it’s time to stop pretending that this reality can be reduced to something as simple as corporate greed.

In fact, it’s their biased testimony that draws attention to the fact that their efforts have been so closely co-mingled with the peripheral aspects of not only this Toyota case, but many similar cases that came before it – like the Firestone recalls. Their other activism efforts frequently pair them with many of the usual “social justice” crusaders.

ditlow-claybrook

Clarence Ditlow, Executive Director, Center for Auto Safety

Champion behind lemon laws, federal speed limits, laws against distracted cell phone driving; has lobbied for years to nationalize the auto industry and remove it from the free market system. Mr. Ditlow has a long-standing reputation in working with trial lawyers to go after toxic toys, defective products, auto defects and more. It’s safe to say he’s a fan of government regulation. While some of his goals may have been well-intended, and some even sensible, many of his efforts have often been proven to be over-zealous, and in some cases slanderous. A detailed history of Ditlow’s more dangerous advocacy can be read here. Ditlow is also associated with:

Joan Claybrook, Outgoing President, Public Citizen; former NHTSA head

While Joan has had a long history with Public Citizen, and an equally long list of accomplishments, her organization is the furthest thing from non-partisan. They lobby regularly with unions like SEIU, such as in their “Bust Up Big Banks” protest, and to push for a Single Payer health system, and they work hand in hand with trial lawyers to push lawsuits against corporations. The group frequently lobbies for increased government intervention and regulation as a way to control corporations and international trade. Last October, Public Citizen sued Texas to force the state to regulate carbon dioxide and other emissions, citing the Supreme Court’s 2007 decision in which CO2 was classified as a pollutant under the federal Clean Air Act.

David Gilbert, Automotive Professor, Southern Illinois University

Mr. Gilbert testified before Congress about Electronic Throttle Control, offering his view that the Electronic Control Module (ECM) in Toyota’s vehicles does not sufficiently identify all types of sensor and/or circuit malfunctions that could potentially occur. Upon being questioned, Gilbert also admitted that he was paid by Sean Kean, Safety research & Strategies, for his research and demonstration. Mr. Gilbert’s video demonstration of sudden acceleration for Brian Ross of ABC News has now been viewed by thousands. Meanwhile, it was evaluated and challenged by Exponent, a firm with a wide array of engineering capabilities that works with clients like NASA and the US Department of Defense. I expect that much more criticism is on its way.

As an aside, Edmunds.com reminds the public that the unintended acceleration problem occurs with nearly all models of cars and is an issue that’s festered for more than 20 years, when the media first preyed on Audi about the subject. With that in mind, they’ve issued their own challenge to find real answers:
Edmunds.com Announces Million Dollar Prize for Unintended Acceleration Research

Sean Kane, Founder, Safety Research & Strategies

Mr. Kane produced the report that prompted these hearings, and had acknowledged that his services have been paid for by lawyers currently representing the plaintiffs in litigation against Toyota. Kane’s research draws no concrete conclusions as to the cause of Toyota’s sudden acceleration problem, only speculation. The report lists several potential causes:

  • Pedal Entrapment
  • Pedal Misapplication
  • Electromagnetic Interference
  • Electronic Problems
  • Cracked Throttle Body Shafts

Given that most of these are causes that are already considered and documented in NHTSA complaints for all car models for more than 20 years, the information is hardly as damning as media and legal professionals have made it out to be. However, a keen eye might recognize language in the report that is written around the intent of litigation:

“If the all-weather floor mat is to blame, and pedal entrapment occurs with any frequency, then this is a design problem. And in applying the most recent recall remedies, Toyota has acknowledged this by making significant floor arrangement changes, including shortening the pedal length to allow for more space between the pedal and the floor, removal of padding materials below the floor carpet, and re-designing the floor mats.”

The bolded fragment of the sentence indicates the precursor to establishing acknowledgement of culpability. Kane’s report is filled with such language. It’s also tactically similar to other work he’s produced for product liability law firms, most notably his research for litigators on the Ford Explorer/Firestone tires issue in the late 1990’s – early 2000’s in preparation for litigation against Bridgestone/Firestone. In responding to reporters’ questions about the 2000 recall’s impact on his clients’ litigation, he told the LA Times,

“Any time a manufacturer initiates a recall, it becomes an admission of liability,” said Sean Kane, president of Strategic Safety, a Virginia organization that was one of the first to call upon Firestone to recall the tires. He predicted that Firestone would likely attempt to settle the cases, rather than fight the claims and risk huge jury verdicts.

In the instance of Firestone, there was no recall in place yet at the start of the litigation process. In Kane’s report, there were instances of SUV rollovers, customer complaints of separating tires in specific high-heat/humidity states, and there were speculative causes for the problems, but there was nothing concrete upon which a lawsuit could place absolute blame on the defending party.

But there were others who could help make a recall happen…

UAW-Toyota Battle: United Steelworkers vs. Firestone Playbook?

In 1995, the United Rubber Workers (of Goodyear Tire fame) had just merged with the United Steelworkers (USW), as imports from Asian markets picked up in the US. The USW itself was already embroiled in a bitter labor dispute with Firestone. While the dispute was about labor contracts, it was also about opposition to free trade, a position also shared by environmental groups. In 1996, the union released a scathing report, “Running over the American Dream: A Case Study in Corporate Greed and Irresponsibility“, coordinated with the launch of a damaging national corporate campaign attack against Firestone, that the issue was thrust into the public eye, drawing even more complaints and pressure against the company. By 2000, the pressure had forced the recall of 6.4 million tires. Once that recall was issued, Kane and his clients had their ammunition for additional litigation (and future legislation).

By mid-2000 and into 2001, much of America was then focused on What Did They Know, and When?

USW-case-study

Today, Kane’s report regarding the Toyota sudden acceleration, the sequence of events, the pressure to recall, all the peripheral activities with partnering advocacy groups, and even the recall aftermath– it all plays out in near identical fashion as the infamous Firestone case did with the United Steelworkers. Simply replace “Firestone” with “Toyota”, and “United Steelworkers” with “United Autoworkers” and it could be almost the same story.

If you read the case study on the USW-Firestone fight and the subsequent Firestone recall and plant closings, “Out of the Ashes: The Steelworkers’ Global Campaign at Bridgestone/Firestone“, it gives you direct insight into what’s really behind some of these campaigns that surface to the public in the way of consumer safety or environmental advocacy.

When GM negotiated its government bailout and subsequently pulled out of its deal with Toyota, it sparked a chain of events that escalated when Toyota reacted, rightfully so, with a plan to close the plant that gave birth to that joint venture.  An Anti-Toyota campaign was clearly in play, with a network of unions and advocacy groups working together for a common goal, and for their own purposes (this chart is not all-inclusive of every group involved):

antitoyota-network

Given that the Steelworkers’ global campaign was first aimed at squashing foreign trade with Japan to create more US union jobs, then at unionizing its workers here in the US and globally, it had common goals with other advocacy groups. Once this synergy amongst previously unrelated organizations was realized, a movement of coordinated and collaborative advocacy developed momentum. As the USW case study begins,

“The demonstrations at the World Trade Organization (WTO) meeting in Seattle in the fall of 1999 brought together a diverse group of trade unionists, environmentalists, and anticorporate groups in a historic gathering. The size and the intensity of the action, coupled with the news and commentary in the weeks that followed, signaled a new and growing consciousness in the American public about economic globalization and its consequences.”

The unions of our parents’ and grandparents’ era fought against American businesses.  If unfair physical labor practices existed, there was a tangible company with a tangible company owner they could stand against and redress grievances.  Today’s unions, while hardly enduring the hard labor and oppression their predecessors did, are now faced with companies that are global.  All the rules and regulations at all levels of government that progressives have come to rely upon as “behavior modification” weapons for nearly eight decades don’t apply to other countries.  That means no rules to exploit or manipulate in order to force a company’s hand, as has been so frequently practiced here in the US.  So what’s a labor leader like Jim Hoffa or Anna Burger or Andy Stern to do when you can’t make laws in country’s that aren’t your own?  You find faults in their products and call them sub-par.  You team up with global advocacy groups and you exploit safety and environmental issues.  You use terms like “eco-apartheid”, “environmental equity” and “environmental justice” and you turn those into issues of human rights.  And then you appeal to the international community and international laws to resolve the issues that will in turn benefit your labor union.  On the surface they seem like such noble efforts to most of the public. But in reality, they sometimes are not.

Drawing attention to a legitimate issue through the power of public persuasion can be commendable.  Doing so under false pretenses, or at the expense of others being used as pawns is not.

Let me close by stating what should be the obvious.  This piece focuses on the role that labor unions and activist organizations may have played in helping to bring about Toyota’s recent issues.  That does not absolve Toyota of any wrong-doing.  As the story comes out and more of the facts are revealed, we will all be anxious, myself included, to understand how much Toyota has known about these issues and when they knew it.  And if there has been wrong-doing, I am confident that the American justice system will adequately deliver to the company precisely what it deserves. There are real victims to consider, and finding the truth should have always taken center stage in this saga.  It is disheartening to see that it has not.

Instead, we have seen what the special interests have wanted us to see. Photos of children holding signs saying “Toyota Killed My Daddy’s Job” and “Toyota, Stop Opposing Clean Energy.”   Labor leaders prancing the streets with megaphones decrying the injustice of Toyota having benefited from “Cash for Clunkers”.  Consultants publicizing reports financed by trial lawyers, then protesting alongside labor leaders.  Environmental groups blasting Toyota for increasing its carbon footprint by moving jobs from California back to Japan.  Congressional representatives grandstanding on Capitol Hill.

What we should see are the similarities between the way that many of the very same people manipulated into public opinion in the late 1990’s and what they are manipulating today.  We should see it for what it is.  Opportunism.

Posted by Big Governement
March 8, 2010
Leave a Comment

Shame On You, Big Labor

There are serious protests going on in Albuquerque by a local Carpenters union. But one company is fighting back and the story is starting to get interesting. It turns out things aren’t exactly as they seem:

So temp employees without benefits are being hired by a union to protest a company that offers good wages and benefits? As Tony The Tiger would say, GRRREEEEEAAAAT.

Best part: the union watchman suddenly forgets English. Obviously, this is nothing new but it’s so easy to confuse people in the community who aren’t used to hearing about these kinds of campaigns.

Learn more at a site put up by the company under attack.

Posted by Big Governement
March 7, 2010
Leave a Comment

Crack-pot Detroit Socialist Explains His, Unions’ Agenda for Soviet States of America

Militant socialists were out in full force Thursday, March 4th, for a “Day of Action to Defend Public Education.”  The nationwide event was organized by fringe, left-wing groups like Michigan’s “By Any Means Necessary,” Ohio-organized “Community Organizing Center for Mother Earth,” Los Angeles-based “County Peace and Freedom Party,” the “League for the Revolutionary Party” of New York, and North Carolina’s “Destroy Industry.”

In Detroit, a chap representing the Che Guevara-loving, Mumia Abu-Jamal-supporting “FIST Youth” educated a crowd of about two dozen about the virtues of socialism.  He also lectured on the Soviet Union, its roots and the glory days when the “people’s council” made all of the important decisions.

Strangely, that’s not the Soviet Union I learned about in public school.  I was taught about a ruthless nation that annihilated the United States.  I learned about a Soviet Union that starved its people and constructed drab buildings while its leaders lived the high life. (Well, that last part I had to find out on my own.)

But that’s enough of my take on the socialist rally in Detroit.  You can enjoy the history lesson for yourself.

I respect this guy - he represents the strain of socialism that lays it all out for America to ponder.  That’s more than I can say for our current leaders, who couch their true beliefss in poll-tested phrases and flowery language.

Perhaps the most humorous part of the rally was the SEIU jacket-wearing lefty holding the banner.  That’s what really makes SEIU’s influence so scary.  Its members stand “in solidarity” with these radical windbags, while its leaders and former staffers roam the White House.

Posted by Big Governement
March 6, 2010
Leave a Comment

That Smell

That Smell.

Posted by Big Governement
March 5, 2010
Leave a Comment

Tides Foundation: General Support, Major Concern

Not enough people know about the Tides Foundation, which is one of the original “philanthropic” donation launderers for donors who don’t want to be tied to fringe activist groups. Frankly, there’s too much to tell, but they’re the sugar daddy for ACORN (whose founder, Wade Rathke, is intricately linked within Tides official leadership).

[I'm including some grants of note below -- What will you find?]


Tides 990 2008

A look at their 2008 tax return, 160-plus pages, reads like a directory of the New Left. I’ve pulled out the donations to ACORN groups and Big Labor’s Working America Education Fund (not many people know unions take in ostensibly charitable donations) and one theme is clear: “general support” seems to be a popular phrase. Another theme: notice that states receiving money are critical to election-year success for Democrats. And finally, notice just how much money is being thrown around.

ACORN, Inc – 100,000 Latino voter registration and engagement canvass

ACORN International – 100,00 general support

ACORN Institute
49,500 – general support
25,293 – general support
10,000 – general support

Project Vote
275,000 – 2007-08 Election Administration Program
225,000 – election administration work in Arizona, Florida, and Pennsylvania
115,00 – general support
100,000 – 2008 Voter Participation Program
100,000 – Election Administration Program
100,000 – general support
100,000 – civic engagement work in New Mexico
75,000 – general support
65,000 – general support
53,086 – voter registration program
50,000 – Voter Participation Program
48,000 – nonpartisan Get Out The Vote work
35,000 – general support
30,000 – general support
25,000 – general support
10,000 – general support

Working America Education Fund
261,661 – general support
245,000 – general support
200,000 – civic engagement in Ohio
125,000 – organizing in Ohio, Pennsylvania, Minnesota, Colorado, and Maine
115,000 – general support
100,000 general support
65,006 – general support
30,000 – general support
30,000 – General support

Posted by Big Governement
March 3, 2010
Leave a Comment

Court Date Set For the Kenneth Gladney Beatdown Case

Kenneth Gladney was beaten, kicked and called racist names by Russ Carnahan’s SEIU supporters after a health care town hall meeting in August.

The national media and NAACP ignored the hate crime.

Gladney was beaten by several SEIU thugs after the meeting let out. He was working outside the town hall event selling flags and buttons when he was attacked.

Although he was too weak to speak after his public beating, Kenneth Gladney attended the protest against SEIU violence following his beatdown in St. Louis.

St. Louis County officials waited until November 25 to press charges. SEIU members Elston McCowan, 47, of St. Louis, and Perry Molens, 50, of De Soto, each were charged with assaulting a person and interfering with police. They are accused of scuffling with and injuring Kenneth Gladney, a vendor at the Carnahan health care town hall. The country pressed charges on 6 individuals.

Today, Kenneth called to tell me that they set a date for his court case.

The prosecuting attorney Victor Melenbrink notified him that his court time is 7 AM CST- April 23rd. Paul J. D’Agrosa will be representing the SEIU defendents in the case. Elston McGowan is still receiving workman’s comp(?) after being injured during his attack on Gladney. He is about twice the size of Gladney.

Posted by Big Governement
March 3, 2010
Leave a Comment

Will Bishopgate Finally End Congressman Delahunt’s Career?

Yes, the Chavez-supporting Bill Delahunt I wrote about several weeks ago is the same Bill Delahunt who when he was district attorney let Amy Bishop, the neurobiologist who gunned down her colleagues, get away with murdering her brother in 1986. Delahunt and the ex-chief of police are pointing fingers about who screwed up what, while the State’s U.S. Attorney looks into Bishop’s possible involvement with an attempted bombing. Brought into the mix most recently, is Amy Bishop’s mother, the political big wig, Judith, who may have had a role to play in the younger Bishop’s release.

It remains to be seen who dropped the ball on Bishop, but what’s without question is that Delahunt has been a horrible public servant — and that’s not even counting his failure to prosecute career criminal-murderer, Myles J. Connor Jr., who Delahunt not only failed to prosecute, but even went so far as to testify on his behalf!

No, unfortunately, Delahunt has a long, long record of shaddy ties and incompetence, as he tries to keep the country safe.

According to the book, Snitching: Criminal Informants and the Erosion of American Justice, Delahunt was working on a bill with Rep Lungren to “require the FBI to report to state law enforcement serious violent felonies” committed by its informants and would impose criminal penalties on agents who failed to do so. In a radio interview, Delahunt said,

“What is totally unacceptable is having violent criminals out on the street, preying on American citizens everywhere, while there is information that isn’t being disclosed to local and state law enforcement authorities that have the primary responsibility in this country to protect us from violent crime.” (p. 145)

Well said, Congressman, so why did you fail to protect the people from Amy Bishop? (The truth of the legislation is that it would have imposed insurmountable costs to FBI agents trying to protect the nation. While far from perfect, the informant system saves lives as FBI agents go after the big fish.)

Bill Delahunt is a far leftist on issues of crime. In 2007, a bill he co-sponsored was aimed at reducing recidivism by giving offenders a Second Chance through a failed rehab program. Unfortunately, it became law.

He has also called for a moratorium on the death penalty at the federal level. Delahunt helped a Marine in his district avoid the death penalty after he murdered an Iraqi civilian in cold blood. The Marine, Lawrence G. Hutchins III of Plymouth, tried to cover up the killing.

Had Ms. Bishop received the death penalty for murdering her brother, it is likely that this sad day in Alabama would never have happened. Unfortunately, an activist Massachusetts Supreme Court invalidated Massachusetts death penalty law in 1984 and recent efforts to re-establish it have not been successful. Fortunately, the people of Alabama know how to treat murderers.

It remains up to the people of Massachusetts 10th congressional district as to how they are going to treat Bill Delahunt, assuming he doesn’t step down, as rumors suggest he might. (A possible Democratic replacement announced that she wasn’t running for his seat earlier last month and another Kennedy turned down running for the seat, meaning that the Democrats don’t really have any plausible candidate other than Delahunt in Massachusetts. Yes, gentle reader, the end days are upon us.)

Delahunt wouldn’t be hurting much if he lost that $165,000 federal paycheck. The Boston Herald reported that he receives a $57,623 annual pension from the Massachusetts treasury. (Dave Wedge, Boston Herald, July 20, 2008). He could always go back to Massachusetts and hang out with his pal, former Congressman Amory “Amo” Houghton (R-NY), for whom Delahunt snuck in a $1.1 million earmark to stop flooding on a pricey Cohasset street.

Or maybe he could advise other Massachusetts Democrats on how to fudge vote counts after he lost a 1996 primary bid to Phil Johnston by175 votes in the initial count, went on to win it by 108 votes after Judge Elizabeth Donovan of the Superior Court had mysteriously found that some 900 votes had not been properly read by an electronic scanner.

Or maybe Bill Delahunt could get a cushy job with the Local 25, after he interceded on behalf of George Cashman, a convicted union embezzler that shook down movie studios wanting to shoot films in the Bay State. Delahunt asked federal Judge Douglas Woodstock for leniency for him.

Most disturbing of all, though, was the glee that Delahunt expressed at a House Judiciary Subcomittee when David Addington, Vice President Cheney’s chief of staff, explained that he could not discuss certain interrogation techniques because Al-Qaeda may be watching C-Span, to which Delahunt responded:

Delahunt responded: “Right, well, I’m sure they are watching, and I’m glad they finally have a chance to see you Mr. Addington.”

In the 2008 election, Bill Delahunt explained that Obama was carrying on in the Kennedys footsteps after Ted Kennedy endorsed Obama. “The America of Jack and Bobby Kennedy touched all of us. Through all of these decades, the one who kept that flame alive was Ted Kennedy. So having him pass on the torch [to Obama] is of incredible significance…” (Leadership the Obama Way, p. 114)

Let’s hope that torch is finally going out and that Delahunt is yet another casualty of the nation’s souring on Obama. It’s time for Delahunt to go.

Posted by Big Governement
March 3, 2010
Leave a Comment

Unions: Forever War

You’re hoping for another 1994, eh? Well, you’re not going to get it if D.C.’s biggest union bosses have their say — and they don’t just have a say, they have a checkbook to put where their mouths are. And both words and munitions are taking on an overtly combative tone.

The Wall Street Journal is reporting:

The AFL-CIO plans to roll out its biggest political campaign ever, surpassing the $53 million spent in 2008 to help elect President Barack Obama, to try to avert a repeat of the 1994 midterm election when Democrats lost a majority in Congress.

If that sounds a bit aggressive, that’s nothing compared to the powerful head of the AFSCME public employee union, who is saying “The time has come to draw a line in the sand…Regardless of your party affiliation, if you’re not with us, you are against us.”

(We’re pretty sure we’ve seen other people get hammered for using the same language, but we digress…)

It’s certainly interesting that unions are doubling down on their failed bet. But anything can happen when you wish upon a star

Posted by Big Governement
March 3, 2010
Leave a Comment

Batter Up!

Batter Up!

Posted by Big Governement
March 2, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obama’s Labor Department Is Serious About Ethics…Except When It Isn’t

On January 8th, BigGovernment.com posted a blog that began, “Outrageously, U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) Secretary Hilda Solis and other DOL Obama appointees appear to have blatantly disregarded the President’s Executive Order #13490 – the Ethics Pledge.”

Somebody at the U.S. Department of Labor must be reading BigGovernment.com because just 11 days after the posting, the DOL ethics officer wrote a letter to The National Right To Work Legal Defense Foundation President Mark Mix and provided copies of signed “EO 13490 ethics pledges.”  (See related Foundation ongoing lawsuit against DOL for DOL’s failure to comply with the Freedom of Information Act.) Each of these newly provided pledges matched the ethics order language (more on this in another post) unlike the self-administered waivers included in the publicly distributed pledges provided to ProPublica.org and referenced in the earlier blog.

solis-obama

In addition, the DOL ethics officer asserted that 51 people at the DOL have signed the ethics pledge and there has been only one (1) ethics waiver issued by DOL and that was for Naomi Walker.  Her Job:  Big Labor Liaison (an Associate Deputy Secretary position). Her past experience includes a stint as an AFL-CIO lobbyist among others.  Walker’s ethics waiver is the subject of this blog.

Walker’s ethics waiver and its accompanying explanatory memo was approved “after consultation with the Counsel to the President” expose The President’s Ethics Executive Order for the joke that it is.

The ethics officer provides a four-page memo (probably written in a large part by the Counsel to the President) to justify the reasons that Walker must be provided an ethics waiver of Obama’s ethics executive order.   My summary of the memo follows:

The Counsel to President Obama and the Department of Labor reached the conclusion that it would be impossible for Walker not to violate the Ethics Order because of her previous positions with the AFL-CIO; therefore, she must be granted an ethics waiver so that she can do the job for which she was appointed.

Wasn’t the reason for the ethics pledge to prevent appointing someone to a position where their previous employer could greatly benefit with them as a government insider?

Because of the circular logic of the waiver, it is important to note that the DOL ethics officer relied upon White House consultation.  The reasons/excuses for providing the waiver as approved by the Counsel to the President are at complete odds with the Presidential Executive Order and President Obama’s claims that necessitated his Ethics Executive Order 13490.

President Obama claimed that he was creating “firm rules of the road,” yet this waiver clearly bypasses his proclaimed ethics rules:

The president then announcedfirm rules of the road for my administration and all who serve in it … We need to close the revolving door that lets … them use their time in public service as a way to promote their own interests over the interests of the American people when they leave.

The Counsel to the President and the DOL ethics officer apparently do not believe this executive order created “firm rules of the road;” more like squishy rules of the road at best.  Under the ethics rubric created by the DOL ethics waiver memo, appointing someone to a position where it would be impossible for them not to violate the Obama’s Ethic Executive Order is a legitimate reason to provide an ethics waiver.

This is what happens when Big Labor paybacks meet governmental reasoning, logic is thrown out the window.

The DOL ethics waiver and supporting reasoning clearly are not what President Obama promised during multiple campaign events and on his first full day as President as he grandiosely signed his Ethics Executive Order 13490.

The Administration’s actions speak louder than words.  (And, yes there is already enough material for an “Obama Big Labor Department Ignores Ethics Pledge – Part III.”)

Posted by Big Governement
March 1, 2010
Leave a Comment

What Happened to That ACORN Investigation Jerry Brown Promised?

California Attorney General Jerry Brown seems to be getting a lot of reminders from his gubernatorial challengers Steve Poizner and Meg Whitman about his failed governorship of the state from 1975-1983 when Californian’s endured high unemployment, home foreclosures, large scale labor strikes and fuel shortages at the gas station. Recognizing the failed policies of then Governor Brown, California voters revolted and passed Proposition 13 which is a landmark initiative that limited politician’s ability to arbitrarily raise taxes on California residents.

jerry_brown_crossed-arms

Over a week ago, Attorney General Jerry Brown got yet another reminder, this time coming from the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Oversight and Government Reform. The report “Follow the Money: ACORN, SEIU and their Political Allies” focuses public attention on AG Brown’s failed investigation of ACORN. While some of Brown’s gubernatorial challengers talk of the need for a California Governor to have a spine of steel, AG Brown has instead crumpled like an aluminum can cowardly hiding behind state bureaucrats and a wall of state agencies.

On October 1, 2009, Jerry Brown publicly announced that an investigation had been opened concerning undercover videos that were obtained by citizen journalists James O’Keefe and Hannah Giles who videotaped ACORN employees at two California offices. ACORN employees were filmed providing advice regarding tax evasion, prostitution and human smuggling of underage girls. Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger was informed by AG Brown in a letter that he had “opened an investigation of both ACORN and the circumstances under which ACORN employees were videotaped.” Since that announcement, AG Brown has found himself at the center of a controversy surrounding the mismanagement of the investigation as well as a potential scandal due to a double standard involving one of his own state employees secretly recording conversations with reporters.

Shortly after ACORN had been alerted to the immanent investigation as a result of AG Brown’s public announcement, ACORN employees at the San Diego, CA office were caught engaging in a massive document dump on October 9, 2009. Those records were retrieved from an unsecured shared public dumpster where they had been thrown revealing sensitive personal, financial and banking information for both clients and employees in addition to revelations about the political inner workings of ACORN’s relationship with major U.S. banks and labor unions.

ACORN Dave Photo

Just a few days later, David Lagstein, ACORN’s head organizer in San Diego, was caught on an audio tape bragging how investigators from the Attorney General’s office had visited the local ACORN office that day and that communication from the Attorney General’s office indicates, “the fault WILL BE found with the people that did the video – not ACORN.” Mr. Lagstein appears to have been speaking with greater knowledge and authority than he has led people to believe since my investigation revealed that in addition to being ACORN’s head organizer, he is also married to Clare Crawford who is a National Political Director for ACORN and who has ties to ACORN’s head office in Chicago, IL.

First Clip: Attorney’s General Office Visits ACORN

Second Clip: Fault Will Be Found With Filmmakers

On November 22, 2009 while on KFI 640 radio with Andrew Breitbart, the story broke that I had over 20,000 documents ACORN unceremoniously threw into a dumpster in advance of Attorney General Jerry Brown’s visit to the local San Diego office. The following day, in a rambling statement on a Los Angeles radio show, AG Brown spoke about ACORN’s “right to privacy” of their trash. Californians quickly saw an Attorney General shift into political “duck and cover” mode rather than show the leadership that is expected from California’s top law enforcement official.

After being granted access to the documents, photographs and recordings that I obtained, investigators from the attorney general’s office stated in a written letter dated December 7, 2009, “California Teachers Association (CTA) paid California ACORN Special Projects nearly $140,000 in April-May, 2009 to conduct what CTA reported as “voter registration,” yet, according to documents found in the ACORN trash…it is apparent that ACORN workers solicited voter support for Proposition 1B.”

My investigation clearly showed that ACORN’s support of the ballot initiative was done with resources provided by the CTA and their explicit approval that specifically solicited partisan support from Democrat voters in California. Proposition 1B was a California ballot initiative during the May 19, 2009 special election that earmarked $9.3 billion for schools and was supported by CTA. The letter further states, “Because the issues raised by Mr. Roach’s claim seems most appropriately handled by the Fair Political Practices Commission (FPPC), we are referring this matter to you.” The FPPC is a state agency consisting of two republicans and three democrats that investigate violations of California’s Political Reform Act. On December 30, 2009, Roman Porter Executive Director for the FPPC responded to the referral by the Attorney General’s office stating in a written letter, “There is no evidence of a Political Reform Act violation.”


ACORN – FPPC Ltr 12-30-09

In the wake of Jerry Brown alerting ACORN to an investigation that was to be conducted by his office, ACORN’s actions of dumping records into a dumpster in what appeared to be possible obstruction of justice, statements from ACORN officials that some interpret as possible collusion between ACORN and the Attorney General’s office and a referral of an investigation to another state agency in what appears to be an abdication of responsibility and the equivalent of a political passing-of-the-buck now comes new allegations that ACORN did in fact violate multiple California state and federal laws.

On February 19, 2010 Congressman Darrell Issa (CA-49) stated on nationally syndicated The Roger Hedgecock Show that documents from the San Diego office of ACORN were vital in showing a pattern of fraud, waste and abuse. The documents also showed that ACORN and the California Teachers Association were directly involved in California elections without the proper firewalls that are legally required to distinguish non-profit from political activities.

Congressman Issa also referred to the recent report “Follow the Money: ACORN, SEIU and their Political Allies” which was released by the U.S. House Oversight and Government Reform Committee on February 18, 2009. The report finds, “There is no distinction between ACORN and any of its affiliates. Affiliates share staff, funds, office space, responsibilities, and common controls-there is no real separation between the parts, making it impossible to consider them as truly separate organizations.”

Documents obtained from the San Diego ACORN office included information about Citizens’ Consulting Inc which the report found is “an arm of ACORN that commingles funds from ACORN’s non-profit organizations and transfers this money to organizations to use for political purposes.” Documents that I provided to the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee also showed a relationship, not only with the California Teachers Association but with the local chapter of Service Employees International Union (SEIU). The findings in the congressional report found that, “SEIU and ACORN are not only financially but also politically codependent” and that “ACORN directly runs two of the most prominent SEIU locals.” ACORN and SEIU were also found to share offices in nine cities across the United States utilizing staff and resources to advance both organizing and political goals.

Documents obtained from the San Diego ACORN office included financial records for Whitney Bank located in New Orleans, Louisiana. The congressional report that was released found that ACORN maintained nearly 700 bank accounts at Whitney Bank alone not to mention numerous bank accounts at other banks including Bank of America. It was revealed that ACORN had ownership interest in Whitney Bank. The report findings shockingly revealed that Whitney Bank inexplicably wired several million dollars to an ACORN Bank of America account in San Francisco and that money has not been accounted for.

It is astoundingly amazing that with video evidence obtained by James O’Keefe and Hannah Giles, documents that show an undisputed pattern of political activism by a “non-profit” organization, millions of dollars that have been unaccounted for and a congressional investigation that has documented a pattern of criminal activity that has deprived the State of California from desperately needed tax revenues; that California Attorney General Jerry Brown has yet to show any real sign of leadership or fortitude necessary to protect the citizens of California or seriously investigate ACORN.

Instead he is hiding behind a state bureaucracy hoping that nobody will notice his lack of leadership until after the next election. It is no wonder that Democrat elite are quietly whispering in their inner circles that Attorney General Jerry Brown failed California as Governor and is once again failing to show any signs other than that of a washed up politician who is once again trying to become Governor before heading of to retirement to enjoy his family’s trust fund. Perhaps it is time to investigate those in Sacramento for their ties to this corrupt organization.

Posted by Big Governement
February 25, 2010
Leave a Comment

Buy American, Eh?

You remember the iconic call by American labor to “look for the union label” (and ignore the price tag)? Well, U.S. union officials have turned to a new slogan, calling for “Buy American” provisions of bailout and stimulus legislation.

In fact, the AFL-CIO labor federation is highlighting its new website, which it says “gives workers, people who have lost their jobs and activists a chance to take action, share their stories, find resources and, most importantly, be part of a grassroots movement to help the nation climb out of its 10-million jobs hole created by the recession.”

But what if those people lost their jobs to Canada? Perhaps it would be best if union bosses stopped being hosers and checked their own Internet host, where the IP address resolves to our brothers in the Great White North (Oh Canada!). We ran this trace from Washington, D.C. to the AFL-CIO’s website:

For hypocrisy, this ranks right up there with outsourcing union pickets to the homeless.

Look: There’s nothing wrong with finding an efficient, cost-effective provider wherever they may be, but this has to be embarrassing to union bosses.

Posted by Big Governement
February 24, 2010
Leave a Comment

Who Wants to Work for the Labor Union Industry?

Based on this data , I am thinking that the good life starts the day one gets a job as an employee of your local Labor Union and in fact those overpaid financial sector people might want to change jobs!

unionpaytable

This table, based on data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics, shows  the changes in the wages in three sectors: the private sector, the Labor Union industry and the financial industry. According to the BLS, the Labor Union industry “comprises establishments primarily engaged in promoting the interests of organized labor and union employees.” That’s basically all the guys who work in a Union.  The financial industry is “The Finance and Insurance sector comprises establishments primarily engaged in financial transactions (transactions involving the creation, liquidation, or change in ownership of financial assets) and/or in facilitating financial transactions.” So the Goldman Sacks, AIG and others.

As one can see clearly here since the beginning of the recession, private sector employees have seen their wages grown by 3.3 percent (roughly the rate of inflation.) The financial sector employees have been slightly better off with wages growing at a 4.1 percent rate.

Meanwhile, wages in the labor unions have continued to increase. And not by 5 percent or 7 percent but by over 24.9 percent!!!

So now, i am left to wonder, shouldn’t the pay Czar (also known as the TARP Special Master) be looking at the Labor Union Industry rather then the financial industry?

Here is some more Union data:

Labor Union industry Employment (again that’s the people who work directly for a Union) decreased by 1.7 thousand workers since January of 2010 (or 1.3%). Compare this to a decrease of 7.4% in employment in the private sector during that same period.

For the first time in our history, more public sector employees (7.9 million) belonged to a union than did private sector employees (7.4 million), despite there being 5 times more wage and salary workers in the private sector.

Geez, this might explain this equation:

well-paid union employees + the more unionized public sector employees than private sector employees = this

Posted by Big Governement
February 24, 2010
Leave a Comment

Who Wants to Work for the Labor Union Industry?

Based on this data , I am thinking that the good life starts the day one gets a job as an employee of your local Labor Union and in fact those overpaid financial sector people might want to change jobs!

unionpaytable

This table, based on data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics, shows  the changes in the wages in three sectors: the private sector, the Labor Union industry and the financial industry. According to the BLS, the Labor Union industry “comprises establishments primarily engaged in promoting the interests of organized labor and union employees.” That’s basically all the guys who work in a Union.  The financial industry is “The Finance and Insurance sector comprises establishments primarily engaged in financial transactions (transactions involving the creation, liquidation, or change in ownership of financial assets) and/or in facilitating financial transactions.” So the Goldman Sacks, AIG and others.

As one can see clearly here since the beginning of the recession, private sector employees have seen their wages grown by 3.3 percent (roughly the rate of inflation.) The financial sector employees have been slightly better off with wages growing at a 4.1 percent rate.

Meanwhile, wages in the labor unions have continued to increase. And not by 5 percent or 7 percent but by over 24.9 percent!!!

So now, i am left to wonder, shouldn’t the pay Czar (also known as the TARP Special Master) be looking at the Labor Union Industry rather then the financial industry?

Here is some more Union data:

Labor Union industry Employment (again that’s the people who work directly for a Union) decreased by 1.7 thousand workers since January of 2010 (or 1.3%). Compare this to a decrease of 7.4% in employment in the private sector during that same period.

For the first time in our history, more public sector employees (7.9 million) belonged to a union than did private sector employees (7.4 million), despite there being 5 times more wage and salary workers in the private sector.

Geez, this might explain this equation:

well-paid union employees + the more unionized public sector employees than private sector employees = this

Posted by Big Governement
February 24, 2010
Leave a Comment

View of Unions ‘Plummeted’ Since 07

According to Pew, “Favorable views of labor unions have plummeted since 2007, amid growing public skepticism about unions’ purpose and power.”

(click here for more polls on union officials)

One hates to surmise, but it seems probable such a shift comes from such little things as crippling the Big 3, pushing card check on working Americans, cutting disgusting deals to exempt their members from a new tax on healthcare plans, pimping ACORN, and just being all-around-un-swell guys.

One also hates to draw a correlation/causation line, but didn’t something interesting happen in 2008 that would have raised the profile of union bosses to a point where more people would see their antics? Yes, there was something in 08 …

Posted by Big Governement
February 23, 2010
Leave a Comment

Nation’s Schools Should Follow Rhode Island Superintendent Gallo’s Example

The Education Action Group Foundation will support Central Falls, Rhode Island school Superintendent Frances Gallo with a billboard dedicated to this public school patriot, smack dab in the middle of downtown Central Falls.

CentralFallsbillboard

Gallo’s recent decision to push past teachers union obstruction and do what’s best for the district’s struggling high school students is a prime example of the bold actions needed to turn around the nation’s failing schools.

Gallo recommended firing all 74 Central Falls High School teachers after the local teachers union refused to sign off on long overdue reforms needed to save the chronically failing school, which has been on the state’s list of underperforming schools for seven years. Less than half of Central Falls High School’s students graduate and only seven percent are proficient in math, state data shows.

Gallo offered to pay teachers $30 an hour for some of the additional duties, and expected them to kick in a bit of their own time to improve instruction.

Central Falls Teachers’ Union balked, then demanded $90 per hour for the extra work.

We believe the situation in Central Falls is a perfect example of the “me first” teachers union mentality plaguing school districts across the country. Affiliates of the nation’s two largest teachers unions, the American Federation of Teachers and the National Education Association, have long opposed virtually any reforms that bring accountability to the classroom, or affect the union’s bottom line.

We are applauding Gallo’s efforts with the billboard above. It should be on display in downtown Central Falls by the end of the week.

We trust her courageous actions will be supported by the state’s education leaders, who charged her with turning the school around. Hopefully, Gallo’s work in Central Falls will serve as a catalyst for other schools to stand up for their students.

It is about time somebody did.

Superintendent Gallo’s actions are tough but necessary.  The entitlement mentality and the notion that teachers unions have the right to obstruct critical reforms that will benefit children has got to come to end.  Hopefully Gallo’s brave stand will serve as a flash point for other underperforming schools across America.

Virtually every other sector of the economy is being asked to step up, pitch in and help our country through these difficult times.  To have a teachers union with its hand out – and penalizing children on top of it – is particularly insulting.

Hopefully Gallo’s actions serve as a shot across the bow of every teachers union that is putting its interests ahead of the children they purport to serve.

EAGF plans to promote bold reform efforts in other parts of the country with similar billboard messages. We are calling on others with a commitment to transforming the country’s troubled public schools to help toward that end by contributing to our campaign with an online donation at EAGFdn.org.

We are taking a stand.  To stand with us, make a tax-deductible contribution and we will post similar billboards in the community.


Posted by Big Governement
February 23, 2010
Leave a Comment

More On My Public Sector Fat Cat Obsession

Okay, I will admit that I am obsessed with this one particular truth:  The stimulus bill and all the stops that the federal government pulled to save the economy and create jobs didn’t not help the private sector employees. On the other hand, it did show support for its own employees.

Encouraged by Reason Magazine’s founder Manny Klausner, I made this chart this morning based on Bureau of Labor Statistics data that shows the change in employment in the private and the public sectors during the last two years.

image001

Warning: the number of public employees is on the right hand-side of the chart and the private employees are on the left.

Warning 2: This chart is not claiming that public employment was ever higher than private employment.

However, it is showing without a doubt that during the last two year the number of public employees has increased from 22.3 million in January 2008 to 22.4 million in January 2010, after peaking at 22.6 million in July 2009.  Not that impressive you will say. Well, excuse me but it certainly beats being a private employee during that same period of time. The number of private jobs decreased from 115.5 million in January 2008 to 107 million. That’s a lose of 8.7 million jobs in the private sector while the public sector gained almost 100,000 jobs.

The data doesn’t lie my friend. Now, let’s me ask this question again: who are the big losers in this recession and who has ultimately benefited from the big government intervention in our economy?

Posted by Big Governement
February 18, 2010
Leave a Comment

Meet Captain Obvious: Joe Biden

Yesterday, Vice President Joe Biden visited CBS’ “Early Show” for a “wide-ranging interview” during which he said, “We understand why people are angry…We get it.”

Biden

Um, no you don’t. Because if you did, Mr. Vice President, we wouldn’t keep hearing stories about the executive branch seeking ways to act unilaterally on domestic issues it can’t seem to get passed in the lopsided, Democrat-controlled Congress.

And we wouldn’t keep reading about SEIU and other bankrollers of the Obama campaign demanding swifter action on agenda items that are in their interest.

Vice Captain Obvious also had this observation: “Washington right now is broken.”  Help me out,  Joe. Your party controls 59 seats in the Senate.  You have a huge majority in the House.  Yet Washington is “broken?” Under whom is it broken, Joe?

This is the same Veep who said we must spend our way out of the recession, and now says our country is in “deep trouble” unless deficits are tackled. What a joke.

Obama’s agenda is in shambles, his poll numbers are sinking lower, and his former disciples in Congress are heading for the exits by the droves.

And somehow the Republicans are to blame.

The message Joe and Barack should have received from the special election in Massachusetts was, “Hey guys, get your act together. Get something going.”

Their problem is that the people want to get job creation and deficit reduction “going,” while the SEIU and the liberal base of the Democratic Party want something entirely different. It’s a vexing challenge that spells real trouble for this administration in the months leading up to the mid-term elections.

Posted by Big Governement
February 17, 2010
Leave a Comment

Toyota and the Union-Backed, Government-Led Witch Hunt

Toyota, which employs over 35,000 workers in the United States with factories in eight states, is the target of a government-led and union-supported attack due to recent recalls.

In the U.S., it is estimated that 15,000 Lexus HS250h and 133,000 Prius models will be recalled due to gas pedal issues, with another 500,000 Prius and other gasoline-electric hybrids needing anti-brake software modification. As unfortunate and inconvenient as recalls can be, this not the first, or last time an automobile will need to be brought back to the shop for a quick fix.

200794uaw_strike_1

One might think this is the first auto recall in decades from the way government officials and Congressional Committees have pounced on Toyota. However, as recent as last month, Honda announced a recall of 646,000 Fit models (or Jazz in some markets) due to a faulty master switch that could allow water to enter the electrical components resulting in fires. Ford, less than one year ago, was forced to recall more than 4 million cars based on 550 vehicle fires. The recall concerned cruise-control deactivation switches that were installed in 16 million Fords. Part of the recall included nearly 1.1 million 1995-2003 Ford Windstar family van models.

There was no government outcry and no demand for Congressional hearings over these recent recalls. So why has Toyota suddenly become the target of a government-led witch hunt?

Toyota’s U.S. operations are extremely successful, not saturated by inefficient union monopolies, and are in direct competition with the now government-owned General Motors.

From their first U.S. factory in 1988, the Japanese company’s success in the U.S. is extraordinary. In 2003, the Camry became the best-selling car in the U.S. and still is. In 2005, Fortune magazine stated: “By nearly every measure, Toyota is the world’s best auto manufacturer. It may be the world’s best manufacturer, period.” In 2006, Toyota became the third-biggest seller of cars and trucks in the U.S. In 2007, Toyota captured second place in the U.S. market, replacing Ford, which had held the No. 2 position since 1931. In 2008, as GM declined and temporarily avoided bankruptcy, Toyota surpassed their unionized competitor becoming the largest automaker in the world.

Toyota’s ability to ascend, while others plummeted, lies in their philosophy based on efficiency and productivity called “The Toyota Way.” This corporate philosophy is not anti-union, rather based on the principle of “kaizen” which means “continuous improvement.” This principle seeks complete quality management by improving local work environments and raising productivity. It empowers executives and plant employees, who are famously authorized by Toyota to stop the assembly line to quickly solve any problems based on their own discretion. Such practices are never heard of and often forbade in other highly unionized automobile facilities.

In fact, the differences in efficiency and productivity (and why the unions are determined to penetrate Toyota’s workforce), do not stop there. When GM fired over 35,000 employees between 2006 and 2008, Toyota laid off zero. GM loses almost $2,500 in profitability per vehicle where Toyota makes almost $1,500 per vehicle. This is largely due to GM’s forced union contracts. GM’s union, the United Auto Workers (UAW) mandates that GM pay, on average, each non-skilled line worker about $33 dollars per hour. This inflated wage includes workers who are “idle,” meaning they don’t have a specific job that day, but can still come to work, sit in a special facility and collect a pay check.

These artificially inflated costs, bound by forced union contracts, are sinking other US auto industries. Toyota has managed to rise above that, not by being anti-union, but by believing in and enforcing a corporate-wide model based on efficiency and improvement.

Now, the agents of the government, which controls GM, are publicly castigating Toyota in an attempt to smear the company and increase their own profitability. As a direct competitor with Toyota by way of involvement with GM, the assault against Toyota represents one of the most public conflicts of interests the business world has experienced.

Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood, told owners of a recalled Toyota to “stop driving it” and take it to a dealer to get it fixed. As a appointee of President Obama, who supported the government takeover of GM, LaHood’s comments should be viewed as a violation of the government’s own “non-compete” commitment. In publically condemning Toyota, which is now a competitor of a government owned corporation, LaHood is using his position to drive down the market share of Toyota and advance the interests of GM.

LaHood’s comments and the call for House Congressional Hearings into Toyota, led by members with union-heavy districts whose interests appear to be self-serving, has led to a public outcry from a bi-partisan group of Governors whose constituents rely on Toyota for employment. Led by Gov. Mitch Daniels (R-Ind.) who says, “Let’s recall. Let’s fix it…If a fine is in order, then fine, but they have gone so far beyond that. It’s very, very suspicious in view of the government conflict of interest.” Daniels added, “These Congressmen running this committee have their own agenda and it is a discriminating agenda in this case. They didn’t do this the last several hundred recalls.”

The government, in this case backed by the union saturation of GM, has a clear conflict of interest in owning companies that are in direct competition with Toyota. The problems have been determined, the solutions are in process. Sec. LaHood and the union-supported Democrat heads of the committees holding hearings on this matter should step back and allow the private sector to function without biased interference.

Posted by Big Governement
February 16, 2010
Leave a Comment

Teachers Unions Spends Dues on Left-Wing Causes AND Ally of Robert Mugabe

Courtesy of Victor Skinner, writing on NEAexposed.com:

A recent study of contributions made by the nation’s two largest teachers unions reveals that both shelled out millions in 2008-09, with a good chunk going to radical and scandal-ridden organizations.

failing-grades

The study, posted online by the Education Intelligence Agency, is further proof that the National Education Association and American Federation of Teachers are out of step with their members, which union officials claim are evenly split between Democrat, Republican and Independent parties.

This is what the EIA found:

The AFT gave $46,894 to the scandal-plagued Association of Community Organizations for Reform Now (ACORN). That organization’s members gave tax evasion advice to pimps and prostitutes, encouraged struggling homeowners to walk away from their mortgages, and championed radical causes like softer immigration regulations and a government takeover of health care.

The AFT’s interest in government-run healthcare is also apparent in its $407,208 donation to the Economic Policy Institute, a union-funded progressive think tank that advocates for the expansion of unionized government jobs, and generally promotes organized labor’s interests.

The AFT also sent $125,000 to Health Care for America Now! HCAN, which is led by SEIU and ACORN, promotes a government takeover of health care.

The Gay, Lesbian and Straight Education Network received $10,000 of AFT dues money to fight for gay rights. GLSEN’s leaders have a long-documented history of promoting sex-related issues to elementary-aged kids.

The AFT made smaller donations to groups that generally promote causes like the redistribution of American wealth. Those included $15,000 to the Apollo Alliance, and $25,000 to Jessie Jackson’s Rainbow PUSH Coalition.

In total, the AFT spent $5.3 million in dues income promoting radical left-wing advocacy groups and charities. Most of the money went to seemingly innocuous organizations with radical policies.

The NEA, which doled out $26 million in dues dollars, also sent the bulk of its money to the far left.

The anti-American, human rights fanatics at Amnesty International banked $7,500 from the NEA. The Economic Policy Institute got a quarter-million in NEA membership money. GLSEN received $157,500, and HCAN got $450,000 from the NEA.

MediaMatters, which attacks and distorts reports from conservative organizations, earned a $100,000 NEA check.

The NEA also gave a $10,000 donation to Al Sharpton’s National Action Network and $165,000 to People for the American Way, two organizations with extreme left-wing agendas.

The population control advocates at the Sierra Club pocketed $150,000 in NEA dues dollars. The Zimbabwe Teachers Association is even partially bankrolled ($10,000) by the NEA. Seriously?

That union, the ZIMTA, is aligned with despotic dictator Robert Mugabe’s political party, media reports show.

Some will argue that these teachers unions can contribute their income to whatever organization they like. We agree, and strongly defend that freedom.

But we also feel that union membership, and the taxpayers that pay their wages, deserve to know where the money is going and why. We also believe that teachers should be able to keep their dues dollars from financing union PACs, if they wish.

Former NEA president Reg Weaver has repeatedly claimed that the NEA’s membership is evenly divided into Democrats, Republicans and Independents. We suspect AFT members are similarly split.

Then why does their union not distribute their dues dollars evenly to reflect that split? That’s a good question, and one we would encourage union teachers to demand an answer to.

Posted by Big Governement
February 15, 2010
Leave a Comment

Isn’t It Time to Finally Put the Interests of Kids First Rather than Catering to the National Education Association?

The Cato Institute’s Isabel Santa uses school choice as an example of why competition is better than government-imposed monopolies. The video explains that government schools cost more and deliver less, which is exactly what one might expect when there is an inefficient monopoly structure. The evidence about the school-choice systems in Sweden, Chile, and the Netherlands is particularly impressive. Leftists always argue that we should have government-run health care because it’s what exists in other nations. Yet they are conveniently silent about looking overseas when other nations are choosing market-based policies and getting better results.

There are many other reasons to support school choice, including diversity and innovation. There also is no need for fights over school prayer and sex education when parents can choose schools that reflect their values.

Perhaps most important, school choice should be the civil rights issue of the 21st century. Many minority families live in areas where the government school monopoly does a scandalously poor job of educating children, even though these often are the school districts with higher-than-average per-pupil spending.

For more information about education issues, see what Cato’s scholars have written.

Posted by Big Governement
February 15, 2010
Leave a Comment

Public Employee Benefit Plans: Up to $1 Trillion in Unfunded Liabilities

For years, employers in the private sector have been moving in the direction of versatile, 401(k) style retirement accounts. However, a vast majority of the 20 million state and local government workers in the U.S. have kept their generous, defined-benefit pension plans.

sinkhole

Despite the lofty promises made by policymakers, public employee retirement plans have been neglected over the years and have become huge liabilities that severely threaten the financial health of many states. If legislators do not properly address the crisis in public pensions, they will make current state budget problems look trivial. In fact, as of 2006, states had accumulated nearly $360 billion in unfunded pension obligations, according to a new 50 state study conducted for the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC). The report entitled “State Pension Funds Fall Off a Cliff,” is co-authored by Dr. Barry Poulson of the University of Colorado and Dr. Arthur P. Hall of the University of Kansas.

Much of the current data regarding liabilities in public employee pensions was taken before the recent economic downturn, and the study’s authors warn the problem is much worse today since stock market losses have not been fully realized in many official government pension statistics. Other estimates with recent data place the unfunded pension liabilities at $1 trillion nationally.

Poulson and Hall have sampled state data for 2008 in an attempt to measure the current magnitude of the problem. According to their findings, only nine percent of state pension plans met the government standard as “safe.” Defined-benefit pension plans are considered ‘safe’ by government standards if they have enough assets to support at least 80 percent of pension benefit obligations. Illinois has the worst funded pension plan in the nation at 46.1 percent. Keep in mind, the private sector deems defined-benefit pension plans to be “critical” if the funded portion of the plan is less than 65 percent.

This is bad news for the average taxpayer, especially for residents of Colorado and Kansas. According to the study, these two state pension plans have the highest per-capita unfunded pension liabilities in the nation at $3,624 and $2,962 respectively.

Elected officials need to properly monitor the status of their pension funds and bring more accountability to the process. The first step is for states to increase transparency by meeting the guidelines established by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB). Specifically, state legislatures should require that unfunded liabilities be reported as debt in the financial statements of state and local governments. Also, states should be required to show how they plan to eliminate unfunded liabilities in pension plans within a thirty year time frame.

The only long term solution will be to replace current defined-benefit plans with 401(k) style defined-contribution plans for new employees. This essential reform would constrain the growth of unfunded liabilities and would establish a portable defined-contribution plan for new employees that, over time, would reduce the government’s dependence on expensive and less predictable defined-benefit plans.

If state lawmakers fail to enact fundamental reforms in the area of public employee pensions, the long-term financial health of the states could be compromised – and taxpayers will certainly be left on the hook.

The full report is available below or at ALEC’s website.


ALEC_FINAL_pension_funds_split

Posted by Big Governement
February 13, 2010
Leave a Comment

SEIU’s Shameless Abuse of Olympic Games Tragedy

In the wake of yesterday’s terrible tragedy outside of Vancouver at the Whistler Sliding Center, where Georgian luger Nodar Kumaritashvili sadly lost his life, safety is on the minds of many.  Only hours before the opening ceremonies of the 2010 Winter Olympic Games, the 21-year old lost control of his sled at 88mph and was catapulted over the track wall into a steel support column.  All throughout the week, coaches, commentators, and even other Olympians have questioned the safety of the track, as nearly a dozen other athletes have also crashed during practice runs, including a Romanian women’s slider who was knocked unconscious and defending Olympic luge champion Armin Zoeggeler of Italy.

The President of the World Luge Federation said the track is too fast and thinks it is a planning mistake, while Australian luger Hannah Campbell-Pegg questioned whether athletes were being treated as “crash test dummies“.  The shocking footage of the accident was replayed all throughout the day and evening yesterday, leaving horrified viewers focused on discussion about the safety of the track.

But in all of this shock, horror and sadness over the tragic death of an athlete in his prime and the dangers of the track on which he lost his young life, what has the SEIU focused on?

Food safety. (Translated =  unionizing)

seiu-PR021210

Reports of the horrible accident in Vancouver began surfacing in the press as early as 12:30 pm EST  Friday.  Yet, the SEIU still felt their unionization Food Safety concerns were so paramount that they went ahead and issued a press release anyway, after 5:00 pm EST:

PRESS RELEASE:  Healthcare Union Raises Concerns Over Safety Of Food to be Served to Olympic Athletes at Vancouver Olympics

“Sodexo is providing catering services for athletes during this key moment in their sporting careers, and we’re concerned about the food they will be providing,” charged the SEIU in Friday’s press release.

It’s not as though the SEIU could not have known about the tragedy  – the story had been broadcast all over the news for at least five hours before SEIU pushed out its attack.  If they didn’t know, then they’re even more disconnected from reality than we thought they were.

As many are already aware, the SEIU has been incessantly battering Sodexo since 2007, in its desire to unionize some of its nearly 400,000 employees, many of them hotel and food service workers.  Sodexo is one of the largest food services and facilities management companies in the world, and is the provider of choice for most schools, universities, companies, hotels, prisons and other facilities that outsource their cafeteria and food catering operations, and for those that outsource industrial cleaning services.

The other target though, since 2003, has actually been another union, UNITE HERE, the former combination of the Union of Needle trades, Industrial and Textile Employees and the Hotel Employees and Restaurant Employees International union.

There has been a longstanding war amongst the three, where SEIU once partnered with UNITE to attack HERE, then eventually betrayed UNITE as well.  The prize of course being hotel and casino workers, cleaners, garment workers, and potentially even bank tellers.  The epic battle is not exactly secret, nor is it new, although there have been significant recent escalations in their ongoing war.  It’s all like a soap opera, but that’s an article for another day.

Lately, with so much more now at stake, like every possible piece of the health care legislation to which the labor union can superficially associate itself, including food & wellness (yeah, remember the SEIU Lunchladies video I posted, where SEIU insists that kids are obese and unhealthy because non-union workers from outsourced companies like Sodexo are serving their food?), SEIU bosses have significantly amped up the Sodexo attacks in recent months.  Perhaps you’ve recognized their usual tactics in action:  the corporate smear campaign website, non-stop blog attacks on the company and on those who support them, frequent press releases, artificial “reports” and “statistics”, robocalls and mailers, and using partners like ACORN to plant dissatisfied workers in the media.

Oh, and don’t forget – their fellow unions are fighting back against Andy Stern and the SEIU corporate bosses.  Even rank and file union workers want the nonsense to stop.

Which all brings me back to yesterday’s press release.

C’mon, SEIU.  First, do you honestly think the American people are so ignorant that they don’t see through your fake intentions?  Maybe the mainstream media is, as they blindly report on your press releases like robots.  But not the rest of us.  Food Safety?  Really, SEIU? Really?

More importantly, where is your soul?

You claim to care about all of these rank and file workers you support, but then you betray them.  Bad move.  Then, on a tragic day when all eyes are focused on the death of a young athlete in Vancouver and on the safety of the track on which he died, you send out a press release hours after the accident about…not construction safety, not facility safety, not even worker or athlete safety…but about Food Safety.  Really bad move.

In the end, it’s not even about Food Safety at all.  It’s a shameless part of a typical corporate campaign against a company whose workers you are trying to unionize.  And some of those Sodexo workers have been providing food and hospitality to these Olympic athletes all week.  Give them a day to process what just happened before you start attacking.

Shame on you, SEIU bosses.  Shame on you.

Posted by Big Governement
February 12, 2010
Leave a Comment

The Official Unraveling of the Obama Presidency

It can be no secret by now that President Obama did not have a signature achievement his first year in office. Of all his major initiatives, health care, cap and trade, civilian trials for terrorists and the “stimulus” bill – only the so-called stimulus bill was enacted. Hardly a success, as more Americans than not know what Paul Krugman and E.J. Dionne do not – that it was a bad idea. Worse for the Democrats — none of those efforts have produced a greater consensus or momentum for them or Obama. To the contrary, the Democrats lost key races in 2009, a Democrat House Member defected to the Republicans, the nation is more divided than ever and the Democrat Party is in disarray — as in the Obama presidency.

article-1135603-034A1057000005DC-377_468x286

Not to be out-done by 2009, in 2010, the Obama presidency has endured:

(1) the loss of the Kennedy seat (which is how the Democrats view that race) even though Obama stumped for the Democrats’ candidate;

(2) Obama’s deficit commission was shot down;

(3) The unions are warning the Democrats that they are “going to have a hard time getting members out to vote”;

(4) Democrats are slowly signing onto a bill to defeat Obama’s civilian trial for terrorists,

(5) Obama’s TSA nomination died before a vote;

(6) Obama’s NLRB nomination died after a vote;

(7) Nancy Pelosi is openly criticizing Obama’s plans for a job bill;

(8) Some Democrats are openly worrying about the political effect of the expiration of the Bush tax cuts;

(9) the left, in general, is openly criticizing Obama on a host of issues from the wars to his comments on Wall Street bonuses.

In other words, far from standing with Obama, Democrats have no fear of Obama anymore and all of that is playing almost daily in the nation’s newspapers, TV and the internet. Obama’s troubles are coming far too fast for even the mainstream media to ignore. Highlighting all of those problems is the fact that Obama’s poll numbers have reached new lows.

As bad as that anti-momentum is (and I use the word “anti-momentum” because Republicans still need to positively turn this to their favor with a “Republican Plan for America’s Renewal”), Obama’s troubles are going to get worse – much worse.

Obama is now open to tax increases on the middle class (”agnostic” is the word he used). Anyone with a memory of longer than 15 years can tell you how successful Bill Clinton was in his first midterm elections after breaking his promise of a middle class tax cut or at least 54 lost House seats and the Speakership well remember.

Amidst so much Democrat blood in the water, it is no wonder Congressional Democrats are distancing themselves from Obama. If Obama pushes that middle class tax hike, rather than backing away from Obama, they will turn and run and the Obama Presidency will have officially unraveled.

Posted by Big Governement
February 11, 2010
Leave a Comment

Congratulations to the ‘Tea Bashers’

As a member of a very successful Tea Party in Quincy, Illinois it is my distinct honor and privilege to offer my thanks and congratulations to this astroturf response to the tea parties. This hard hitting website has taken the MSNBC format to a new level. Hit us again guys, because while you spend never-ending union dollars attacking Tea Parties, we are repairing the change you said we could believe in, one candidate at a time.

highres_7736033

This tiny group of Tea Bashers says its mission is “To prevent the Tea Party’s dangerous ideas from gaining legislative traction.” You might want to watch something other than the mainstream media. In case you haven’t heard, we have already gained legislative traction, which I’ll venture a guess that this was the reason for the emergency birth and delivery of your premature website.

We can’t think of a better way for organized labor to spend its time and money. I am so thrilled with your approach I may donate to your cause myself.

I would ask that all Tea Partiers across the nation send an email of congratulations to these left wing warriors. Their contribution to the Tea Party mission is invaluable.

Tea Partiers are used to taking punches like this both, figuratively and literally. The punches themselves aren’t that effective, but the propaganda budget is where the fight really takes place. The Tea Parties are grass roots and don’t extort donations from their members via payroll deduction. Thank you for making our job a little easier. It is comforting to know that we have  a group with this level of intellectual and strategic prowess working toward the Tea Party mission and goals. Just remember, Hope and Change.

Posted by Big Governement
February 11, 2010
Leave a Comment

Union Bosses Target 86-Yr Old Volunteer Crossing Guard

First, they came for the Babysitter.  Then, they came for the Eagle Scout.   Now, they’ve come for the Crossing Guard.

afscme-guard

Warren Eschenbach, an 86-year-old a retired Wausau Water Works employee volunteers his time as a crossing guard at the Riverview Elementary School in Wausau, Wisconsin.  After the Wausau School District built an area just outside an intersection at the school’s location for parents to pickup their kids from the school, the intersection became busier than usual for a short time every day.  So, Eschenbach did a noble thing.  He went over to the school and spoke with parents, kids and administrators, and he volunteered to patrol the area at pickup time to make sure kids got to their parents’ cars and that others crossed the streets safely.  After all, he worked for five years as a crossing guard at the Franklin Elementary School up until three years ago.  He lives two doors down and it’s for a half hour every day.  Who could take issue with that?

Well, apparently union bosses can.

John Spiegelhoff, a local union rep for American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Local 1287 (AFSCME) wants to know if the 86-year-old retiree has undergone a background check.  And if he has liability insurance.   AFSCME insists that Eschenbach is “undermining the union” and has demanded that the city get rid of him and replace him with a paid union worker at $12.65 an hour.  The city has been cutting back crossing guard hours from 15 hours a week to 10 a week.  Of course, the elderly volunteer isn’t a volunteer with the city, he volunteers with the school.  Since the pickup location is newly restructured, there hadn’t ever been the need to have a crossing guard there.   There was no prior job this gentleman has taken away from the union.   Really, the guy just lives right there and thought he’d help out.

Riverside Elementary School Principal Steve Miller was shocked.

“Here we have a community member who’s giving back to the community and offering something to the children to keep them safe and so I just view it as a good thing and I’m not sure why someone would find fault with that but obviously somebody has.”

After AFSCME filed a grievance regarding the matter last October, it was recently denied by the Police Department, the Human Resources Department and the Human Resources Committee.  Next step:  arbitration, if the union so chooses.

If this keeps up, if I were Mr. Eschenbach, I’d simply take off the vest and put down the stop sign (both lent out by the city), and I’d just cross the street back and forth with those kids just as any neighbor living on that corner or any public citizen might very well do.  Last I checked, you don’t need liability insurance to cross the street as a public citizen.  Or is that against the law now too?

I don’t think this is the America that Alexis de Tocqueville wrote about in 1835.

Read the full story from my friend Peter List over at LaborUnionReport.com.

Posted by Big Governement
February 9, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obama Radical Big Labor Nominee Loses Vote – Sen. Brown Votes No

fail-hurdles

Thanks to numerous BigGovernment.com readers taking action, along with other concerned Americans, several national organizations, and Sen. John McCain’s (R-AZ) hold on Obama’s NLRB Nominee Craig Becker – several senators changed their positions and voted with the senate’s newest Senator, Scott Brown (R-MA) to continue debate on Becker’s qualifications to serve as one of five National Relations Board Members.

President Barack Obama’s nomination of Craig Becker to the National Labor Relations Board has failed on a 52-33 vote. The nomination required 60 votes to proceed. (Politico)

The two Democrat Senators who voted against cloture are Blanche Lincoln (D-AR) and Ben Nelson (D-NE).

CAUTION

Though Craig Becker’s was put on hold as a result of the cloture vote; President Obama may still appoint Becker to national Labor relations Board as a recess appointment to the Board as early as February 15th if congress keeps its current schedule.

However, Sen. Harry Reid’s focus and use of valuable legislative time on Big Labor paybacks like Craig Becker and Patricia Smith combined with the DC snowstorms may force Reid to call off the February recess to refocus on JOBS; well at least, his Big Labor Jobs Program.

Here is the vote tally (link)

Posted by Big Governement
February 9, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obama NLRB Nominee Craig Becker’s Smoking Gun?

Contact Your Senators NOW and Urge them To Vote No on Radical Craig Becker’s Nomination.

seiu

The Senate is scheduled to vote TODAY on the nomination of radical union apologist Craig Beck to the National Labor Relations Board.

It’s vital you contact your Senators IMMEDIATELY to help derail this out of control union lackey from being on this board.

You can find your Senators direct lines through this link.

One recent piece of evidence to add to the growing Becker rap sheet:

In last week’s U.S. Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee hearing, Obama nominee Craig Becker clearly tried to put distance between himself and his former client ACORN:

Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.) asked Becker this question:

“Do you perform work for and provide advice to ACORN or ACORN-affiliated groups while employed by your current employers or on a volunteer basis?”

Becker responded, “Senator McCain, I have never done so.” (Emphasis added)[2]

Becker statement to the Senate Committee is that he has never provided legal advice to ACORN or to an ACORN affiliate while employed by SEIU; but, an ACORN produced report directly conflicts Becker’s statement.

ACORN 2006 ReportsACORN’s “2006 YEAR ENDING – YEAR BEGINNING REPORTS” publication (a compilation of reports filed by ACORN organizations) declared that Becker while serving as SEIU Counsel was also a counsel for ACORN:

Legal Representation – In the past we have used Steve Bachmann and the CCI legal team; SEIU counsel, Craig Becker; Art Martin in Southern Illinois…” (Emphasis added)[3]

In addition as the National Right To Work Committee’s report on Becker noted, ACORN’s Founder Wade Rathke produced some interesting commentary about Becker that contradicts his statement as well:

“Here’s a big win no matter how you shake and bake it:  Craig Becker being nominated for a seat on the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB)!  … having crossed paths with Craig for more than 20 years, finally we have a situation where a brilliant, effective, and pro-worker/pro-union lawyer will be on the NLRB. …

“I can remember Keith Kelleher[4] negotiating the subsidy for [ACORN’s] SEIU Local 880 in Chicago and always making sure that there was the money for the organizers, but that SEIU was also still willing to allow access to Craig [Becker].”[5]

Rathke even credits Becker with the massive forced unionization of home health care workers.[6]

“For my money Craig’s signal contribution has been his work in crafting and executing the legal strategies …leading to the membership of perhaps a half-million such workers in unions like SEIU, AFSCME, CWA, and the AFT.

“Craig was the key lawyer from the beginning in the early 1980’s who was able to piece together the arguments and representation that allowed those of us involved in trying to organize home health care workers in Illinois, Massachusetts, …His role was often behind the scenes devising the strategy with the organizer and lawyers, writing the briefs for others to file, and putting all of the pieces together, but he was the go-to-guy on all of this.”[7] (Emphasis added)

Becker Sought International Jurisdiction Over NLRB

Becker has appealed to international organizations to apply pressure to the NLRB arguing that the NLRB should follow “mainstream international laws” rather than U.S. laws.

In 2006, Becker as AFL-CIO Associate Counsel spearheaded an AFL-CIO complaint to the United Donations against the NLRB ruling that nurse shift supervisors are indeed supervisors.  The AFL-CIO appeal to an international body beyond the sovereign government of the United States and the NLRB.  This is the very same NLRB where Becker now wants to sit as a member.

“‘This will demonstrate how far outside the mainstream of accepted international law the U.S. is moving,’ said Craig Becker, a legal counsel to the AFL-CIO.” (Emphasis added)[8]

Take Action

Becker’s ACORN associations and his deference to international laws are only a fraction of Becker’s whole public record that calls his nomination into question and the need for you to act now to stop his confirmation by your U.S. Senators.

Here are some additional reasons that you might mention to your U.S. Senators when you call or e-mail them:

Craig Becker wrote that Secret ballot “elections are profoundly undemocratic.”

  • He believes that a worker’s choice should be between which unions workers should be forced to join; he does not believe a worker should have the choice not to join to a union.
  • Becker argued that just as U.S. citizens cannot opt against having a congressman, workers should not be able to choose against having a union as their monopoly-bargaining agent. “‘Employees’ only choice,” explained Mr. Becker, “should be over which set of union officials get ‘exclusive’ power to negotiate their wages, benefits, and work rules.”
  • In addition, Becker through his writings has attacked the members of The National Right To Work, and will be incapable of fairly judging any cases that the National Right To Work Legal Defense Foundation brings before the NLRB.

Becker does not express a belief in individual rights of workers to freely choose to join or not to join a union.  He supports the idea that workers should be forced into collectives like unions that dominate and control individual working conditions.  Becker’s beliefs are the antithesis of American democracy and liberty, and his beliefs will have disastrous results if implemented by the NLRB.

It’s vital you help defeat this nomination

Contact your Senators TODAY!

Click here to Take Action Right Now to Protect Individual Freedoms and Contact Your Senators!

(Link for full hearing video),


[1]NLRB – National Labor Relations Board: an independent federal agency created by Congress in 1935 to administer the National Labor Relations Act, the primary law governing relations between unions and employers in the private sector.

[2] Becker Lied to McCain by Matthew Vadum in The American Spectator (2010)

[3] 2006 YEAR END – YEAR BEGIN REPORTS

[4] Keith Kelleher is the head organizer of the Service Employees International Union (SEIU) Local 880 and has been a field organizer, lead organizer and head organizer for ACORN, the United Labor Unions (ULU), and SEIU Local 880 for over 20 years. (The People Shall Rule by Keith Kelleher and Madeline Talbott, 2000)

[5] Becker to the NLRB by Wade Rathke in Wade Rathke: Chief Organizer Blog

[6] This is a scheme where the state declares independent contractors who receive grants from the state to take care of people in their homes are employees of the state for collective bargaining purposes only.  These created “employees” have no state pension, no state insurance, nor any other benefits of state employees.

[7] Becker to the NLRB by Wade Rathke in Wade Rathke: Chief Organizer Blog

[8] “AFL-CIO files complaint with U.N. labor group; Protest is aimed at ruling on role of supervisors” by Will Lester, ASSOCIATED PRESS in the Buffalo News. 23 Oct 2006: B7.

Posted by Big Governement
February 8, 2010
Leave a Comment

A Formula for Real Economic Growth: Cut Public Employee Pay by 20%

caselogistixfederalgovernment

Slate’s Jacob Weisberg came unhinged on Friday and gave the country the finger.

“Down with the People!” he screams from Bill Gates lap.  As Jacob sees it, we the people are demanding two mutually exclusive things: premium government services and tax cuts, and when we can’t have what we want, we become unruly children.

There is of course a third option, and I think it is the voting issue for the 2010 elections.  It frankly amazes me that TPM-style Democrats going after Paul Ryan’s Roadmap, don’t see it coming…

You can thank me later, but I just saved the United State of America at least  $278,309,600,000.00 PER YEAR. You read that right.  $278 BILLION per year.  That’s almost entirely what Medicaid will spend this year for children and the disabled.  That’s what our normal deficit looks like without TARP and stimulus.

The crazy thing is how easy it was to do.   It took me like three minutes.  And since I’m a big open source, creative commons guy I’m even posting my magical formula shown here using 2008’s budget:

(1,391,548 1,000,000)*.2

Somebody start printing bumper stickers baby, so everyone can see how much we save when we cut federal, state, and local public employee pay by 20%.*

Amazing isn’t it?  And Obama, Weisberg, and SEIU are out of their friggin minds if they think 20% government pay cuts aren’t on the table come next November. What are they going to do?  Quit?  Strike?  Bring it on.  Newt’s 1994 revolution will look uneventful by comparison. We call them civil “servants,” for a reason.

We don’t need to be politically delicate about this,  we aren’t advocating a single program cut, no school closed, no park uncleaned, no fireman not coming to save you.  All of that will continue to happen.

But the government employees doing all this marvelous stuff for us are going to earn 20% less…. and from now on their future pay increases will be tied to private wage inflation.  Our country is in deep financial straits, and it is time for government workers to share our pain and get their interests aligned with ours.  They’ll make more money when we do.

Yes, there are further budget issues we face, entitlements must be humanely reigned in, but before we can seriously look at future debt projections, we must first return sanity to the public labor market.  Until we cut government pay down to size, we can’t honestly talk about which programs to fund…. because right now they all cost too much.

Republicans and Blue Dog Democrats should refuse to deal with any other issue, until this one is fixed.  They should make Senator Shelby’s 70 holds seem a trifle.  Want a jobs bill?  Let’s fix government pay, so main street can have a tax cut.  $278 BILLION as small business tax relief at the federal, state, and local level is one hell of a jobs program.  Real jobs.  The kind that don’t have the dirty taint of government on them.

China will LOVE us.  Wall Street will soar.  It will be serious proof Washington DC has been cracked to the core.  It will be morning in America.

I can’t imagine a single Indie voter not rushing to the voting booth on this one.  Politicians courting the tea party, listen up, this gets completely around the false choice the left wants the voters to have to make.  Instantly, the debate changes.

*of course, Josh Marshall, there will be no military cuts. Minus military wages, the Bureau of Economic Analysis places government compensation in 2008, at $1,391,548,000,000.00

Posted by Big Governement
February 6, 2010
Leave a Comment

Discussing Citizens United, Free Speech, Congressional Corruption, and More With Bill Moyers and Larry Lessig

On Friday, I appeared on Bill Moyers Journal with Harvard law prof and cyberspace theorist Lawrence Lessig to discuss the whys and wherefores of the Citizens United Supreme Court ruling. From the show’s writeup:

The Supreme Court’s January 2010 decision of the Citizen’s United v. Federal Election Commission on campaign finance regulations has caused a stir around the political spectrum. A poll from Angus Reid Public Opinion found that 65 percent of people surveyed disagreed with the Supreme Court’s decision — 67 percent of Democrats, 63 percent of Republicans, and 72 percent of independents.

Libertarian journalist Nick Gillespie says all that worry is misplaced in a much-watched video “Three Reasons Not to Sweat Citizens United.” “If you want to get bent out of shape about something, direct your ire at a massive and constantly growing government that has its hands in virtually every aspect of economic and social life in America,” Says Gillespie.

Harvard legal scholar Lawrence Lessig disagrees, viewing the ruling as a another step in the takeover of democracy by big money. In an article for THE NATION entitled “How to Get Our Democracy Back: If You Want Change, You Have to Change Congress,” Lessig calls for a constitutional convention to make public financing of campaigns the law of the land, “What both sides must come to see is that the reform of neither is possible until we solve our first problem first — the dependency of the Fundraising Congress.”

As you might guess, we didn’t agree on much, but it was a spirited and civil conversation well worth having. A full transcript is available, along with video of the segment and links to related materials, by clicking on the image below.

moyersgillespiess

Posted by Big Governement
February 3, 2010
Leave a Comment

Why You Should Know About Craig Becker (and Why You Need to Be Worried)

Craig Becker is President Obama’s nominee to the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB), and you should be afraid…very, very afraid.

SEIU Rally 4-1

According to the NLRB website, Congress established the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) in 1935 to administer the National Labor Relations Act (NLRA), the primary law that governs relations between unions, employees and employers in the private sector. The Act guarantees employees the right to organize and to bargain collectively with their employers or to refrain from such activities. The Act, which generally applies to all employers involved in interstate commerce, implements the national labor policy of assuring free choice and encouraging collective bargaining as a means of maintaining industrial peace.

The NLRB has two primary functions: one, to prevent and remedy unfair labor practices, whether committed by labor organizations or employers, and; two, to establish whether or not certain groups of employees desire labor organization representation for collective-bargaining purposes, and if so, which union.

Becker will be the third person on the five person Board and the second Democrat thus giving them majority on the Board. To say that Becker’s views are “extreme” would be an insult. His views of employer-employee relations invites thoughts of hammers and sickles.

As the Service Employees International Union (SEIU) Associate General Counsel, Becker has regularly advocated for inappropriate use of the NLRB’s power. In an instant of uncensored honesty, Mr. Becker wrote that employers should be barred from NLRB proceedings:

“On these latter issues employers should have no right to be heard in either a representation case or an unfair labor practice case, even though Board rulings might indirectly affect their duty to bargain.”

In Becker’s opinion, business owners, many of whom are small business owners that collectively employee 50 million Americans, have “no legally cognizable interest” in one of the most significant decisions impacting the potential future success of their company. But Becker takes his views one step further and would even deny employers the ability to alert authorities to illegal union activity during an election campaign saying:

“Similarly, employers should have no right to raise questions concerning voter eligibility or campaign conduct. Because employers have no right to vote, they cast no ballots the significance of which can be diluted by the inclusion of ineligible employees. … Because employers lack the formal status either of candidates vying to represent employees or voters, they should not be entitled to charge that unions disobeyed the rules governing voter eligibility or campaign conduct. On the questions of unit determination, voter eligibility, and campaign conduct, only the employee constituency and their potential union representatives should be heard.”

To suggest that employers should have no role in the unionization process, as Mr. Becker does, is a point of view that is outside of the mainstream and one that puts him at odds with the current practices of the NLRB.

Just as Mr. Becker views employers as obstacles to increased unionization, he similarly views workers ability to democratically choose union representation as problematic:

“Just as U.S. Citizens cannot opt against having a congressman, workers should not be able to choose against having a union as their monopoly-bargaining agent.”

Mr. Becker wholeheartedly believes that employers and workers preferences are second to union goals, namely increased membership. The NLRB is entrusted with interpreting and enforcing the NLRA, laws which apply to nearly every American business. As a member of the NLRB, Mr. Becker would be able to implement his radical ideas and shape labor laws for the indefinite future.

The Senate has scheduled a hearing on Craig Becker for Thursday, Feb. 4. Will they wait for the newly elected Senator from Mass. to be seated before a vote? Only time will tell…but until then, be very, very afraid.

Posted by Big Governement
February 3, 2010
Leave a Comment

Reason.tv: 3 Reasons Not to Sweat Citizens United

No recent Supreme Court ruling have evoked more liberal fury than Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission, a campaign-finance case involving government censorship of a political documentary called Hillary: The Movie. The Federal Election Commission prevented the anti-Hillary Clinton film from being shown on television just before the 2008 Democratic primaries, a decision that was upheld by lower courts. Siding with The First Amendment, the Court struck down laws regulating independent political advertising by for-profit and non-profit corporations before an election even as they reaffirmed rules about disclosure and disclosures for ads and against direct corporate giving to candidates.

Critics fear that corporations will now overwhelm the political marketplace with commercials and advertisements that will program citizens to vote for whatever agenda “the corprations” want at a given moment.

MSNBC’s Keith Olbermann railed against the decision, calling it “a Supreme Court-sanctioned murder of what little democracy is left in this democracy” and comparing it to the notorious Dred Scott decision, which ruled that  had no rights under the Constitution. His fellow corporate media host at MSNBC, Rachel Maddow, exclaimed, “If you are a regular person who has ever made a campaign donation before, forget about ever having to do that again. What’s the point?”

Cyberlaw theorist Lawrence Lessig has called for a consitutional amendment to roll back the Citizens United ruling and President Barack Obama called out the Supreme Court during his 2010 State of the Union address, proclaiming to a standing ovation:

The Supreme Court reversed a century of law that I believe will open the floodgates for special interests, including foreign corporations, to spend without limit in our elections.

Is there any truth to some hyperbolic, doomsday scenarios? In a word, no. The Citizens United ruling increases freedom of political speech, not simply for powerful, politically connected corporations like Citigroup, AIG, and the companies that run The New York Times and other media outlets, but for small-pocketed nonprofits such as Citizens United too. If you want to get bent out of shape about something, direct your ire at a massive and constantly growing government that has its hands in virtually every aspect of economic and social life in America.

“3 Reasons Not to Sweat The Citizens United Ruling” was written and produced by Meredith Bragg and Nick Gillespie, who also hosts.

Approximately 3.30 minutes. Go to Reason.tv for downloadable versions.

Subscribe to Reason.tv’s YouTube channel and received automatic notifications when new material goes online.

Posted by Big Governement
February 2, 2010
Leave a Comment

Sen. Harkin and Rep. Charlie Rangel Both Have Same CBO Story; Healthcare Deal Was Done BEFORE MA Election

charlie-rangel

As reported in a previous article, Senator Harkin clearly contradicted President Obama when he stated:

Labor leaders had announced an agreement with White House and congressional representatives over an excise tax on high-cost insurance plans on the Thursday before the special election.

Harkin said “we had an agreement, with the House, the White House and the Senate. We sent it to [the Congressional Budget Office] to get scored and then Tuesday happened and we didn’t get it back.” He said negotiators had an agreement in hand on Friday, Jan. 15.

Harkin made clear that negotiators had reached a final deal on the entire bill, not just the excise plans, which had been reported the previous day, Jan. 14.

Harkin said the deal covered the prescription-drug “donut hole,” the level of federal insurance subsidies, national insurance exchanges and federal Medicaid assistance to states.

Senator Harkin would know if a deal was done as he was in the marathon meeting at the White House on January 13, 2010. On the same day, Obama, Pelosi, and Reid put out a brief joint statement:

“Today we made significant progress in bridging the remaining gaps between the two health insurance reform bills. We’re encouraged and energized, and we’re resolved to deliver reform legislation that provides more stability and security for those with insurance, extends coverage to those who don’t have coverage, and lowers costs for families, businesses, and governments.”

However, it appears that the statements made by Harkin weren’t so far-fetched. On January 14th, House Ways and Means Chairman, Charlie Rangel, who was also in the WH meetings, confirmed that the healthcare bill was on its way to the CBO for scoring, either Friday the 15th or Saturday the 16th, to reporter Anna Edney, who then Tweeted the information:

anna3crop

So, who is telling the truth? Harkin and Rangel or Obama at the GOP Retreat when he stated they were still working on those “stray cats and dogs” in the bill.

There is, however, one more problem. When you talk to members of Congress, they consistently refer to the health bill as being in “conference” to merge the House and Senate version. When, I went to the THOMAS bill tracking system, it mentions nothing of the sort. It has all of the amendments and votes, but the latest update has nothing about the bill being in conference as other legislation documents. This administration is circumventing the legislative process so much that the offical bill tracking system can’t even be updated properly.

The only conclusion that can be made is that Obama, Pelosi, Reid and company were indeed attempting to jam through a healthcare bill and vote on it before the MA election, but time ran out for them and they lost a day due to the MLK federal holiday on January 18th. So much for Obama’s olive branch to the Republicans at the GOP retreat–all talk–just words as Obama’s says in this speech. I think we get it now, again, I hope the GOP does too.

The next questions are: where is the final agreement that went to the CBO and why haven’t the American people been shown the new merged bill?

Posted by Big Governement
February 2, 2010
Leave a Comment

ACTION ITEM: Block Card Check By Fiat

Card check is looking dead at the ballot box because politicians know it makes for terrible politics. But President Obama’s administration is turning to clever, quiet regulatory efforts to push through Big Labor’s agenda — and the first item on the agenda is today’s hearing for the man who would impose card check by fiat.

What can you do? Call your Senator now (202-224-3121) to oppose Craig Becker for the National Labor Relations Board.

Why: Today’s hearing is for Craig Becker, a top SEIU and AFL-CIO lawyer who hates that employers can talk to their employees about little things … like union dues, unions punishing employees who don’t picket, things like that. BG blogger Rick Manning has noted previously:

Instead of being a fair arbiter, Becker has advocated for extensive restrictions on employer communications with employees preceding a union organizing vote. He has gone so far as to call for employers to be barred from attending NLRB hearings about elections, and not allowing employers to challenge results even when evidence of union misconduct is present. If confirmed it is likely that Craig Becker, not Hilda Solis, will have the lasting impact on labor relations whether Congress passes the Employee Free Choice Act or not.

And if that’s not enough motivation, know that ACORN founder Wade Rathke will be glad you didn’t take time to pick up the phone.

Read more from the Wall Street Journal for background.

I know this is inside baseball, but it’s incredibly important. If Tea Parties are to mean anything, if direct citizen engagement is to mean anything, the energy has to be directed toward the mundane machinations of bureaucrats.

Posted by Big Governement
February 1, 2010
Leave a Comment

California’s Class Warfare: PLAs Pit Union and Non-Union Workers Against Each Other

Ten minutes prior to the start of a December 15th, 2009 board meeting of the Riverside Community College District in California, board members are handed a 52-page document filled with millions of dollars in projects to be funded by the district’s taxpayers, who themselves are struggling under the state’s 12.4% unemployment rate.  The document, a draft Project Labor Agreement (PLA), will commit long-term construction and ancillary projects for the next several years to labor unions.

At least twenty-three members of the public, many of them local private business owners who oppose the PLA, have attended to publicly comment on the proposal.  Two of the board members have never even seen the PLA prior to today, and have asked for a special session to review it.  Despite opposition from the public, and the concern voiced by those two board members, the remaining three board members have moved that the Board of Trustees authorize Chancellor Greg Gray to negotiate the final PLA with the Riverside and San Bernardino Building and Construction Trade Councils. Board Trustees Virginia Blumenthal and Janet Green dissented.

riverside-ca

So, without adequate time for all to review the draft, without any backup analysis provided to justify the use of up to $350,000,000 in Measure C taxpayer funds, without giving the public reasonable time to voice their opinions, and with an unemployment rate of over 12% when non-union workers are in even greater need of jobs than union workers…why would three of Riverside’s five board members vote to move forward with a final negotiation anyway? Why the rush? Residents and business owners in Riverside are wondering the same thing, and hope to have the chance to weigh in before the PLA’s final draft is signed.

PLAs claim to save money and promote “labor peace”.  But critics have questioned such claims, citing many cases of PLA projects that experienced increased costs and labor disruptions, and admonishing their discriminatory nature. Even the Orange County Board of Supervisors passed an ordinance to ban PLAs last November to safeguard against such issues and to ensure fair competition.

I wonder if on-the-job behavior like this also had anything to do with such a decision:

Meanwhile, California continues to spend billions on PLA projects while non-union workers suffer through record unemployment and taxpayers are hit with higher taxes, added fees and service cuts at every turn.

PLA History:  The New Deal Was Then, Greenmail is Now

Project Labor Agreements aren’t exactly new.  Also referred to as Government Mandated Labor Agreements (GMLAs), they have been around since the New Deal in the 1930’s, during the National Recovery Act and Works Progress Administration under Franklin D. Roosevelt. They cover all the workers of a project under a single agreement and almost always require that labor is hired through a union hall. While some non-union workers may be hired, they are typically covered under the one of the PLA’s umbrella unions – they might not be required to become a union member, but will pay union dues and a portion of their wages will be withheld and contributed to the pension fund of that union.

The first official use of a public project labor agreement in California was in 1938 with the construction of the Shasta Dam, part of the famed Central Valley Project (which ironically is more recently associated with the controversy over the water ban over the delta smelt fish).  The California Legislature authorized the Central Valley Project as a state project in 1933, planning to finance it with up to $170 million in revenue bonds. But when California was still unable to finance the project even in its first two years, the state eventually created the Water Project Authority to justify the project as a “national benefit”, to which President Roosevelt then granted millions in executive allocation funds. A series of court battles followed and the Supreme Court placed its responsibility square in the hands of Congress, and it soon became a political football.  As the first of their kind, other Central Valley projects served as the proverbial carrot on a stick to big labor, making the PLA the sought after win.

Since those days, federal and state laws have been passed over time to improve conditions for workers in America, leading to the creation of federal agencies like the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Department of Labor (DOL) and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) to name only a few.  While labor unions once represented a large portion of workers in America prior to the existence of such laws and agencies, workers now have proper outlets and interest in voluntary union membership has declined.  As such, labor unions are turning again to PLAs as a tool in helping them to survive.

While PLAs were once largely embraced in a marketplace when unions represented a greater majority of workers in the US, today’s PLAs must claim other benefits to be reasonably received by a general public that is no longer largely unionized.  Today’s PLAs purport to extend jobs to non-union workers, when in reality they place new impositions on both employers and workers, such as mandatory union-hall hiring, forcing non-union workers to pay union dues and make contributions to others’ pension funds. With the advent of the strict standards of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), PLAs now typically promise union sanctioned “environmental expertise”, adding another weapon to big labor’s arsenal.  Since most unions receive public funding for environmental training and mitigation, union bosses use it to assert their perceived authority by challenging projects on environmental grounds. They effectively hold a project hostage until the parties agree to a PLA and allow union shops to take control of the project’s labor requirements.  It’s nothing less than blackmail, which is how a new spin on the old term “greenmail” came to be mainstream, as effectively illustrated in the video below.

California Underwater: Despite Financial Crisis, Unions Thrive Under PLA Spending While Non-Union Workers Remain Unemployed

Lately it’s as though progressives are trying to relive the New Deal days, allowing politics, not need, to drive who gets jobs, money, resources and contracts. The influence of politics on governmental decisions and policies is certainly having its impact on how many opportunities are created for the majority of Americans, versus for just a very small subset that are the union workers.

In February 2009, as one of his first duties in office, President Obama signed an executive order that authorized federal executive agencies to use project labor agreements on federal construction contracts with a total cost of $25 million or more.  The order also revoked President Bush’s prior ban on mandatory PLAs, an action he’d taken after congressional hearings produced evidence that PLAs were discriminatory against open-shops and non-union workers, increased costs on most projects and were too often vehicles for abuse .  When the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act was passed only days after Obama’s order, agencies were encouraged to mandate PLAs for all stimulus projects.

Recently, skepticism of PLAs has increased under closer scrutiny of stimulus project awards, and more business journalists have been examining current unemployment numbers, looking at who’s getting jobs from stimulus projects, and at the relation of such issues to unionization statistics, as well as reporting on potential abuses.

California is a prime example of such governing policies that reckon back to the 1930’s, but in a day when the current level of union membership no longer justifies the pro-union policy.  Backed by the State Building and Construction Trades Council (an arm of AFL-CIO), the state is awash in cost-prohibitive union PLAs right now, even in light of its dismal financial situation.  It almost defies logic.

Other PLA spending in California includes:

  • The Long Beach Airport Terminal Improvement Project is moving forward with its $35 million PLA, despite its projected $11 million budget deficit, a gasoline tax, parking fee increases, spending cuts and the closure of several fire stations.
  • The Northern California Power Agency project’s $432 million PLA will deliver $60 million for labor unions alone
  • Under Mayor Antonio Villaraigosa, a former union organizer himself, Los Angeles has undertaken numerous PLA projects, including the Mass Transit Authority, which has already increased fares and taxes on residents, as it takes on the added cost that a PLA will bring to the project.
  • View a complete list of over 400 PLAs implemented in California between 2000 and April 2009

The state faces a $20 billion budget deficit, it issued I.O.U.s in taxpayers’ refunds, and recently Standard & Poor’s lowered its credit rating, following downgrades already made by Moody’s Investors and by Fitch Ratings.

California taxpayers have also been dealt a series of other costs, such as an extra 10% taken from their paycheck withholding, a 5% surcharge on state income taxes, an increased sales tax, and increases in ancillary fees such as vehicle licensing fees.  While they struggle with these cost increases, taxpayers will also foot the bill for the increased costs of PLAs.  Meanwhile, they struggle with one of the highest unemployment rates in the nation.

According to a 2009 report published by the Institute for Research on Labor and Employment, UCLA, California accounts for about 17% of all of the United States’ union members, more than any other state.

union-density

In California, where 18.3% of the overall workforce is covered by a union, much of the recovery opportunities, including PLAs, are focused disproportionately on creating union jobs.  Where does that leave the other 81.7% of non-union workers who are fighting California’s 12.4% unemployment rate?  In construction, California’s union rate is higher than average 23.1%, which makes it even more difficult for private construction to compete. Despite popular belief that the construction industry is overwhelmingly unionized, only about 16% of America’s construction workers belonged to a union in 2009.  That’s a lot of workers left out of the competition when they need the work most.

union-rates-by-industry

The project labor agreements show no signs of slowing down, yet very few jobs for non-union workers, especially those in the private sector, can be found in the pipeline.  Private sector jobs in California had already been in severe decline over the last decade.  Public sector labor agreements, construction project labor agreements, and most recently stimulus programs have crowded out the private workforce. For construction contractors, it’s especially difficult if you own your own business or are a non-union worker. Private contractors also do not have the progressive grassroots organizing network of support that labor unions enjoy – they don’t have hundreds of door-to-door campaigners to support their bid on a project, or to show up at board meetings and town halls on their behalf.  The private sector isn’t only competing with its own government for those jobs, but with the entire progressive machine.

CAjobs-priv-vs-gov

With such a small percentage of unionized workers vs. non-union, it’s rather apparent these impositions are in place not for the workers’ benefit, but for the unions’.

Proponents of PLAs will tout a long-standing history of the success of PLAs, often citing projects like the San Francisco International Airport.  They refer to benefits such as prevailing wage standards, worker protections, jobs for local residents, and the assurance of labor peace during construction projects; they also always promise reductions in cost.  Yet, much of this is anecdotal information and there is little documentation in the way of hard metrics to support such claims.  Instead, PLAs have become a political campaign tool.  President Obama, in signing the executive order earlier this year to reinstate PLAs, stated the following at a Building Trades Legislative Conference in April 2008:

“We need to make sure the government uses project labor agreements to encourage completion of projects on time and on budget. One of the first things George Bush did when he got into office was to ban PLAs. That’s bad for workers and bad for America, and that’s why one of the first things I’ll do as President will be to repeal that ban and put PLAs back into place…We need to invest American resources in rebuilding our nation’s highways, roads and bridges, which will produce thousands of job opportunities for building trades workers.”

(I guess President Obama isn’t familiar with projects like the infamous Boston “Big Dig”).

Yet, a review by Beacon Hill Institute of federal construction projects during the Bush Administration found no instances of labor disputes that resulted in significant project delays or increased costs.

“Our examination of the record produces no evidence of any systematic connection between the absence of a PLA, on the one hand, and cost overruns or delays caused by labor disputes, on the other,” said David G. Tuerck, one of the authors of the study and Executive Director of the Beacon Hill Institute. Therefore, the justifications offered by the Obama Administration for reinstating PLAs are not supported by the evidence.

There are additional studies that also refute the myths of PLA benefits.

And before any of our readers start ranting that being against PLAs means being against minorities, check your stats.  While blacks and Hispanics represent 23% of the general population, only an average of 8% of construction union members are minorities.  Labor leaders and progressive groups will often insist that PLAs ensure that minority workers have fair access to construction work, yet this is simply untrue.  Open competition however will ensure fair access.  And it is actually the non-union associations and conservative think tanks that have been working tirelessly to change this.  The CATO Institute published a paper by David Bernstein in 1993 titled The Davis-Bacon Act: Let’s Bring Jim Crow to an End, which details the history of how the 1931 prevailing wages law has intentionally excluded minorities from the construction industry and why it should be repealed.  Popular belief has also often been that unions are largely dominated by members with little or no secondary education, when in fact in California specifically, the majority have a college degree or some college.  While many of those are in public administration and education, the majorities also include those in transportation and construction.

union-rates-by-education

Free-market advocacy groups have fought for decades for the law’s complete repeal in the name of anti-discrimination and fair competition.  It might surprise many to know that the only time Davis-Bacon was repealed , on a temporary basis – was by President George W. Bush – during the buildup that followed Hurricane Katrina (yes, I know…Kanye West would be shocked!). Amazingly, it was labor leaders who protested the loudest against that move.

Why?  Because it opened up the playing field to both union and non-union bidders, which is something that unions like the AFL-CIO just cannot have.  And with their heels so firmly dug into California, most don’t expect labor leaders to welcome fair competition there either, especially not while they are enjoying their renaissance of the New Deal days again.

That’s why you, the everyday average citizen and local business owners, in California and elsewhere, need to pay attention to what’s on your town’s voting schedule.  You’re the only ones who can affect real change by speaking up.

Posted by Big Governement
January 31, 2010
Leave a Comment

Sen. Harkin Contradicts Obama, Says Final Healthcare Deal Done BEFORE the MA Election

The Hill is reporting that Senator Tom Harkin, chairman of the Senate Health Committee, stated that negotiators from the White House, Senate and House reached a final deal on healthcare reform days before Scott Brown’s win in Massachusetts.

090505_harkin_ap_297

From the article:

Labor leaders had announced an agreement with White House and congressional representatives over an excise tax on high-cost insurance plans on the Thursday before the special election.

Harkin said “we had an agreement, with the House, the White House and the Senate. We sent it to [the Congressional Budget Office] to get scored and then Tuesday happened and we didn’t get it back.” He said negotiators had an agreement in hand on Friday, Jan. 15.

Harkin made clear that negotiators had reached a final deal on the entire bill, not just the excise plans, which had been reported the previous day, Jan. 14.

Harkin said the deal covered the prescription-drug “donut hole,” the level of federal insurance subsidies, national insurance exchanges and federal Medicaid assistance to states.

This cannot be right.

If Harkin is telling the truth, then that would mean President Obama is lying because at the GOP retreat, Obama stated that there were some “stray cats and dogs” in the legislation. This quote from Obama at the retreat:

“The last thing I will say, though — let me say this about health care and the health care debate, because I think it also bears on a whole lot of other issues. If you look at the package that we’ve presented — and there’s some stray cats and dogs that got in there that we were eliminating, we were in the process of eliminating. For example, we said from the start that it was going to be important for us to be consistent in saying to people if you can have your — if you want to keep the health insurance you got, you can keep it, that you’re not going to have anybody getting in between you and your doctor in your decision making. And I think that some of the provisions that got snuck in might have violated that pledge.”

So which is it? Was the health bill done as Harkin states? Or, were Obama and congressional leaders still trying to capture those stray cats and dogs? If the healthcare bill was sent to the CBO as Harkin confirms, then where’s the score? Was it withdrawn from the CBO due to the MA election?

These are just some of the questions that we will follow up.

Someone is clearly lying, stretching the truth, pandering to the GOP, whatever you want to call it. However, it appears that the White House was trying to jam through the healthcare bill before the MA election, but the CBO could not score it fast enough.

Let’s just hope the Republicans in Congress see the same tom-foolery that the American people see.

Posted by Big Governement
January 30, 2010
Leave a Comment

Real Health Care Solutions – Letting O Know

picture29

In his State of the Union Address Wednesday night, President Obama called on folks to let him know if there are better health care solutions he and congress should be considering:

As temperatures cool, I want everyone to take another look at the plan we’ve proposed…

…But if anyone from either party has a better approach that will bring down premiums, bring down the deficit, cover the uninsured, strengthen Medicare for seniors, and stop insurance company abuses, let me know.

He echoed this sentiment at today’s House GOP retreat.  Some might say he was being sarcastic, reminding us of how hard it is to govern (especially in light of all he has inherited from you-know-who.)  But that would be cynical, particularly in this post-partisan era.

Just before Christmas my colleague Peter Fotos and I penned a “wish list” of simple policy proposals that constitute substantive health care reform – and it didn’t even take 1,000 pages! The health care snitch line was disabled, so we’ll give the President the benefit of the doubt that it ended up in his spam folder.

President Obama and his Congressional allies talk a lot about the need to control health care costs and avoid pressure from special interests.  Unfortunately, neither the House nor the Senate versions of “ObamaCare” that he called upon congress to reconsider withstand either litmus test.

Health care industry lobbyists have enjoyed unprecedented access to this White House during the crafting of both the House and Senate bills. Contrary to the President’s claim of upholding a standard of ultimate transparency, his White House fought tooth and nail to conceal the visitor logs that list these very guests. Despite his anti-industry rhetoric, President Obama has actually raked in record numbers of campaign contributions from the health care sector.

As a recent WellPoint study indicates, costs are expected to increase, not decrease, for most individuals and families well beyond forecast increases under the status quo. What’s more, there’s no shortage of political giveaways in the Senate bill—bribes for “on the fence” legislators to bring cloture to the bill, such as Ben Nelson’s “Cornhusker Kickback” and Mary Landrieu’s “Louisiana Purchase.”

Here’s a short wish list of three things not in any ObamaCare proposal that are absolutely essential for real health care reform:

Cross-State Purchasing

Obama and others have touted a “public option,” government health insurance, as a competitor that would “keep insurance companies honest.” One additional player in the market will do nothing, however, unless of course it has a competitive advantage, a claim these proponents adamantly dismiss as “fear-mongering.” In any case, the new player is unnecessary.

A loose interpretation of the Interstate Commerce Clause currently prevents the purchase of health insurance across state lines. Virtually all other forms of insurance—car, life, home—can be purchased by customers in a national, wide-open marketplace. If health care consumers were afforded the same freedom, individuals and families who reside in one state would be able to purchase more affordable health insurance domiciled or licensed in another state. Americans would no longer be restricted to the anti-competitive, counterproductive regulations and mandates governing the health insurance markets in many states.

This simple fix would multiply the markets consumers could access by a factor of fifty, allowing consumers to choose policies that fit their needs and budgets.

Tax Reform

It’s time to spread the health around. The federal tax code creates a bias favoring third-party payers of health insurance and puts individual purchasers at a disadvantage. This results in health care being owned by the federal government and employers instead of by individuals. Our health care system should empower people to make their own health care decisions, not subjugate them to HR managers and government bureaucrats. A system of refundable tax credits would remove third-party payers from the equation, leaving health insurance and health care decisions to individual consumers.

Tort Reform

Former Democratic National Committee chairman Howard Dean famously admitted medical malpractice reform was left out of the health care reform debate because the authors “did not want to take on the trial lawyers.” But medical malpractice abuse is a primary driver of our nation’s skyrocketing health care costs.  There isn’t a single provision in Democrat’s health care bills to address this.

Malpractice insurance and the need for “defensive medicine” make the practice of medicine unappealing and costly, reducing the number of primary care physicians and increasing costs to consumers. According to the American Medical Association, defensive medicine costs our health care system between $84 and $151 billion every year. In another AMA report, 45 percent of hospitals reported concerns over liability resulted in the loss of physicians or reduced coverage in emergency departments.

The regulatory and spending proposals currently on the table will at best avoid (though more likely exacerbate) the underlying problems of our current health care system. No amount of bureaucratic shell games or grandstanding against special interests will change that.

It needn’t take thousands of words and bitter, partisan battles to enact significant change that will help millions of Americans get affordable health insurance. If the President and his allies in Congress are serious about health care reform, they should start from scratch and consider serious solutions.

Posted by Big Governement
January 29, 2010
Leave a Comment

Unions’ Unfair PLAy in California

Some elected leaders in California are coming up on a tough decision: do they do what’s right for taxpayers, or take from the poor and give to rich union officials?

riverside-ca

The story: Working Americans — taxpayers — have taken it on the chin in a tough economy. And now union are increasingly pushing special-interest laws known as “project labor agreements” that ensure that taxpayer-funded projects cost more because they can only use union labor. (watch video for a good explanation of the issue)

Now officials in Riverside, California are looking to slap a costly project labor agreement (see here) on $350 million of construction efforts at the community college district. This after they have have already raised tuition by 30 percent this year passed a major tax increase. Not to load you down with math but PLA’s add about 20 percent in costs — meaning that tuition goes up, taxes go up to pay for the construction bond, and unions skim about $50 million in added costs.

Before Riverside leaders cast their votes, they ought to know that there’s an ugly history of PLAs in California. Unions have turned to “greenmail” — virtual extortion dressed up as environmentalism — to push PLA requirements on projects. And there’s evidence from the state that they even fail to deliver on the promises/alleged benefits of using a PLA.

Perhaps those are among the reasons that in November the Orange County Board of Supervisors unanimously passed an ordinance banning PLAs to ensure that taxpayers got the best deal.

Will Riverside’s elected leaders do the same?

Posted by Big Governement
January 28, 2010
Leave a Comment

Union Boss to Members: Shut the F*%k Up, You Motherf*%kers!

United Auto Workers (UAW) union rank and file members shout down their own UAW leadership in a heated meeting on January 24th, as their UAW leader loses it at the podium.  Sunday’s meeting in California made last summer’s Town Halls look like a family picnic, after a few choice words from their UAW leader spurred the crowd of rank and file members to erupt in screaming and chaos.  At one point,  another attendee tries to reason with the crowd, pleading “we have women and children in here that are scared.”

WARNING: Strong language, angry-town-hall-mob-like-behavior

Workers from the Fremont, California NUMMI plant, the UAW-represented joint venture between Toyota and General Motors, will lose their jobs after March 31st when the plant is slated to close, due to high labor costs and stricter environmental standards in California.  They’re angry with their local UAW leaders for not representing their interests and accuse the UAW of “politicizing” the plant’s closure.  Workers say it’s a waste of time and money to demand that Toyota keep the plant open and want UAW leaders to focus instead on negotiating their severance package.  But leaders have been practically MIA for the last 6 months.

Last year, many workers at other GM plants were actually willing to make concessions to avoid the massive auto industry bankruptcy and keep their fellow UAW workers employed elsewhere, even if it meant closing their own plants in some cases.

The full report from my friend Peter List over at LaborUnionReport.com sets up the scene:

“At one point, one UAW leader (identified as Javier Contreras) yelled at the crowd, telling them to “…Shut the f*ck up, you motherf*ckers!…
Things got so bad, that UAW leaders had to call the police to restore order.”

Wow. If this is how these union leaders treat their own rank and file members, I shudder to think what hospital board meetings will be like if Health Care somehow passes.

Check out Peter’s full report here.

Posted by Big Governement
January 28, 2010
Leave a Comment

Which Senators Are Terrorists, SEIU?

Following up on our post yesterday, the Workforce Fairness Institute has this video asking SEIU boss Andy Stern which Senators does he think are terrorists.

As I noted yesterday:

You probably thought it was horrifying to hear how SEIU badgers — almost terrorizes — companies that don’t cave into the union’s card check demands.

Even with all that, you’ll probably still manage to be shocked that Stern has criticized Sen. Joe Lieberman and Sen. Ben Nelson for halting disastrous health care legislation by saying, “There are a lot of terrorists in the Senate who think we are supposed to negotiate with them when they have their particular needs that they want met.”

Stern has flown the cuckoo nest. We wonder if the rest of the labor movement really wants to tie their wagon to this guy.

Posted by Big Governement
January 27, 2010
Leave a Comment

SEIU’s Secret Weapon: If Obama’s Plan Fails, Brandish the Shareholder Resolution

We saw their fury throughout 2009:  “Capitalism is Dead”, “Kill the Corporation”, “Bust Up Big Banks”, “Greed Kills”, “Bank of America, Bad for America”.  The Service Employees International Union (SEIU) led an all-out assault on Wall Street – and on capitalism and corporations – coining words and phrases that have since become common staples in the vocabulary of the bank-bashing craze.  That fury hit a fever pitch last March when word of the AIG bonuses went public.  It was the SEIU out in front of the protests, at AIG offices, and bussing protestors to the homes of AIG executives.

AIG_Rally_AndyStern_March19

The months that followed saw more of the same.  In April, SEIU hailed the ousting of General Motors CEO Rick Wagoner.  That same week, it stepped up its battleplan with the Mother of all Corporate Campaigns against Ken Lewis, Bank of America CEO and Chairman – complete with videos, rolling billboards, smear sites, petition drives, letter campaigns, media blitzes and more, while it placed equal attention on Bank of America, forcing the company to respond with a $40 million image boosting campaign of television and print ads.

SEIU & progressive groups stage a 3-day "Showdown in Chicago" at the annual ABA meeting. Of course, when non-progressives protested the bailouts, they were shunned as "extremists" & a "dangerous mob", but I digress…

SEIU & progressive groups stage a 3-day "Showdown in Chicago" at the annual ABA meeting. Of course, when non-progressives protested the bailouts, they were shunned as "extremists" & a "dangerous mob", but I digress…

And by October, SEIU’s bank bashing crusade climaxed again at the American Bankers Association annual meeting, with its greatly publicized “Showdown in Chicago“, where some of the protestors dressed in Grim Reaper garb chased down meeting attendees, brandishing cleavers and butcher knives emblazoned with bloody-looking slogans such as “Making a Killing” and “Greed Kills”.  Clearly, the aim was to intimidate, yet none of the media outlets apparently felt any duty to call out such theatrics.  That event also featured a star-studded cast that included everyone from Andy Stern, to Anna Burger, Richard Trumka (AFL-CIO), the Rev. Jesse Jackson, Senator Dick Durbin (D-IL), FDIC Chair Sheila Bair, and even Armando Robles of the now infamous Serious Materials, which was recently featured on Stossel’s Crony Capitalism special.

In November came the much anticipated Goldman Sachs protest.  While the event was promoted in advance by media outlets like Politico, it turned out to be more of a letter delivery than a protest.  Nonetheless, Andy Stern was once again the notable headliner.

All told, there’s certainly been no shortage of bank bashing tirades.  Labor unions like SEIU in particular have been especially dramatic in both prose and propaganda, as the photo and some of the videos referenced above demonstrate.

And now, as the Obama administration and liberal Democrats in Congress come to terms with the impact of the Scott Brown victory in the recent Massachusetts election on their progressive policy agenda, the gears in Washington DC seem to have shifted into regressive campaign mode.  President Obama is making the rounds again in familiar town hall style, complete with the typical backdrop of carefully selected audience members placed atop tiers of risers, flanked by flags and slogans. Obama is now presenting an “I’m just a regular guy like you” sort of persona, as he refocuses his key issues on jobs and the economy.

But the telltale signs of big labor’s influence over the President’s agenda clearly surfaced on January 21st, when Obama announced a major crackdown on Wall Street banks.

“What we’ve seen so far in recent weeks is an army of industry lobbyists descending on Capitol Hill to try to block commonsense rules,” Obama said. “If these folks want a fight, it’s a fight I’m ready to have.”

Sure, it’s an easy fight to pick.  After the months of unrelenting populist rage against the perceived enemy that is the “Wall Street Fat Cats,” as the president refers to them, there would hardly be much pushback from the general public.  Especially with all the anti-capitalist rhetoric and theatrics from the likes of progressive protestors, community organizers and labor unions. Even Hollywood and the press have joined that bandwagon.  But behind all of the ire is labor’s real agenda, one that is completely irrelevant to the majority of Americans.

Now, I am certainly not defending the practices of some of the banks – the behavior of some has been irresponsible and reckless.  I think we all acknowledge that.  But considering that labor unions like SEIU represent such a small minority of “the American People,” why have we seen such constant, organized angst on a widespread scale from SEIU? No other outfit has been anywhere near as visible or as aggressive as SEIU on this front.  While everyone else made their points, said their peace and moved on after April, SEIU continued and escalated its attacks month after month.  One has to wonder, how much of it is truly in the sincere interest of “protecting the American people”?  (Especially considering that labor unions represent only a tiny portion of all Americans – and all of us have been greatly impacted by the financial crisis).  And why no protests against Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, or the auto industry?

Even noted law firms, like Hunton & Williams, and Morgan & Lewis took notice, and published their suspicious of the sincerity of the labor union’s motives.

You could almost have predicted the storyline and its lead-up to the populist outrage. If you kept your eye on Andy Stern and the SEIU Master Trust.

unseen-revolution1

In a 1972 book, “The Unseen Revolution: How Pension Fund Socialism Came to America,” author Peter Drucker studies the role that government and labor union pension funds play in the financial sector. He described that unknowingly, the US over time has “socialized” our economy without actually “nationalizing” it, by way of the pension funds of America’s workers.

“Through their pension funds, employees of American business own today at least 25 per cent of the equity capital of American business. The pension funds of the self-employed, of public employees, and of school and college teachers own at least another 10 per cent more, giving the workers of America ownership of more than one third of the equity capital of American business.  Within another 10 years the pension funds inevitably will increase their holdings and will, by 1985 at the latest, own at least 50 per cent of the equity capital of American business…these “institutional investors” together own the controlling interest in the company and, indeed, the company could not be financed unless the “institutional investors”-the pension funds –were willing to invest in it…”

(Click here for an article version of Drucker’s book, with contributions from Thomas Sowell and others)

Drucker went on to explain that the United States economic system actually has devolved from pure capitalism into more of a version of “decentralized market socialism,” citing General Motors and the United Auto Workers (UAW) union’s pension fund as among the first to foray into investment in the private capital market funds, as is now so common today. While Drucker wrote the book generally in support of the workers’ cooperative stake in private business, he warned then that private corporations would come to rely too much upon the pension funds, and the true incentive of self-interest normally created by Capitalism could eventually go away.

“The emergence of the pension trust makes final the divorce of traditional “ownership” from “control”…For the pension funds are not “owners.” They are investors. They do not want “control.” Indeed, they are legally disqualified from “control.” The pension funds are “trustees”: It is their job to place the beneficiaries’ money in the most profitable investment. They have no business trying to “manage.” If they do not like a company or its management, their duty is to sell the stock. To sit on a board of directors, for instance, and accept the obligations of board membership, is incompatible with the duties of the trustee which the pension-fund managers have to discharge and which have been sharply and strictly defined in the Pension Reform Act of 1974.”

To be fair, the author later emphasizes that institutional investors should exercise their voice in representing their interests.  Utilizing your proxy vote and providing feedback to the board as an active shareholder is a good thing!  But as others have noted, the potential for abuse also exists, if union shareholders engage the board for purposes other than their pension investment interests. Drucker (and lawmakers in the 1970’s) expected that shareholders and their trustees would either engage to positively affect the stock, or they’d sell it if they didn’t like the company’s management.  Perhaps it is this observation that SEIU’s Andy Stern has seized upon. Rather than sell the stock, maybe Stern wants to control the companies in which his pension trust is invested.  It may have less to do with protecting pension investments and more to do with unionizing workers at those companies.

You Don’t Want a Union?  This is My Baseball Bat & I Call It “Shareholder Resolution”

Of all those companies that have been SEIU’s protest targets, most have been the very same corporations in which the $1.9 billion SEIU Master Trust and some of parent Change to Win Investment Group’s $217 billion are invested. Is it also coincidence that many of these corporations were also the very targets of SEIU unionization efforts?

In early 2009, Andy Stern and Anna Burger wrote to the White House and Congress, demanding a list of financial reforms be legislated immediately, including a central regulator, and control over executive compensation and bonuses.  Then in April, SEIU Master Trust director Stephen Abrecht sent a letter to 29 financial firms in which the trust holds investments, demanding that the companies’ directors investigate more than $5 billion in paid bonuses that SEIU says were based upon false metrics. Among those firms on the list were AIG, Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan Chase, Morgan Stanley, Citigroup, PNC Financial Services and others.

Shortly thereafter, SEIU proposed a number of shareholder resolutions to the boards of many of the companies on that same list, requesting everything from ousting CEOs or board members to controlling employee compensation structures.  Meanwhile, outside on the streets, SEIU’s protests were often coordinated with company meetings and events.  As banks and the U.S. Chamber of Commerce fought against the Employee Free Forced Choice Act legislation, SEIU levied shareholder resolutions against them and issued more demands to Congress for immediate consumer protection and financial reform.

When Anna Burger then testified in front of the Congressional Financial Services Committee in September, not only did she push for a central bank regulator and other financial reforms, but she concluded her testimony by calling for the unionization of bank workers, insisting that the bank workers could then “speak out in protection of consumers” without fear to prevent future crisis.

Not surprising, since SEIU has had its eye on unionizing bank workers for quite some time, placing repeated pressure on banks for years and conducting endless rounds of their infamous corporate campaigns.

I was also interested when SEIU celebrated the victory of Brazilian bank workers who in October had won a wage increase and other concessions after a 10-day strike there, through the efforts of SEIU’s partnering coalition Central Unica dos Trabalhadores (CUT). In November, SEIU sent a delegation of its own members down to Brazil to learn more about their partner union’s bank campaign.

Prior evidence of SEIU’s bank organizing attempts had already surfaced one year earlier after emails between Inga Skippings of SEIU and ACORN were publicized, revealing their collusion on the effort to unionize bank workers, since, as Skippings put it, “the banking industry is now being infused with billions of taxpayer dollars.”

“We need to get a handle on who these workers are, working conditions, etc.,” Skippings wrote.

“Do you have ACORN members who work for banks or Freddie Mac/Fannie Mae? Is there anyway [sic] you could check? The banks we’re most concerned about are:

Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Chevy Chase/B.F.Saul, BB&T, SunTrust, Bank of America/Countrywide, Wachovia/Wells Fargo, PNC Bank/National City, Citigroup

Please let me know and if you have other suggestions, I’d love to hear them.”

Of course, after months of SEIU’s repeated and relentless attacks against Bank of America CEO Ken Lewis, demands that Bank of America fire him, and finally a shareholders resolution to oust him, Lewis stepped down as CEO in September 2009, while Andy Stern took full credit for Lewis’ resignation on Twitter.  SEIU even went so far as to demand that Kenneth Feinberg, in his duties as the newly created Pay Czar, stop all payments to Ken Lewis, after he’d already been ousted from the board.

But SEIU’s abusive wielding of its pension funds as a weapon doesn’t stop with the financial sector. In fact, this tactic was at play long before the financial crisis. One such example heated up in 2006 in SEIU’s campaign against Sunrise Senior Living centers. Under the guise of protecting its pension investments, SEIU had demanded input on board decisions, including who they wanted appointed to the company’s board, a campaign that ultimately proved successful in forcing out several board members whom SEIU perceived as anti-union.  Meanwhile, SEIU was coincidentally hard at work trying to organize workers at Sunrise facilities.

SEIU tries to organize assisted living workers at Sunrise Senior Living centers

SEIU tries to organize assisted living workers at Sunrise Senior Living centers

Other attempts, some successful, some not, have been made over the years in similar SEIU fashion. Just a few examples of their Pension Fund activism to note:

  • 2003:  California’s Lucia Mar school board privatizes school bus operations to save taxpayers money.  SEIU and the California School Employees Association (CSEA) union team up and force pension fund California Public Employees’ Retirement System (CalPERS) to sell off shares in any company that competes for public sector jobs, and to prohibit investments with any firm that builds or staffs charter schools, demanding “a strong anti-privatization stand”.
  • 2005:  SEIU teams up with The National Union of Public and General Employees (NUPGE) and proposes shareholder resolution demanding FirstService Corp end dual class share voting, which was voted down.
  • 2005:  As SEIU seeks to organize consultants and protests outsourcing, they’ve had Sun Microsystems in their sights.   SEIU proposes a shareholder resolution to change Sun’s bonus compensation, but was voted down by other shareholders.
  • 2007:  SEIU files a shareholder resolution against Wells Fargo, demanding they set Greenhouse Gas emission reduction goals. Later withdrawn when Wells Fargo voluntarily committed to performing GHG assessments in key related portfolios.
  • April 2008:  SEIU files a shareholder resolution against Washington Mutual to force out Kerry Killinger from his role as Chairman.
  • April 2009:  SEIU sends letter to 29 companies demanding investigation into practices based upon what it called “false metrics” and that the boards overhaul executive compensation.

Institutional investors certainly have a responsibility to protect their pension funds, and no one faults anyone for doing so.  But in SEIU’s case, there has often been a pattern of abusing that responsibility to achieve other goals.  Over the years, SEIU has teamed up with a multitude of co-investors and pension fund activists to gain unionizing and pay control from inside these corporations.  This activity is rampant in the private sector companies, and much of it is not in the best interest of the taxpayers or the workers at these companies.

The financial reforms Obama has proposed of late match up nearly word for word with what’s been proposed by SEIU’s leaders.  Much of what’s included in H.R 3126,  The Consumer Financial Protection Agency Act of 2009, also lines up with SEIU’s language. And in the midst of them all are the renewed calls to pass EFCA, the misleadingly named Employee Free Choice Act.

And all the while, SEIU has continued on its mission to use the shareholder resolution as a weapon against nearly every business in which their Master Trust has been invested…that is, if that business opposes the Employee Free Forced Choice Act.

So, who’s proposing the financial reforms – is it Obama, or is it SEIU?  Who and what is all this legislation designed to protect, really?  The American People?  Or just a few leaders in purple t-shirts?

SEIU & progressive groups stage a 3-day “Showdown in Chicago” at the annual ABA meeting. Of course, when non-progressives protested the bailouts, they were shunned as “extremists” & a “dangerous mob”, but I digress…

Posted by Big Governement
January 27, 2010
Leave a Comment

SEIU Calls Senators ‘Terrorists’

Wow, this is beyond the pale. Andy Stern has called two Senators “terrorists” for not going along with the plan to socialize the nation’s medical system. Analysis from TheTruthAboutEFCA.com:

You probably thought it was outrageous that SEIU president Andy Stern has persecuted his own members and driven away large chunks of his own organization.

You probably thought it was incredible that he dropped tens of millions of dollars on politics after leading a split in labor because the other federation was spending too much on politics.

You probably thought it was horrifying to hear how SEIU badgers — almost terrorizes — companies that don’t cave into the union’s card check demands.

Even with all that, you’ll probably still manage to be shocked that Stern has criticized Sen. Joe Lieberman and Sen. Ben Nelson for halting disastrous health care legislation by saying, “There are a lot of terrorists in the Senate who think we are supposed to negotiate with them when they have their particular needs that they want met.”

Stern has flown the cuckoo nest. We wonder if the rest of the labor movement really wants to tie their wagon to this guy.

Posted by Big Governement
January 26, 2010
Leave a Comment

‘The Fix Was In’: Obama Donor Gets Sweetheart Real Estate Deal in Chicago

With much-publicized ties between President Barack Obama,  the SEIU labor union and the ACORN volunteer organization, it would be a safe assumption that someone with a business relationship with not just one, but both of those groups would have an inside track on doing business with an Obama associate.

626 West Jackson picture from North Profile

Credit: Christopher Woodward

But in the world of big money Democratic Chicago politics, there is a difference between white-collar clout and blue-collar clout.

Chicago real estate developer Thomas Bennett thought he had a deal in hand to purchase the old Chicago Housing Authority (CHA) building at 626 West Jackson, just blocks from Union Station. Bennett thought he was paying a fair price for the property as he had a written commitment from two tenants –SEIU and ACORN- to occupy office space in the building.


Bennett-Accepted Letter of Intent re Purchase of 626 West Jackson

Bennett was dealing with Chicago Housing Authority Chairman Marty Nesbitt on the attempted purchased and put forth an offer of $9 million for the building.

“Occupancy in leasing or their purchasing a few floors that was the model but they were going to occupy,” Bennett said. “When you go in the market with a client, they know what their growth needs would be for a 10-year period. Absent that commitment, I’m not looking at that building. What made this a pragmatic deal was I had commitment from two credible users (SEIU and ACORN). Those don’t come down the road every day. It allowed me to put together a competitive bid. No way was someone going to compete with my bid.”

But Bennett didn’t put forth the winning bid. A company called Sterling Bay properties had the top bid. Actually, top bid is not the proper description. Sterling Bay won with a $7.7 million bid, $1.3 million less than Bennett’s $9 million offer.

“During my dealings, The CHA explained how important a quick, no-due-diligence close was to them,” Bennett said. “Yet they allowed the winning bidder to control the property for 5+ months before closing.”

You go with the highest bid with a party that has a good chance of closing the bid. As a life-long Chicagoan, this was disappointing. After the meeting, I put it in the rearview mirror and tried to move on.”

But later Bennett discovered Nesbitt also had another role: treasurer of the Obama Victory Fund.

Sterling Bay made a substantial campaign contribution ($28,500) to the Obama Victory Fund within months of the deal closing in late December 07.  This $28,500 donation was after about $16,000 worth of campaign donations by Sterling Bay principals (Scott Goodman, Andrew Gloor and Craig Golden) to various Obama campaign funds going back to his U.S. Senate bid in 2004.


626 W Jackson – Sterling Bay Contributions – Timeline

“Nesbit was clearly stonewalling, but he eventually got back to me,” Bennett said. “I wanted to meet days around Labor Day 2009…I couldn’t get on his calendar until after Thanksgiving (2009). I asked him ‘What did the building trade for?’ and he said $7.7 million, $1.3 million less than what we offered in the revised bid.  That’s a substantial drop.”

“I went to my final CHA board meeting where Marty Nesbitt called me out in a very disrespectful manner in a room full of taxpayers. He said ‘You’re making a fool of yourself’ and I was amazed at how tolerant people were of this. At CHA they knew what was going on and they didn’t care. The fix was in.”

CHA HQ Signage and 626 W Jackson Composite Picture

Credit: Christopher Woodward

Bennett went looking for the sale records for the building at the Cook County Recorder of Deeds Office and the City of Chicago Department of Revenue.

“(In August 2009) two bureaucrats in the office told me there was nothing listed about the sale price,” Bennett said. “I wondered why the property was being traded in such a non-transparent event. That’s when I contacted Marty Nesbit to see what was going on. That went nowhere.  I have every right to know what it traded for.

He didn’t learn of the sale price until he finally tracked down Nesbitt in early September 2009. While Bennett couldn’t find a sale price immediately after the sale, the information was available when QuincyNews.org met with Bennett on a trip to Chicago a few weeks ago in November 2009.

“I just said thank you,” Bennett said. “(Nesbit) clearly doesn’t appear to be a Tom Bennett fan. Clearly there was steering going on. They were using every trick in the book to slant the process in favor of their desired winning bidder.”

Bennett was willing to move on, but something keeps nagging him about the deal.

“I put in the highest bid…a credible deal…and I lost to a party with a track record of contribution to Obama’s campaign and Nesbitt has a track record of being Obama’s money guy,” Bennett said. “Look at how political fundraising has evolved. This appears to be a very corrupt quid pro quo involving campaign contributions.”

“When the fix is in, the fix is in.”

Phone calls to the Chicago Housing Authority were not returned. A CHA spokesman issued a no comment in a 2007 piece in the Chicago Sun-Times on the matter.

Posted by Big Governement
January 25, 2010
Leave a Comment

Missing The Mass Point

As Democrats are grieving their lost super-majority in Congress, some special interests are trying to spin the loss in ridiculous ways. The latest: Union boss Leo Gerard writes that “The message of Massachusetts should be clear: If Democrats want to save their own jobs in the midterm elections this fall, they must create jobs now.”

Create jobs? Create jobs?! It’s truly a fundamentally different worldview — and the kind that led Democrats off the cliff in the first place — to believe the government, rather than American entrepreneurs create jobs. (Here’s just one retort to that kind of logic.)

In one sense, there is a way Democrats could create jobs: They could quit trying to kill job-creating employers. Shred cap and trade. Hit the reset button on health care legislation. And, particularly important given the disastrous push by labor bosses, toss card check. Quit trying to force “green jobs” by killing other jobs. Stop the devastating machine of regulation from steamrolling any hope of economic recovery.

The point of Massachusetts, and the point of mass protest, has been that the government is trying to do too much, control too much. It can only “create” economic growth by getting out of the way.

Posted by Big Governement
January 24, 2010
Leave a Comment

Big Government, Big Unions

This week brought inauspicious news: more union members work for the government than work in the private sector, “despite there being 5 times more wage and salary workers in the private sector.”***

Because of globalization, safer workplaces, Social Security, the ability to save for one’s own retirement through 401k plans, and a better-educated, more mobile workforce, only 7.2 percent of workers in the private workforce have chosen to join a union.

Compare that to the world of government employment, where there is no employer to tell people why a union might not be best for them (we’re the employer, but we’re a little busy with our day jobs) and you get 37.4 percent of government workers paying dues. All told, that’s 7.9 million that we pay and 7.4 million paid by people who actually create wealth.

And wealth, while a dirty word to some, is an important concept. Because private-sector unions can redistribute wealth from one private party (the company’s owners) to another (the company’s employees), one may not like a union’s political agenda but it’s tough to get too riled up about the direct role of a union (unless employees didn’t want it there in the first place).

But wealth as it relates to public-sector unions is different. We are the ones who pick up the tab, but it’s elected politicians — many of whom are helped into office by unions in the first place — that do the negotiating on wages, benefits, number of hours, etc. So public-sector unions continually drive up the cost of government by getting people elected to run the government.

Or, as one professor told the New York Times:

“At the same time the country is being squeezed, public-sector unions are a rising political force in the Democratic Party … They depend on extra money for the public sector, and that puts the Democrats in a difficult position. In four big states — New York, New Jersey, Illinois and California — the public-sector unions have largely been untouched by the economic downturn. In those states, you have an impeding clash between the public-sector unions and the public at large.”

See some recent examples from Oregon, Maine, California, Illinois, Minnesota, and Arizona of the ways public-sector unions stick it to taxpayers.

*** wouldn’t you know it, the Secretary of Labor actually used the news to push for card check and the Employee Free Choice Act

Posted by Big Governement
January 22, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obamanomics: Crony Capitalism Disguised as Progressive Reforms

In his new book Obamanomics: How Barack Obama is Bankrupting You and Enriching His Wall Street Friends, Corporate Lobbyists, and Union Bosses, Timothy P. Carney explains that Barack Obama’s “progressive” rhetoric masks good old-fashioned crony capitalism, in which the favored few and politcally well-connected get all sorts of benefits paid for with public dollars. Whether the area is Wall Street, health care reform, union organizing, or K Street lobbying, the same pattern is everywhere: using the government’s power to distribute goodies and rig markets.

A columnist at the Washington Examiner and a non-partisan reporter, Carney also lays into the Republican Party for its massive contribution to the problem when it wielded power. Carney provides a game plan to take the country back and restore truly free markets that will benefit everyone.

I interviewed Carney for Reason.tv in December; our talk is about 8.30 minutes long. For more videos, check out our YouTube channel here.

Posted by Big Governement
January 21, 2010
Leave a Comment

Field Marshal Andy Stern: ‘Dammit, I Said March Off That Cliff’

Suddenly, all the condescending ‘tea-bagger’ jokes must not be quite so funny in liberal circles.  Serves them right.

andy_stern

Losing the seat formerly held by the champion of socialized medicine – in the bluest of states – apparently hasn’t phased the radical left.  SEIU president Andy Stern put the blame on the fact that Democrats in Washington, DC, who the union spent tens of millions of dollars electing, haven’t done enough to pass the progressive agenda.  From a SEIU statement:

“The reason Ted Kennedy’s seat is no longer controlled by a Democrat is clear: Washington’s inability to deliver the change voters demanded in November 2008. Make no mistake, political paralysis resulted in electoral failure,” Stern said.

“During the past year, Republicans refused to do anything but stand in the way of change and Democratic Senators took too long to do too little. And tonight, the Senate bears the consequences for its failure to act decisively but the American people are the ones left paying the price…

“The Senate may have squandered the trust the American people gave to Washington in 2008. But now, every member of Congress and the Administration must act with a renewed sense of purpose to show working families whose side they are on and deliver meaningful change to every American. This is not the time for timidity. It starts by passing health insurance reform and giving Pat [DeJong] and millions of people like her the security and peace of mind they deserve.”

Massachusetts voters stood at the borders of their state – and the polling places – with virtual pitch forks telling politicians, to paraphrase Johnny Paycheck, “take this agenda and shove it.”

But yet, the field marshals of the liberal army (I know, I know, “liberal” and “army” don’t really go together) are actually saying that those in Washington, DC haven’t done enough.

News to Andy: the Democrats may follow your lead and plow ahead with an agenda that Americans clearly don’t want, but instead of a Second Tea Party limited to Massachusetts, radicals will experience a full-blown national Tea Party come November.

So the paradox facing the left is this: do they allow Field Marshal Andy Stern to order them off the cliff, or do they tell Andy that his investment in spending tens of millions electing Democrats to implement a Marxist agenda was little more than buying fool’s gold.  Either way, radical liberals face one ugly year ahead.

Posted by Big Governement
January 20, 2010
Leave a Comment

Transforming the U.S. Department of Labor to the Department of Organized Labor

In their first year in office, the Obama Administration has re-made the U.S. Department of Labor into the Department of Organized Labor, working hard to make certain that those who spent hundreds of millions of dollars to put them in office get a return on their investment.  While many dismiss the importance of the Department of Labor, virtually every person in America is directly touched by the rules and regulations that this federal bureaucracy creates and enforces, so changes at the top have real consequences for every working American.

solisobama

As we evaluate the impact of the past year on the nation’s workforce, it is worthwhile to remember the accomplishments of President Bush’s Secretary of Labor, Elaine L. Chao.

When Secretary Chao left office, workers were safer in their workplaces than at any time in history, the Labor Department was focused upon encouraging private sector job creation, and created an enforcement environment that successfully protected workers from employers who egregiously violated the law while providing the necessary education to limit inadvertent violations.

Secretary Chao put an emphasis on clarifying workplace regulations to make it easier for employers to know the rules of the game.  Her efforts led to overtime requirements being more clear-cut for employers while explicitly guaranteeing overtime protections for blue collar workers, police and fire fighters, EMTs, construction workers and others.

The Labor Department under Secretary Chao brought transparency to the spending of Big Labor through regulations which for the first time shined a light upon labor union expenditures.  These reports revealed the massive labor expenditures supporting ACORN’s efforts,and were used by LA Times reporter Paul Pringle in his Polk Award winning series that brought down the SEIU powerbrokers in the California SEIU.

This emphasis on transparency and private sector education and empowerment was geared toward preparing America’s workforce for the 21st century, all the while protecting the taxpayer by achieving cost savings in the Department’s discretionary budget of 19 percent in real terms since 2001.

The Obama Administration’s agenda is very different.

The first order of business has been rolling back those pesky union transparency regulations that allowed watchdog groups, the media and union members to know how union dues are spent.

Next, rather than getting out of the way and allowing the private sector engine to create jobs, the Obama Administration is hiring hundreds more OSHA and Wage and Hour inspectors with their job descriptions revised away from helping companies comply with the law to strictly writing citations for as much fine money as can possibly be warranted.

Believe it or not, in spite of record lows in workplace injuries, OSHA inspectors are now financially incentivized to write citations with heavy fines encouraged.  This is akin to making a police officer’s income directly related to how many tickets he/she writes.  If you have the misfortune of getting pulled over, you know that it is going to cost you big time.

Continuing on the enforcement front, it is instructive that President Obama’s appointee to be the top lawyer in the Department is Patricia Smith who currently serves as the head of the New York State Department of Labor.  In New York, Smith created a program that empowers unions to conduct wage and hour inspections of employers – typically, non-union employers.  This powerful coercion tool is conducted under the guise of ensuring that employees are treated fairly, but actually allows a union to target employers for organizing programs using this threat as a cudgel against that business.

The theme of expanding private sector union membership permeates the entire Obama labor agenda from the recently announced deal on the health care bill which exempts union members from paying a tax on what is deemed to be Cadillac health care insurance, to the Orwellian named Employee Free Choice Act that strips employees of secret ballot union elections, to Obama appointees changing union election rules that have stood for 75 years in order to help unions organize Delta Airlines.

This emphasis on expanding union membership, even at the expense of job creation, can be seen in one of the Administration’s early acts – to require Project Labor Agreements (PLAs) for federally funded projects.  PLAs require scale union wages be paid on all federally funded construction at an estimated cost of between 16-18%.

That’s shovel ready money that is employing fewer workers for the taxpayer dollar – all to force work into union shops and increase union dues payments.  Rather than employing more workers in this time of economic crisis, Obama instead has chosen to employ fewer people per taxpayer dollar in order to ensure that union dues payments go up.  Of course, the poster child for PLA projects is the notorious Boston Big Dig that ran billions of dollars of cost overruns while having to redo much of the work due to poor workmanship.  Of course what else can you expect when using union labor is more important than getting the job done.

PLA’s are not the only example of this Administration putting union membership ahead of job creation.  Amazingly, one of the requirements for consideration to receive a piece of the $100 million in “green job grants” was a partnership with a union affiliated group.  While union affiliation has nothing to do with whether or not a job is green or not, these grants are structured to force companies competing for these grants to employ union labor and at the least give labor affiliated organizations a piece of the pie.

At this writing, the 60 vote filibuster proof Democratic Senate was predicted to go down in flames in Massachusetts.  As a result, regulators, appointees to the National Labor Relations Board and Administrative Law judges are likely to be at the forefront of employment policy.  One name stands out as perhaps the symbol of the changes that we are likely to see in the Obama Administration – Craig Becker.

The Wall Street Journal calls Becker, “labor’s secret weapon”.  So who is he?

Becker is a yet to be confirmed appointee who would be the deciding vote on the National Labor Relations Board – the decision making body on the rules and validity of union organizing elections.

Instead of being a fair arbiter, Becker has advocated for extensive restrictions on employer communications with employees preceding a union organizing vote.  He has gone so far as to call for employers to be barred from attending NLRB hearings about elections, and not allowing employers to  challenge results even when evidence of union misconduct is present.  If confirmed it is likely that Craig Becker, not Hilda Solis, will have the lasting impact  on labor relations whether Congress passes the Employee Free Choice Act or not.

You might ask yourself, why is this Administration feverishly working to tilt the employment playing field dramatically toward the unions at the expense of real job creation?

The answer may be found in those very union disclosure reports that the Obama Administration doesn’t want you to see.

Big Labor is broke and desperate.  Declining membership combined with hundreds of millions in political expenditures to elect this Administration and Congress have left them on the financial ropes.

To understand the severity of their situation, you only have to go to the Wall Street Journal which reports that the AFL-CIO has more liabilities than assets, and a key member of their Finance Board worries that, “insolvency may be just around the corner.”  Further, Number One White House visitor, Andy Stern’s SEIU’s, is in severe financial trouble with his pension plans upside down and the union’s liabilities totalling almost 80% of its assets, and Jimmy Hoffa, Jr.’s International Brotherhood of Teamsters faces a pension disaster as its Central States Pension Fund teeters on ruin with an asset to liability ratio of only 43%.  In short, Big Labor’s finances are worse than a Wall Street mortgage derivatives fund in 2008, and like Wall Street, they are looking for government to bail them out.

Big Labor has bet their entire future on this Administration and this Congress.  Not able to compete in an environment where workers are safer than ever before, and there is a big screen in every living room, Big Labor needs the rules changed in order to survive, no matter the harm done to America and to workers across our nation.

Posted by Big Governement
January 19, 2010
Leave a Comment

A Victory Speech for Scott Brown

I believe that Scott Brown will win the senatorial election being held in Massachusetts today and that he will do so not by an eyelash but by a landslide. We are about to witness the Massachusetts Miracle.

I have three reasons for being so confident. First, the polls — with admirable consistency — suggest that he is ahead. Second, the Coakley campaign and the Democratic Party nationally have panicked. Coakley’s minions have sent out a flier accusing Scott Brown of wanting to turn rape victims away from Massachusetts hospitals, and the DC apparatus has sent in Bill Clinton and Barack Obama for last-minute campaigning. Both moves are likely to backfire.

First, the claims in the flier are ridiculous and demonstrably false, and voters in Massachusetts have the wit to recognize that fact. Second, the bloom is off the rose. Clinton is a has-been, and Obama inspires little in the way of adulation these days. Their appearance in Massachusetts under these circumstances is a public confession that Martha Coakley is herself a loser. In special elections, turnout is everything. Scott Brown commands enthusiasm; no one — even within the Democratic establishment — has expressed any genuine excitement regarding his opponent.

There is, then, if I am right, one crucial matter left to consider. This evening Scott Brown will be called upon at some point to address his supporters, and the whole nation will be watching. Here is what, I think, he should say:

Ladies and Gentlemen, this is a turning point — not only in Massachusetts politics, but in the politics of the United States. We have won a great and unexpected victory against a well-entrenched political machine, and I want to thank all of you for the help that you have given my campaign. I know how hard you and many others not present in this room have worked, and I promise to do my best to justify the hopes that you have lodged in me.

Tonight marks the end of a long, hard campaign. But it also marks a beginning. The people of Massachusetts have a way of speaking for the American people as a whole. They did so at the time of the Boston Tea Party; they did so again when a shot was heard around the world; and they did so today. For this election was a referendum on the conduct of the Obama administration in Washington. It was an anticipatory tremor — a harbinger of the electoral earthquake that is going to take place throughout the United States in November.

President Obama was in Massachusetts on Sunday campaigning for my opponent. Your rejection of her candidacy was, as he well knows, a rebuke of his administration. What you have said is simple and straightforward, and I will do my best to put it into words.

First, Mr. President, Speaker Pelosi, Majority Leader Reid, there is this: You promised us transparency in government, and you have done the opposite. We in Massachusetts demand that you deliver what you promised. No more deals behind closed doors. No more corrupt bargains. No Gator Aid; No Louisiana Purchase; No Cornhusker Kickback; no special deal for union members. What we want is a fair deal for all Americans!

Second, Mr. President, Speaker Pelosi, Majority Leader Reid, there is this: We do not want healthcare rationing; we do not want to gut Medicare; and we do not want a middle-class tax increase under any disguise.

Please understand, it is not our view that the existing healthcare system is perfect. We believe that costs could be reduced and access encouraged by four simple expedients.

First, we urge the adoption of tort reform — which would result in a reduction in the costs of malpractice insurance and an elimination of the pressures on physicians to order unnecessary medical tests.

Second, we urge a repeal of the measures which consign health insurance to state regulation. We want a national market for health insurance — we want to increase competition and thereby lower costs.

Third, we urge that hospitals, clinics, and physicians be required to post their prices — so that consumers can shop around.

Fourth, we urge that legislation be passed eliminating the connection between employment and the formation of pools for the purchase of health insurance so that voluntary associations — churches, clubs, professional societies, unions, and other comparable organizations — can form pools to negotiate discounts and health insurance arrangements on behalf of their members.

Mr. President, when you were inaugurated, you promised to “roll back the specter of a warming planet” and “restore science to its rightful place.” This past Fall, we learned that what many have long suspected is sadly true: that the work done by the Climatic Research Unit at the University of East Anglia, which formed the basis for the four reports issued by the United Nations’ Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, is a fraud — that the data was doctored, that the computer simulation was a scam, and that systematic efforts were made by prominent climate scientists to corrupt the peer-review process and suppress legitimate criticism — all for the purpose of imposing a socialist strait jacket on the world economy.

We remind you, Mr. President, that a specter is “an apparition inspiring dread” and that one of the principal functions of science is to dispel illusions of this very sort. We demand that you now be true to your word; that you act to “roll back the specter of a warming planet” and “restore science to its rightful place” by sponsoring an impartial reconsideration of the evidence both for and against man-made climate change.

Finally — and most important — Mr. President, we remind you that this country faces an economic crisis and that a great many Americans are unemployed and underemployed.

It is not our opinion that a massive expansion in the federal bureaucracy is conducive to a recovery of the private sector. Nor do we do believe that a massive increase in the national debt is favorable to the long-term well-being of the American people. We call upon you to balance the federal budget by reducing dramatically the size of that bureaucracy and by eliminating unnecessary programs reflective of corrupt bargains negotiated in the past.

We also call upon you to make the tax cuts introduced by President Bush permanent — so that Americans have a compelling reason to work long hours and risk their savings by investing them in new ventures likely to produce jobs.

We have one more thing to say. Not long after the spontaneous formation of the Tea-Party Movement, Anderson Cooper of CNN disgraced himself by applying to those who joined that movement the obscene phrase “tea-baggers.” Since that time, Mr. President, you have demeaned your office and others, such as Senator Schumer of New York, have demeaned theirs by deploying the same vile phrase. We call upon you to stop this practice, to apologize to the American people for your misconduct, and to conduct debates concerning public policy in a civil fashion from now on.

If, in his victory speech, Scott Brown were to say something along these lines, I am confident that it would electrify the nation, put both the Obama administration and the Democratic Party on the defensive, and set the Republican Party on the right path. The country is beginning to mobilize; the first Tuesday in November is just a few months away; and now is the time for the campaign to begin.

Posted by Big Governement
January 19, 2010
Leave a Comment

Big Labor From New York Is Manning Coakley Office

This video is quickly making the rounds across the Internet. It show’s Coakley staffers or volunteers throwing some reporters out of a Coakley office. Aside from the humor of a bunch of leftists and progressives suddenly discovering and asserting private property rights, the video has a classic display of the left’s quick resort to the N-Bomb, as in Nazis.

The video is just about a minute long and they can still work in a comparison to Nazis? Sheesh.

But, there is something else very interesting about this video that isn’t getting talked about.

One of the staffers shown cashiering the reporters out of the office is wearing a turtleneck with “UFCW Local One” prominently displayed on the neck.

UFCW Local One is the local for the United Food and Commercial Workers Union...in Upstate New York.

If Coakley has to import union activists from other states, her campaign is in more trouble than even we realized.

Posted by Big Governement
January 18, 2010
Leave a Comment

Big Labor in Massachusetts: Unhappy Days Are Here Again

Earlier today, two independent reporters in Springfield, Massachusetts attended a Martha Coakley for Senate event. Prior to the candidates arrival, several union members surrounded the two reporters. From one of the reporters, Erich Heyssel:

The mood when we arrived was tense. They seemed to be an unhappy group of people. Dour, even. There were about 100 people outside the Teamster’s Local 404 building and, another 100 or so inside. We started trying to film the gathering and asked some basic questions. We were told we had to leave.

When the reporters approached the headquarters, several individuals tried to intimidate and  prevent the reporting of the event. The union officals refused to identiy themselves and kept pushing the journalists, while taunting them to leave. Again, from Mr. Heyssel:

We told them we were reporters. They didn’t seem to care. They just kept saying it was a closed meeting and we had to leave. It was weird. Even their attempts at intimidation were pretty weak. They just didn’t seem to have their hearts in it.

Unfortunately for these union activists, their disorderly and harassing behavior was all captured on film, from two points of view. Americans for Limited Government Foundation is responsible for providing non-partisan poll watchers and observers. The goal of the “Fifty Plus Individuals” is to observe and report fraud and abuse

Posted by Big Governement
January 18, 2010
Leave a Comment

Big Labor in Massachusetts: Unhappy Days Are Here Again

Earlier today, two independent reporters in Springfield, Massachusetts attended a Martha Coakley for Senate event. Prior to the candidates arrival, several union members surrounded the two reporters. From one of the reporters, Erich Heyssel:

The mood when we arrived was tense. They seemed to be an unhappy group of people. Dour, even. There were about 100 people outside the Teamster’s Local 404 building and, another 100 or so inside. We started trying to film the gathering and asked some basic questions. We were told we had to leave.

When the reporters approached the headquarters, several individuals tried to intimidate and  prevent the reporting of the event. The union officals refused to identiy themselves and kept pushing the journalists, while taunting them to leave. Again, from Mr. Heyssel:

We told them we were reporters. They didn’t seem to care. They just kept saying it was a closed meeting and we had to leave. It was weird. Even their attempts at intimidation were pretty weak. They just didn’t seem to have their hearts in it.

Unfortunately for these union activists, their disorderly and harassing behavior was all captured on film, from two points of view. Americans for Limited Government Foundation is responsible for providing non-partisan poll watchers and observers. The goal of the “Fifty Plus Individuals” is to observer and report fraud and abuse

Posted by Big Governement
January 18, 2010
Leave a Comment

Dems’ Health Care Strategy: Seek Forgiveness Instead of Permission

Consider this irony: Democrats and their special interest allies are in the fight of their lives to keep the seat formerly held by the champion of socialized medicine in the bluest of states.  Democrats should be tap dancing on the foreheads of Republicans in Massachusetts.  But instead, they’re racing against the clock for a deal on health care reform because they run the risk of losing their critical 60th vote in just a few days.

imageDCSA10701182130

So the Democrats strategy is clear:  seek forgiveness of American voters in November instead of permission now because the probable message from Tuesday’s election will not be in favor of ObamaCare.  Democrats are “hoping” to have an overall deal on health care reform, the tax-dodging Ways and Means committee chairman Charlie Rangel told NationalJournal.com, just in time to avoid the Tuesday Massachusetts vote.

The Huffington Post quoted SEIU vice president Anna Burger as saying, “Let’s go on and actually pass this bill.”  Anna’s wish is, of course, this White House’s command.

The special election this week in Massachusetts can easily be viewed as a referendum on Obama, his policies and specifically government-run health care.  And in a state that is navy blue, it’s a dog fight, with SEIU stepping in to plop down over $600,000 for TV ads savaging Republican candidate Scott Brown.  And RedState.com reported House Democrats are spending beaucoup bucks to elect a Democrat to the Senate.  It’s pure panic time for Democrats in Washington.

But they’re working as fast as they can to make health care reform a non-issue by the time the newest senator from Massachusetts is seated.

And worse still, more giveaways are emerging from Washington, DC but this time, not to lawmakers but to campaign-funding special interest groups.  News broke Thursday afternoon that Democratic leaders had “negotiated” a compromise with labor leaders over the so-called “Cadillac” tax.  They must have made him an offer he couldn’t refuse.

The New York Post said it well in Friday’s edition:

Big Labor got some big love from President Obama and congressional Democrats yesterday after they agreed to exempt union workers from the whopping “Cadillac tax” on high-cost health-care plans until 2018.

The sweetheart deal, hammered out behind closed doors, will save union employees at least $60 billion over the years involved, while others won’t be as lucky — they’ll have to cough up almost $90 billion.

So Andy Stern can go back to his members and say, “See what our $60 million investment in electing Obama got us?”

And CNN.com reported that, “AFL-CIO chief Richard Trumka has made looking out for all workers — not just union members — a big part of his platform.”  What a peach!  That must be why benefits negotiated through collective bargaining were exempted but not those for non-union workers.  Way to look out for everyone, Richie!

The Post also reported:

Powerful unions were well-represented around the bargaining table.

Participants included AFL-CIO President Richard Trumka and Andy Stern, head of Service Employees International Union; Anna Burger, head of Change to Win [and SEIU vice president]; and the leaders of unions representing teachers, government workers, food and commercial workers, and electricians.

Isn’t that great?  Obama’s pledge to rid the special interests from the halls of power seems to be more than a little phony these days – it’s bordering on insulting.

This Christmas Tree for campaign funders and liberal groups is the skunk at the garden party for Americans.  And the bad thing for Democrats is this time, Americans know it.  And in all likelihood, the Democrats know it too and that’s why they’re scrounging up a compromise because the wheels may fall off Tuesday.

Posted by Big Governement
January 16, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obama’s First Year

Wednesday will mark the first anniversary of the presidential inauguration of Barack Obama — who began his Presidency, as nearly all new first-term Presidents do, high in the polls. At that time, Obama’s approval ratings were, in fact, in the stratosphere. In the last twelve months, however, they have fallen further and faster than those of any President since polling began; and, and, as developments in Massachusetts suggest, his party is now in danger of suffering in November an historic defeat — which is likely to rival its fate in 1938, 1966, and 1994 if the Democrats do not, as I believe they may, do even worse. In a poll released on Thursday, the National Journal reports that half of the adults sampled responded that, if new Presidential elections were held right now, they would vote against Barack Obama, and less than a quarter of those questioned indicated that they would vote to re-elect the President. It is an appropriate time in which to pose this question: Why have Obama and his supporters fallen so far and so fast?

59093

We must, I think, begin before the beginning. The Obama campaign was predicated on a fraud. With a skill that was breathtaking, Barack Obama managed during that campaign to signal to the left within the Democratic Party with a wink and a nod that he was their man and that he meant business — that he really intended to “transform” America. To those in the middle and on the right who are ashamed of the nation’s historic sins in matters of race, he offered absolution, and he promised that the penance that they would have to perform after leaving the confessional would not be harsh. He was not, he said, a tax-and-spend liberal.

I was not taken in. Late in 2008, after reviewing the page proofs of Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift, I persuaded my editor to allow me to add the following to the book:

Once again, as in the 1920s, rational administration has failed us. As on that other occasion, the Federal Reserve Board and the Department of the Treasury pursued over an extended period under more than one administration an easy-money policy bound in the end to give rise to “irrational exuberance” in the markets and to a bubble followed by a catastrophic decline in prices and a collapse of the credit markets. And, to make matters worse, we responded to this set of circumstances precisely as we did on that earlier occasion — by electing a president and choosing a Congress intent on dramatically increasing the scale and scope of the administrative state.

Our new masters have ample room for maneuver. They have it in their power to deepen the economic crisis and worsen our distress in the manner of Hoover and the younger Roosevelt. By instituting a second New Deal, as they would very much like to do — by sharply raising taxes on fossil fuels, dividends, and capital gains; by targeting the earnings of the well-to-do; by confiscating our 401(k)s and IRAs and substituting government retirement accounts at fixed interest; by pursuing protectionism, expanding the regime of programmatic rights, and forcing workers into labor unions — they can discourage investment, curb entrepreneurship, reduce foreign trade, and decisively slow economic growth, or even bring it to a lasting halt, while offering to those consigned to the dole thereby a dependence upon the generosity and good will of an all-encompassing state. Just how ambitious and ruthless they will prove to be on this occasion, just how far in the next few years they intend to hustle us down the path we tread, remains as yet undetermined.

The only thing that is crystal clear is the direction of our drift and the nature of the threat we face. Walter Lippmann’s warning is as apt today as when he issued it in 1937 — for “the premises of authoritarian collectivism” are once again, as they were then, “the working beliefs, the self-evident assumptions, the unquestioned axioms” behind “nearly every effort which lays claim to being enlightened, humane, and progressive,” and hardly anyone today “is taken seriously as a statesman or a theorist who does not come forward with proposals to magnify the power of public officials and to extend and multiply their intervention in human affairs.” Like the younger Roosevelt, our new leader poses as a secular Messiah; his minions believe, as did the progressives of an earlier time, that “there has come into the world” in recent times “some new element which makes it necessary for us to undo the work of emancipation” achieved by our forebears and “to retrace the steps men have taken to limit the power of rulers”; and in the ranks of our compatriots they will find many prepared to sacrifice self-reliance and personal independence for a promise of security no government can keep. The hour is, indeed, late.

Of course, many were fooled — some of them putatively on the right. Christopher Buckley and David Brooks come first to mind, but they were by no means alone. Many of the libertarians whom I have encountered in the last year fell prey to Bush-Derangement-Syndrome and, in their fury, stayed home on election day, voted for a third party, or even supported Obama. Nothing, they thought, could be worse than John McCain.

To be fair, they could have been right. On the domestic front, McCain seemed feckless, and Obama could have governed from the center. He could have put off his radical agenda. He could have concentrated, as Franklin Roosevelt did in his first term, on turning the economy around. He could have pledged to extend the tax cuts passed under George W. Bush. He could have introduced a temporary cut in the portion of the payroll tax paid by employers to make it worth their while to hold onto veteran employees with valuable knowledge and skills through the economic storm.

The Republicans would have played ball. In the early months of the Obama administration, they were in a sorry state, and they were perfectly willing to get on the bandwagon. In early May, Jeb Bush met with Mitt Romney and House Republic Whip Eric Cantor and emerged from the meeting to urge that Republicans put Reagan behind them. “You can’t,” he explained, “beat something with nothing, and the other side has something. I don’t like it, but they have it, and we have to be respectful and mindful of that. So our ideas need to be forward looking and relevant. I felt like there was a lot of nostalgia and the good old days in the [Republican] messaging. I mean, it’s great, but it doesn’t draw people toward your cause.”

Had Obama moved to the center, had he made good on his promises regarding bipartisan government, the Republicans would have provided him with cover. Instead, however, he adopted the strategy forecast in his prospective chief-of-staff Rahm Emanuel’s notorious remark in November, 2008 that “you never want a serious crisis to go to waste.”

To make matters worse, the new President chose to leave the details to Nancy Pelosi and Harry Reid — who crafted a so-called “stimulus” bill designed to loot the country for the benefit of constituencies associated with the Democratic Party; and, while employees in the private sector were laid off or relegated to part-time work, the federal government hired and hired, gave massive salary increases to those already on the payroll, and even set aside two billion dollars for “community-stabilization” organizations — which is to say, for the criminal conspiracy called ACORN.

No less on point, Pelosi and Reid gave way to resentment and sought revenge on their Republican colleagues. In the “stimulus” bill, there were numerous earmarks for Democrats but few, if any, for Republicans. At the time, it would have been easy to secure a modicum of Republican support. Hopeless and hapless, the Republicans were virtually begging to be bought. In November, 2008, they had seen what they took to be the future, and many of them wanted to be a part of it. But Pelosi and Reid denied them the opportunity, forced them into opposition, and guaranteed that those within their ranks who were inclined to articulate a principled critique of the bill would get a hearing nationwide.

No one anticipated the Tea-Party insurrection. But they should have. It is, after all, one thing to steal and enrich one’s supporters. That is, sad to say, an age-old Congressional practice. It is, however, another thing to do so on so massive a scale and in so transparent a fashion at a time when so many are facing exceedingly hard times. It did not help that President Obama was inclined to appoint tax-evaders to high office and that the chairman of the Ways and Means Committee in the House and the chairman of the Banking Committee in the Senate were known to be crooks. The American people can be fooled but not by skulduggery as obvious as what we have seen.

Obama’s economic advisors can hardly have encouraged him to believe that shoveling money into the hands of his supporters would actually cause the economy to rebound. Christina Romer and Larry Summers have track records as academic economists that strongly suggest that they understand the defects of Keynesian economics. They may, however, have predicted that there would be a sharp economic rebound in any case (as there usually is in such circumstances), and the President may have calculated that he could use such a rebound as a cover for an attempt to “spread the wealth around.” In fact, however, on the job front, thanks to the uncertainnty that he has created, things have gotten markedly worse, and the “stimulus” bill is widely recognized as what it is: grand larceny.

The Tea-Party insurrection nonetheless caught the Republican Party flat-footed; and, even after the initial eruption, the Republicans were slow to recognize its importance. Thus, when the Obama administration began agitating for what the Democrats call “healthcare reform,” there were Republicans eager to get on board. It took the explosions at the town halls in August to get Charles Grassley, Olympia Snowe, Susan Collins, and the like to recognize that it was not Obama and the Democrats that they had most to fear.

Everything that has happened since then regarding the healthcare bill has reinforced the suspicions directed at the Obama administration. As the polling data makes clear, the American people do not want healthcare rationing; they do not want to gut Medicare; they do not want a middle-class tax increase under any disguise; and they find the special deals — Gatorade, the Cornhusker Kickback, and the like — cut by particular Senators and Congressmen reprehensible. If, as is reported, President Obama, Speaker Pelosi, and Senator Reid have agreed to exempt union members and others in favored categories from the 40% excise tax on high-priced health insurance while imposing it on those outside constituencies favored by the Democrats and if, at the insistence of the unions, they have also recast the bill as a tool for driving non-unionized construction firms out of business, there will be additional hell to pay.

I could go on and on. Remember the auto-industry bailout and the fashion in which Barack Obama defrauded the bondholders to the advantage of the United Auto Workers? Have you heard about the manner in which Tim Geithner set up an opportunity for insider trading on the part of the fine folks at Goldman Sachs?

The Democrats have played every trick in the book, and they have done it in broad daylight. If Scott Brown is elected to the Senate in Massachusetts on Tuesday, as I think he will be, and if, under these circumstances, the Massachusetts Secretary of State delays certifying the election so that Paul Kirk can once again vote for cloture in the Senate on the healthcare bill, as is apparently the Democrats’ contingency plan, it would be par for the course. After all, the Democrats in the Massachusetts legislature changed the law and put off the special election so that Paul Kirk could be appointed in the first place.

We live in a remarkable time. I cannot think of any moment in American history in which a President and a political party have squandered an opportunity as promising as the one afforded Barack Obama in November, 2008. Had he chosen a more moderate course, had he reined in the radicals in control in the House and the Senate, had he focused on the economy, had he insisted on transparency, had he ruled out corrupt bargains, had he scrupulously kept the promises he made during the campaign, he would have reinforced the sense of those who voted for him that he was a man who could be trusted; and later, relying on their confidence in him, he might have accomplished much of what he wanted.

As things stand, Obama has given the Republicans the opportunity of a lifetime. It is as if he, Pelosi, Reid, and their associates conspired to convince the American people that the Democratic Party is “a small group” of women and men intent on concentrating “into their own hands an almost complete control over other people’s property, other people’s money, other people’s labor – other people’s lives.”

These are words that Franklin Delano Roosevelt deployed in 1936 against those whom he called “economic royalists.” When the American people are persuaded that such a claim is true, as they have been on the eve of every electoral realignment in our history, they turn on the putative perpetrators with a vengeance.

Mark my words. In November, we are going to witness an electoral earthquake. What is slated to happen in Massachusetts on Tuesday is merely an anticipatory tremor. I just hope that the Republicans have the wit to capitalize on this opportunity.

Posted by Big Governement
January 16, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obama’s First Year

Wednesday will mark the first anniversary of the presidential inauguration of Barack Obama — who began his Presidency, as nearly all new first-term Presidents do, high in the polls. At that time, Obama’s approval ratings were, in fact, in the stratosphere. In the last twelve months, however, they have fallen further and faster than those of any President since polling began; and, and, as developments in Massachusetts suggest, his party is now in danger of suffering in November an historic defeat — which is likely to rival its fate in 1938, 1966, and 1994 if the Democrats do not, as I believe they may, do even worse. In a poll released on Thursday, the National Journal reports that half of the adults sampled responded that, if new Presidential elections were held right now, they would vote against Barack Obama, and less than a quarter of those questioned indicated that they would vote to re-elect the President. It is an appropriate time in which to pose this question: Why have Obama and his supporters fallen so far and so fast?

59093

We must, I think, begin before the beginning. The Obama campaign was predicated on a fraud. With a skill that was breathtaking, Barack Obama managed during that campaign to signal to the left within the Democratic Party with a wink and a nod that he was their man and that he meant business — that he really intended to “transform” America. To those in the middle and on the right who are ashamed of the nation’s historic sins in matters of race, he offered absolution, and he promised that the penance that they would have to perform after leaving the confessional would not be harsh. He was not, he said, a tax-and-spend liberal.

I was not taken in. Late in 2008, after reviewing the page proofs of Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift, I persuaded my editor to allow me to add the following to the book:

Once again, as in the 1920s, rational administration has failed us. As on that other occasion, the Federal Reserve Board and the Department of the Treasury pursued over an extended period under more than one administration an easy-money policy bound in the end to give rise to “irrational exuberance” in the markets and to a bubble followed by a catastrophic decline in prices and a collapse of the credit markets. And, to make matters worse, we responded to this set of circumstances precisely as we did on that earlier occasion — by electing a president and choosing a Congress intent on dramatically increasing the scale and scope of the administrative state.

Our new masters have ample room for maneuver. They have it in their power to deepen the economic crisis and worsen our distress in the manner of Hoover and the younger Roosevelt. By instituting a second New Deal, as they would very much like to do — by sharply raising taxes on fossil fuels, dividends, and capital gains; by targeting the earnings of the well-to-do; by confiscating our 401(k)s and IRAs and substituting government retirement accounts at fixed interest; by pursuing protectionism, expanding the regime of programmatic rights, and forcing workers into labor unions — they can discourage investment, curb entrepreneurship, reduce foreign trade, and decisively slow economic growth, or even bring it to a lasting halt, while offering to those consigned to the dole thereby a dependence upon the generosity and good will of an all-encompassing state. Just how ambitious and ruthless they will prove to be on this occasion, just how far in the next few years they intend to hustle us down the path we tread, remains as yet undetermined.

The only thing that is crystal clear is the direction of our drift and the nature of the threat we face. Walter Lippmann’s warning is as apt today as when he issued it in 1937 — for “the premises of authoritarian collectivism” are once again, as they were then, “the working beliefs, the self-evident assumptions, the unquestioned axioms” behind “nearly every effort which lays claim to being enlightened, humane, and progressive,” and hardly anyone today “is taken seriously as a statesman or a theorist who does not come forward with proposals to magnify the power of public officials and to extend and multiply their intervention in human affairs.” Like the younger Roosevelt, our new leader poses as a secular Messiah; his minions believe, as did the progressives of an earlier time, that “there has come into the world” in recent times “some new element which makes it necessary for us to undo the work of emancipation” achieved by our forebears and “to retrace the steps men have taken to limit the power of rulers”; and in the ranks of our compatriots they will find many prepared to sacrifice self-reliance and personal independence for a promise of security no government can keep. The hour is, indeed, late.

Of course, many were fooled — some of them putatively on the right. Christopher Buckley and David Brooks come first to mind, but they were by no means alone. Many of the libertarians whom I have encountered in the last year fell prey to Bush-Derangement-Syndrome and, in their fury, stayed home on election day, voted for a third party, or even supported Obama. Nothing, they thought, could be worse than John McCain.

To be fair, they could have been right. On the domestic front, McCain seemed feckless, and Obama could have governed from the center. He could have put off his radical agenda. He could have concentrated, as Franklin Roosevelt did in his first term, on turning the economy around. He could have pledged to extend the tax cuts passed under George W. Bush. He could have introduced a temporary cut in the portion of the payroll tax paid by employers to make it worth their while to hold onto veteran employees with valuable knowledge and skills through the economic storm.

The Republicans would have played ball. In the early months of the Obama administration, they were in a sorry state, and they were perfectly willing to get on the bandwagon. In early May, Jeb Bush met with Mitt Romney and House Republic Whip Eric Cantor and emerged from the meeting to urge that Republicans put Reagan behind them. “You can’t,” he explained, “beat something with nothing, and the other side has something. I don’t like it, but they have it, and we have to be respectful and mindful of that. So our ideas need to be forward looking and relevant. I felt like there was a lot of nostalgia and the good old days in the [Republican] messaging. I mean, it’s great, but it doesn’t draw people toward your cause.”

Had Obama moved to the center, had he made good on his promises regarding bipartisan government, the Republicans would have provided him with cover. Instead, however, he adopted the strategy forecast in his prospective chief-of-staff Rahm Emanuel’s notorious remark in November, 2008 that “you never want a serious crisis to go to waste.”

To make matters worse, the new President chose to leave the details to Nancy Pelosi and Harry Reid — who crafted a so-called “stimulus” bill designed to loot the country for the benefit of constituencies associated with the Democratic Party; and, while employees in the private sector were laid off or relegated to part-time work, the federal government hired and hired, gave massive salary increases to those already on the payroll, and even set aside two billion dollars for “community-stabilization” organizations — which is to say, for the criminal conspiracy called ACORN.

No less on point, Pelosi and Reid gave way to resentment and sought revenge on their Republican colleagues. In the “stimulus” bill, there were numerous earmarks for Democrats but few, if any, for Republicans. At the time, it would have been easy to secure a modicum of Republican support. Hopeless and hapless, the Republicans were virtually begging to be bought. In November, 2008, they had seen what they took to be the future, and many of them wanted to be a part of it. But Pelosi and Reid denied them the opportunity, forced them into opposition, and guaranteed that those within their ranks who were inclined to articulate a principled critique of the bill would get a hearing nationwide.

No one anticipated the Tea-Party insurrection. But they should have. It is, after all, one thing to steal and enrich one’s supporters. That is, sad to say, an age-old Congressional practice. It is, however, another thing to do so on so massive a scale and in so transparent a fashion at a time when so many are facing exceedingly hard times. It did not help that President Obama was inclined to appoint tax-evaders to high office and that the chairman of the Ways and Means Committee in the House and the chairman of the Banking Committee in the Senate were known to be crooks. The American people can be fooled but not by skulduggery as obvious as what we have seen.

Obama’s economic advisors can hardly have encouraged him to believe that shoveling money into the hands of his supporters would actually cause the economy to rebound. Christina Romer and Larry Summers have track records as academic economists that strongly suggest that they understand the defects of Keynesian economics. They may, however, have predicted that there would be a sharp economic rebound in any case (as there usually is in such circumstances), and the President may have calculated that he could use such a rebound as a cover for an attempt to “spread the wealth around.” In fact, however, on the job front, thanks to the uncertainnty that he has created, things have gotten markedly worse, and the “stimulus” bill is widely recognized as what it is: grand larceny.

The Tea-Party insurrection nonetheless caught the Republican Party flat-footed; and, even after the initial eruption, the Republicans were slow to recognize its importance. Thus, when the Obama administration began agitating for what the Democrats call “healthcare reform,” there were Republicans eager to get on board. It took the explosions at the town halls in August to get Charles Grassley, Olympia Snowe, Susan Collins, and the like to recognize that it was not Obama and the Democrats that they had most to fear.

Everything that has happened since then regarding the healthcare bill has reinforced the suspicions directed at the Obama administration. As the polling data makes clear, the American people do not want healthcare rationing; they do not want to gut Medicare; they do not want a middle-class tax increase under any disguise; and they find the special deals — Gatorade, the Cornhusker Kickback, and the like — cut by particular Senators and Congressmen reprehensible. If, as is reported, President Obama, Speaker Pelosi, and Senator Reid have agreed to exempt union members and others in favored categories from the 40% excise tax on high-priced health insurance while imposing it on those outside constituencies favored by the Democrats and if, at the insistence of the unions, they have also recast the bill as a tool for driving non-unionized construction firms out of business, there will be additional hell to pay.

I could go on and on. Remember the auto-industry bailout and the fashion in which Barack Obama defrauded the bondholders to the advantage of the United Auto Workers? Have you heard about the manner in which Tim Geithner set up an opportunity for insider trading on the part of the fine folks at Goldman Sachs?

The Democrats have played every trick in the book, and they have done it in broad daylight. If Scott Brown is elected to the Senate in Massachusetts on Tuesday, as I think he will be, and if, under these circumstances, the Massachusetts Secretary of State delays certifying the election so that Paul Kirk can once again vote for cloture in the Senate on the healthcare bill, as is apparently the Democrats’ contingency plan, it would be par for the course. After all, the Democrats in the Massachusetts legislature changed the law and put off the special election so that Paul Kirk could be appointed in the first place.

We live in a remarkable time. I cannot think of any moment in American history in which a President and a political party have squandered an opportunity as promising as the one afforded Barack Obama in November, 2008. Had he chosen a more moderate course, had he reined in the radicals in control in the House and the Senate, had he focused on the economy, had he insisted on transparency, had he ruled out corrupt bargains, had he scrupulously kept the promises he made during the campaign, he would have reinforced the sense of those who voted for him that he was a man who could be trusted; and later, relying on their confidence in him, he might have accomplished much of what he wanted.

As things stand, Obama has given the Republicans the opportunity of a lifetime. It is as if he, Pelosi, Reid, and their associates conspired to convince the American people that the Democratic Party is “a small group” of women and men intent on concentrating “into their own hands an almost complete control over other people’s property, other people’s money, other people’s labor – other people’s lives.”

These are words that Franklin Delano Roosevelt deployed in 1936 against those whom he called “economic royalists.” When the American people are persuaded that such a claim is true, as they have been on the eve of every electoral realignment in our history, they turn on the putative perpetrators with a vengeance.

Mark my words. In November, we are going to witness an electoral earthquake. What is slated to happen in Massachusetts on Tuesday is merely an anticipatory tremor. I just hope that the Republicans have the wit to capitalize on this opportunity.

Posted by Big Governement
January 14, 2010
Leave a Comment

When SEIU Is The Devil At Your Doorstep

Remember Brent Southwell, the business owner who says SEIU threatened to “kill” his company? Sadly, his experience isn’t unique. While BigGovernment.com readers have become increasingly acquainted with the tactics of unions like SEIU (and their allies in ACORN) to demonize American employers, the practice remains unknown to millions of Americans. Yesterday, the U.S. Chamber of Commerce held an event in Washington to spotlight smear campaigns (known in the jargon as “corporate campaigns”).

David Bego, a business owner in Indianapolis whom my fellow BG bloggers have referenced, gave an often emotional keynote speech outlining in great detail the nightmare experience of SEIU attacking his company. After telling the union he would not sign away the secret-ballot rights of his employees, he says the union responded that it would begin its attack, warning: “We enjoy conversation, but we embrace confrontation.”

In his book, The Devil At My Doorstep (Amazon), Bego writes:

One minute, we were enjoying the fruits of our labors minding our own business, and the next attacks begin lambasting the company as a “rat contractor” that cleaned buildings dubbed “Houses of Horror” for janitors who were exploited, intimidated, threatened, and abused all in the name of corporate greed. For the first time in our history, multiple National Labor Relations Board filings, frivolous charges with questionable evidence, would be filed against us for employee rights violations and for firing union supporters as the EMS image was dragged through the mud.

Americans have to wake up to what’s going on on shopfloors and in boardrooms across the country. U.S. businesses are being attacked and forced to swallow bad contracts and sign away employees’ rights to remain union-free — sometimes they are even denied the right to vote on whether they want to be union-free.

For those aware of ACORN and SEIU’s philosophical roots, an analysis of corporate campaigns by George Washington University professor Jarol Manheim uncovered strikingly familiar tactics and language:

  • The corporate campaign was invented by the New Left in the 1970s, and by the 1990s was in widespread use by the labor movement. To date, unions have waged nearly 300 campaigns against employers, primarily, though not exclusively, to facilitate organizing.
  • Corporate campaigns employ “power structure analysis” to identify and exploit vulnerabilities in the critical stakeholder relationships on which all companies depend. This broad strategic approach is then implemented through tactics that range from highly sophisticated financial and governance initiatives to street theater and even psychological warfare.
  • Typically, the role of the corporate campaign today is to force management to accede to union demands for “card check and neutrality”—a process by which the union certification procedures administered by the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) are effectively circumvented. A recent innovation here is the substitution of non-NLRB elections for card check, which has been coupled with a widening attack on the NLRB itself.

(emphasis added)

MORE READING:

Posted by Big Governement
January 13, 2010
Leave a Comment

Nutbusterz: Judge Kaye Conflicted In Working Families Probe

Only weeks ago the New York Post reported that former Massachusetts Attorney General Scott Harshbarger gave a whitewash to ACORN, the shady community action/organization that specialized in voter fraud and sucking up public funds. Harshbarger, a liberal democrat whose career was funded by the same Labor unions who fund ACORN, is hardly an unbiased analyst.

NB-logiv2

More ominously, the New York Post predicted a similar Whitewash of the Working Families Party.

In an exclusive for Big Government, it can now be reported that Justice Kaye has a prior association with the WFP leadership and in fact ruled for the WFP Bosses in a lawsuit.

This is a stunning conflict of interest. Justice Kaye is in the tank.

Read the details here.

Posted by Big Governement
January 13, 2010
Leave a Comment

Coakley Staffer Knocks Reporter to the Ground

I guess his question as to why she could say, during her debate with Scott Brown, that the “Taliban are gone” in Afghanistan after Taliban blew up eight CIA officers in Afghanistan was too tough for her.

From the Weekly Standard reporter himself:

A tipster tells me that the man who was pushing me outside of a Capitol Hill fundraiser Tuesday night for Massachusetts Democratic Senate candidate Martha Coakley is Michael Meehan.

Meehan heads up a firm called Blue Line Strategic Communications along with his partner David DiMartino, who was outside the fundraiser with Coakley tonight and introduced himself to me there. TheAP reported on Monday that Meehan is also working for Coakley: “The Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee also dispatched Michael Meehan, a media consultant with ties to Massachusetts, to assist the Coakley camp with messaging.”

Though I can’t say with 100 percent certainty, I think that Meehan is the man who shoved me into a metal railing Tuesday night.

Coakley’s strongarm appears to be a longtime Democrat party hack. No surprise there.

This, the video of the Coakley thug visibly knocking down, shoving, and harassing reporter John McCormack:

The thug appeared to shove McCormack back and prevent him from asking Coakley any questions. More:

McCormack said Coakley blew him off, and then he followed her for a few blocks until he was shoved by a man he believes was Meehan, who is working with the Coakley campaign.
“I ended up on the sidewalk. I was fine,” McCormack wrote in the Weekly Standard. “He helped me up from the ground, but kept pushing up against me, blocking my path toward Coakley down the street.”
When McCormack asked the man whom he worked for, he replied, “I work for me,” demanding to see McCormack’s credentials on a public street. After McCormack showed him his ID, he said he met up with Coakley halfway down the block, asking her question that she declined to answer.

Coakley is definitely amping up the negativity, suggesting that Brown’s grassroots supporters are “hate groups,” tossing around grandiose statements about her political stature (”If I don’t win, 2010 is going to be hell for Democrats“), apparently hiring union workers to rally for her:

The heat of Brown’s success online and his record $1 million dollar-in-a-day fundraising – coupled with the ethics complaint Coakley faces over the charge that she used state resources on her campaign, relying on SEIU to phone bank for herher sagging poll numbers, (not to mention the embarrassing misspelling of the very state for which she’s campaigning in one of her commercials), are all taking a toll on her manufactured-to-win countenance.

She and the Democratic party are quickly learning that through Massachusetts, the American people are beginning to say “no.”

Posted by Big Governement
January 13, 2010
Leave a Comment

Unions Make Obama An Offer He Can’t Refuse

It’s amusing to watch President Obama try to stick it to his friends in organized labor by proposing a tax on union-negotiated health care benefits.

If it weren’t for the fact that the tax proposal would have a  devastating effect on the American economy, the situation would be downright hilarious.

trumka

Richard Trumka, AFL-CIO President

On Monday, a group of top leaders from the American labor movement gathered at the White House to share their concerns with the president.

The irony of the discussion was delicious. During the campaign, Obama and the Democratic Party (including the unions) attacked John McCain for suggesting that health care benefits should be taxed as income.

Strangely, that’s what Obama is now proposing (above a certain level) and union bosses aren’t happy because it would impact the lush benefits they’ve successfully secured through bare-knuckle negotiations.

Interestingly, Rich Trumka, former coal miner and now president of the AFL-CIO, suggested that the president could be unwittingly arranging a replay of the 1994 mid-term election, when labor voters stayed home in droves and the Democrats lost control of Congress. From the Associated Press:

“A bad bill could have that kind of effect, where people sit at home,” Trumka told reporters. “Politicians who think that working people have it too good – too much health care, too much Social Security and Medicare, too much power on the job – are inviting a repeat of 1994. Our country cannot afford such a repeat.”

Harold A. Shaitberger, president of the firefighters’ union, made “similarly threatening remarks,” in the words of the AP.

“The president’s support for the excise tax is a huge disappointment and cannot be ignored,” Shaitberger said. “If President Obama continues to support it and signs a bill that include the excise tax on workers, we will hold him accountable.”

The Wall Street Journal listed the attendees of the White House meeting:

  • AFL-CIO’s Trumka
  • Anna Burger of Change to Win [and SEIU vice president]
  • Dennis Van Roekel of the National Education Association
  • Leo Gerard of United Steelworkers
  • Joe Hansen of the United Food and Commercial Workers International Union
  • Ed Hill of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers
  • Jim Hoffa of the Teamsters
  • Randi Weingarten of the American Federation of Teachers
  • Andy Stern of the Service Employees International Union
  • Terry O’Sullivan of the Laborers’ International Union of North America
  • Gerry McEntee of the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees
  • Larry Cohen of the Communications Workers of America

The people on that list wield a great deal of political power, and Obama is clearly angering them at his own peril.

It’s shocking, but not unprecedented, for organized labor to threaten to withhold political support from a sitting Democratic president. But its temper tantrum will likely produce the desired result -  dropping the tax proposal.

If not, the unions may just poke a few more holes in the already sinking Democratic ship. At least Trumka, Stern, Weingarten and Van Roekel can enjoy their martinis and fine cigars during the slow, painful ride to the bottom.

Posted by Big Governement
January 8, 2010
Leave a Comment

Hey Republicans, Adopt the AFL-CIO’s 2004 Message: Show Us the Jobs

I distinctly remember the placards in the windows of the union hall in my union-stronghold Michigan city: “Show Us the Jobs.”  It was a thinly-veiled campaign against the Bush administration for what the AFL-CIO saw as a failure to create jobs.

3161208

The economy in 2009 and 2010 was and is far worse than it ever was in 2004.  The unemployment rate in 2004 was 5.5%.  Today, it’s 10%.  If Obama could get the unemployment rate somewhere in the middle, the Nobel Committee would likely send him the prize for economics.

Saul Alinsky’s Fourth Rule for Radicals is, “Make the enemy live up to their own book of rules.”  So, in true Alinsky fashion, why not turn the left’s campaign against them?  Republicans: adopt the “Show Us the Jobs” campaign.  After all, the AFL-CIO’s bus tour to swing states didn’t begin until March of that year.

A pro-union newsletter said this about the AFL-CIO’s campaign:

A bus tour will soon travel to eight states and 18 cities to highlight parts of the country from small town America to large cities that have been hardest hit by job loss. The tour will end in Washington, D.C. to call on our nation’s leaders to make the jobs crisis their number one priority, and to put America back to work at good jobs. As the tour winds through these cities a spotlight will be focused on the devastating impact of the nation’s deep jobs crisis.

Seems like it’s about time for another bus tour, eh, AFL-CIO?  It would be with good reason.  In April 2004, the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers framed it this way:

Show Us The Jobs was planned to put human faces behind the cold statistic of 2.2 million jobs lost since President Bush took office.

Using that qualifier (ie. “since President Bush took office”), here’s a dirty little fact:  In just one-eighth of the time, the “cold statistic” provided by Americans for Tax Reform in June tells us that 2.2 million jobs have been lost since Obama took office.

President Obama was able to accomplish something that took the Bush administration eight times longer to do, through the AFL-CIO’s lens.  Congratulations!

But sadly, this is still not a priority.  No, it’s the opaque power grab of health care reform.

And the fact that the AFL-CIO isn’t waging a campaign against President Obama and Congressional Democrats underscores that cold fact.

Posted by Big Governement
January 8, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obama’s Labor Department Ignores His Executive Order– The Ethics Pledge

Outrageously, U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) Secretary Hilda Solis and other DOL Obama appointees appear to have blatantly disregarded the President’s Executive Order #13490 – the Ethics Pledge.

hilda_solis_1219

According to a report by the National Right To Work Committee, Solis and several other appointees gave themselves unilateral waivers on the two-year moratorium in direct conflict with President Obama’s two-year mandate:

Revolving Door Ban [for] All Appointees Entering Government.  I will not for a period of 2 years from the date of my appointment participate in any particular matter involving specific parties that is directly and substantially related to my former employer or former clients, including regulations and contracts.

The White House Press Office

Solis’ only publicly available signed ethics pledge is provided by Olga Pierce and Christopher Weaver at Propublica.  National Right To Work reviewed it and other ProPublica provided ethics pledges. It is clear that other DOL appointees followed Solis’ lead and granted themselves ethics waivers in conflict with the presidential order.  The report identified Deputy Secretary Seth Harris, Assistant Secretary Phyllis Borzi, Assistant Secretary T. Michael Kerr (SEIU & AFSCME), and Assistant Secretary Jane Oates.

Unlike the other DOL appointees’ waivers, Solis signed her waiver a few days prior to the issuance of the Executive Order.  DOL has failed to provide an updated pledge signed by Solis even though several Freedom of Information Act requests have been filed asking for copies of the Secretary’s ethics pledge.

To view the cited pledges that contain the one-year, not two-year, signed pledges click here.

Big Labor Bliss

“The Obama-Biden administration will give the Office of Governmental Ethics strong enforcement authority with the ability to make binding regulations, and it will work with inspectors general in all the federal agencies to enforce ethics rules…”

President-Elect Obama’s Website

Solis and other DOL appointees are completely ignoring Obama’s “Revolving Door Ban.”  When inquiring minds wanted a glance behind the DOL’s regulatory process in an effort to see if everything was on the up-and-up, their Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request was stonewalled.  The National Right To Work Legal Defense Foundation filed a federal lawsuit to force DOL to comply with the Freedom of Information Act.

“Starting today,” Mr. Obama said, “every agency and department should know that this administration stands on the side not of those who seek to withhold information, but those who seek to make it known.”

New York Times

Solis’ direct ties with union bosses and her positions as a director and officer of the labor-union financed “American Rights at Work” were questioned by the Weekly Standard: “The Nominee Who Lobbied Herself – Hilda Solis’s breach of House ethics rules may disqualify her from serving.”

Labor Secretary Solis’ actions speak louder than President Obama’s words.  A new National Right To Work Committee video, demonstrates that Solis intends to serve Big Labor at her post. In the video, Labor Secretary Solis refers to the AFL-CIO ands declares, “Our President, John Sweeney!” In another part, she announces that union bosses will be “a very, very important part of what I will be doing!”

The video also captures an impromptu cheerleading session where Secretary Solis shouts, “Are you fired Up?  Ready to Go? Yes, We Can! And Yes, We Will…”  Would she lead this cheer at a National Right To Work or National Federation of Independent Business convention?

Probably not, but it shows that Solis has little interest in the spiritof  Obama’s Ethics Pledge.

Obama promised that he would bring change.  It appears the more things “change,” the worse they get.

Posted by Big Governement
January 7, 2010
Leave a Comment

The Leftist Bullies

We live in seriously challenging times – times that warrant serious conversations on the state and direction of our nation.  From the fiscal crash course our nation is on to the ever-present threat we face from Islamic terrorism, there’s plenty of fodder for constructive political discourse.  Many on the Left, however, are bent on marginalizing opposing views by any means necessary.  The censorship and number fudging exposed in ClimateGate is one recent example.

bullies_2

The tea party movement seems to perpetually be in the crosshairs of the Left’s most insidious propaganda artists.  A post on taxpayer subsidized NPR’s blog that’s getting some attention this week features a video by Mark Fiore entitled “Learn to Speak Tea Bag.”  The cartoon gives mock step-by-step instructions on what Fiore believes is the modus operandi of tea party activists.  Fiore unintentionally serves up a nearly all-inclusive package on all that is dishonest and malicious about the Left’s continued campaign to discredit this wildly popular grassroots force.

Fiore’s isn’t the first and likely won’t be the last tea party hit job.  Everyone from the President to “mainstream” media commentators have joined in since the movement’s inception in February 2009.  This multifaceted attack on the tea party movement has revealed an interesting trend that mirrors the evolving tactics of a maladjusted, intellectual deficient schoolboy bully.

Kindergarten: Don’t like what someone has to say? Call them stupid! A central theme of Fiore’s video is that those that make up the movement are uneducated.  I’ve collectively seen hundreds of thousands of attendees at the various tea party events I’ve been to.  While degrees aren’t required for admittance, I think it is safe to say that there are a few smart folks in this large, popular movement.   Furthermore, how Fiore and others can simultaneously deride the movement as dumb yet high-tech GOP “Astroturf” is beyond me.

While Fiore mockingly encourages viewers to “learn to speak tea bag,” he could use some lessons on the English language.  His presumably self-penned biography contains a glaring redundancy: “[Fiore]…creates political animation from an undisclosed location somewhere in San Francisco.”  [Emphasis added] As Michelle Malkin recently wrote, obscure cartoonists like Fiore aren’t the only ones trying to tally IQs.  In a piece that reads at best as a backhanded compliment to the movement’s influence, David Brooks of the New York Times recently juxtaposed the tea party movement with…Democrats?  No! He contrasted them with the educated class.  Ah!  The Left’s agenda is not only inherently progressive, but intellectually informed and fact based!

High School: When the pesky protestors just won’t go away, make a sex joke and call them gay! Fiore invokes “tea bag,” a reference to “teabagging,” a sexual act invoked to mock the tea party movement – an implicitly homoerotic joke.  This is a staple in the Left’s anti-tea party propaganda campaign lexicon. (See other slurs from Anderson Cooper, Rachel Maddow, and Keith Olbermann, to name a few.)

College: If simple name calling just won’t work, it’s time to break out the big guns – something politically charged and completely unfounded that just sucks the air out of the room.  Drop the racism card! This is a very common (and very effective) tactic invoked by intellectually frustrated leftist students, aging hippy professors, and university administrators on campuses across the country. Chris Matthews isn’t the first to invoke it, but he recently revived this move in a double whammy sexual/racist slur.

Graduate School: When the racist card gets old, it’s time to get to undermine the foundation of the issue at hand.  Fudge the facts!  Fiore isn’t the only one guilty of this of course, but his video has one real whopper.  In it, he implies that tea party activists are being dishonest about the health care debate because many Republicans have received money from health care industries.  This is a great trick.  For one, it implies a necessary link between the movement and the GOP – a fallacy. While the principles of the tea party movement – fiscal conservatism, individual responsibility, limited government – are more often than not going to be advanced by the Republican Party, there is no intrinsic link.  For example, at the event I ran on tax day 2009 in Chicago, Michael Steele was publicly turned down as a speaker.  (Not surprisingly, this received little press coverage and certainly wasn’t weighed as hard evidence of the movement’s nonpartisanship.)

Nor is there a responsibility of all tea party activists to answer for the political contributions of a handful of Republicans.  It is, of course, fair game to dig into the political contributions of politicians opposing and pushing ObamaCare.  Sure, many Republicans have and will continue to receive money from “special interest groups” including those related to the health care industry.

So do Democrats, though.  In fact, Barack Obama received more money from health industry lobbyists than any presidential candidate in history. Not only did he receive more than his opponent John McCain, but more than George W. Bush in both of his campaigns combined.

Does this impact President Obama’s allies’ votes or closed-door House-Senate reconciliation for a final ObamaCare bill? How about the President’s policy stances?  What about his decision to renege on his promise to televise health care debates and to instead hold closed-door meetings with these very same special interests in the West Wing?  (For more “odd alliances” exposed, see my review of Tim Carney’s Obamanomics.)

Dropout: When none of these more “cerebral” attempts work, many on the Left drop the attempt at any semblance of reasonable discourse and turn to threats. Tea party activists regularly receive threatening emails and phone calls.  Others are at the receiving end of actual violence.  Take Kenneth Gladney, who had racial slurs, fists, and feet hurled upon him by SEIU thugs at a tea party protest.

While these transparent attempts to undermine this movement are frustrating, I encourage my tea party compatriots to take heart and stick to the high road.  These superficial tactics and inaccurate claims will lose their effectiveness in the long-run.  As with the bullies you may have encountered in the buses and hallways of your school years, these attacks reveal deep emotional and intellectual voids in the hearts and minds of those that perpetrate them.  Finally, if your mere involvement in the political process is triggering this much vitriol from politicians and members of the media big and small, you’ve got to be doing something right.

Posted by Big Governement
January 7, 2010
Leave a Comment

21.1 Million Reasons Big Labor Pours Money into ObamaCare

The bosses of Service Employee International Union (SEIU) and American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees Union (AFSCME), Andy Stern and Gerald McEntee, know that ObamaCare will hurt the very workers that they claim to represent.

andy_stern1

But, it appears that they just don’t care!

These two union bosses who stand to gain the most power under ObamaCare are spending hundreds of millions of forced union dues promoting ObamaCare. A government run health insurance program is an SEIU and AFSCME “membership net” designed to eventually complete the capture of 21.1 million forced-dues paying government workers.

It is clear that Big Labor is banking on the probability that all healthcare workers eventually become federal, state, and municipal healthcare employees.

According to SEIU’s numbers submitted to the Obama transition organization (The National Heath Care Workforce Enhancement Initiative, 12/3/2008), public sector labor bosses like Stern and AFSCME’s Gerald McEntee have 21.1 million reasons to support ObamaCare. After the November election, Stern’s SEIU submitted the following health occupation numbers to Rahm Emmanuel et al. at Obama, Inc.:

…there are currently 17.6 million jobs in health care settings or in health occupations nationally, accounting for almost 12% of the workforce. In addition to nursing and direct care workers, the United States faces looming personnel shortages in many health professions such as physicians and pharmacists.

Overall, the Bureau of Labor Statistics projects that we will need 3.5 million more workers to meet the [current] increasing demand of health care services.

That’s 21.1 million workers that SEIU and AFSCME expect will eventually become federal or state employees; employees that Stern and McEntee could force into their unions by the stroke of a Presidential pen.

If the average dues were just $75 a month, 100% participation would translate into $19 billion per year in forced union dues for SEIU and AFSCME. That’s a big piece of pie!

Stern’s and McEntee’s hyperventilation over passage of a government-run health insurance program will likely lead to the elimination of existing generous health plans for state and local government employees as out of control municipal and state budgets force the easy choice to switch state and county employees over to the new “national” healthcare plan.

Numerous examples of Big Labor’s propaganda highlight the sunny-side of the healthcare debate, but almost all fail to highlight the damage that will be done to current working members. ObamaCare will likely cost teachers, state employees, county employees, and other government employees their current Obama classified Cadillac-health plans. If a special collectively bargained health insurance carve out appears in the current plan, it will be quickly eliminated when the first poll reveals overwhelming electorate anger at government employees getting plans that most Americans are denied under ObamaCare. Politicians will appear overnight promising to eliminate the special plans and “fix” the problem.

This healthcare bill on top of the other gargantuan spending by the Obama Administration will cost jobs. It will cost union jobs. And, Big Labor Bosses must know it. They likely have already made the calculations figuring in large losses of current members. But, ObamaCare is not about current members. Union officials have 21.1 million other reasons to support it.

Posted by Big Governement
January 6, 2010
Leave a Comment

ACORN and Big Labor: Two Peas in a Pod

With the unearthing of a memo detailing an ACORN scheme to use “dirty money hungry lawyers” to force “employers to open up negotiations” and its plan to create “a model for [union] organizing” that “building trades [unions] do not have,” ACORN almost assuredly fits the federal definition of a labor organization under federal law 29 CFR 401.9.

But, the detailed scheme gets even better and closer to the line that makes ACORN a labor union.

SEIU_ACORN

ACORN’s bombshell talks about an arrangement to “share dues” with the Service Employees International Union (SEIU) and opens up a whole new array of issues between these newly discovered Siamese twins.

Add in ACORN’s plans to create union organizing partnerships with other labor unions and Big Labor funded auxiliary organizations, and it becomes a tautology that ACORN is a big part of Big Labor.

These are the details of a scintillating e-mail between ACORN operatives.  While ACORN and SEIU big-wigs who are dreaming all this up may pass it off as just wishful thinking; the facts show something different.

Right now, ACORN files labor organization financial reports for SEIU 880 and SEIU 100 with the U.S. Department of Labor.  Other exposed relationships like the New York Teachers’ Union bosses – ACORN coordinated organizing effort illustrate an ACORN and Big Labor coordination, and a relationship that may have already crossed the line.

But wait, there is more!

On top of this, ACORN plans to use low-wage earners to shakedown employers to build its and Big Labor’s monthly income.  The ACORN plan is to gather these workers together like pawns in a chess game and then use them to create leverage against employers.  There is no plan to fix existing “problems;” instead, ACORN is simply going to use the leverage to force employers to begin deducting forced union dues from these workers.

The exposure of this ACORN forced unionization plan reveals the importance of the U.S. Senate vote on President Obama’s Solicitor of Labor nominee Patricia Smith, because she actually integrated ACORN-type organizations and labor unions into the State of New York wage and hour enforcement division.  Her New York Wage Watch Program has come under fire because it essentially “deputized” Big Labor officials and allowed them to use the power of the State to intimidate employers for union organizational purposes, similar to the ACORN e-mail plans.

Certainly, employers who fail to comply with the law need to be brought into compliance.  However, the antiquated multilayered jurisdictionally variant labor laws can create violators out of the most upright employer.  Especially, when courts can decide decades old employment practices are invalid and thus change employment rules overnight.  ACORN’s scheme would force employers to be on the defensive rather than working for solutions that will best help its past and current employees.  ACORN’s legal agitation approach is designed to create fear and anxiety between the employer and the employee.

ACORN is Big Labor

ACORN plans contained in the exposed e-mails provide enough information to satisfy this federal definition of Labor Organizations:

Labor Organizations are defined as “any organization of any kind so engaged in which employees participate and which exists for the purpose, in whole or in part, of dealing with employers concerning grievances, labor disputes, wages, rates of pay, hours, or other terms or conditions of employment.”

When can we expect Labor Secretary Solis and/or the U.S. Labor Department Inspector General to begin investigating ACORN’s blatant disregard for the 1959 the Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act?

More revelations of ACORN-SEIU special relationships?

In the ACORN e-mails, National Field Director for the ACORN Community Labor Organizing Center (ACLOC) Ross Fitzgerald specifically mentioned SEIU in the shared dues scheme.  Is that because ACORN already has a shared dues structure with SEIU on other projects?

“Houston, Dallas – SEIU Local 1 has asked if we can specifically target janitorial contractors for litigation in the Dallas and Houston markets. This will be a contract that can hopefully lead to a recognition, affiliation and shared dues arrangement.”

The ACORN e-mails disclosing this odd relationship may not end with the SEIU labor union, but likely extends into other labor unions and government funded legal service operations as well:

Boston – GBLS [Greater Boston Legal Services, Inc.] wants to do wage and hour to ID informal truckers with the Teamsters. Same partnership as created the Childcare association. Mimi has great relationships with labor there.”

It appears that ACORN already has found some “dirty money hungry lawyers” to force “employers to open up negotiations” in Boston.  The Greater Boston Legal Services, Inc. is a government funded organization.  Also, it appears that ACORN already has a Teamster partnership model that it can use.  It might be worthwhile to find out more about this “partnership” that created the “Childcare association.”

These e-mails are revealing, and should stimulate intense discussions regarding ACORN’s many different angles used to create its programs and more importantly revenue stream. With its organizational structure labyrinth and “partnerships,” will the real ACORN ever be fully exposed?  Certainly not if politicians who believe they owe their political fortunes to ACORN and Big Labor are in charge of any investigations.  But, this is no reason to stop trying.

Posted by Big Governement
January 5, 2010
Leave a Comment

Senate Sends ACORN’s Rathke Endorsed NLRB Nominee Back to Obama

Rather than carryover National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) nominee and current AFL-CIO and Service Employees International Union lawyer Craig Becker until next year like most of president Obama’s nominees, the U.S. Senate sent a message back to the President about his nominations. While not a severed horse head in his bed … it is like the canary in the coal-mine.

Right after the Becker nomination, The National Right to Work Committee posted this President Obama Personnel Alert video regarding Becker (link here) along with the Committee’s Becker Alert report (link here).

The report highlights the Association of Community Organizations for Reform Now (ACORN) Founder Wade Rathke’s ringing endorsement of Obama’s Becker nomination. Rathke wrote, “Here’s a big win no matter how you shake and bake it: Craig Becker being nominated for a seat on the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB)!”

Rathke went on to reveal Becker’s involvement in the creation of the “non-employee state employees” known as home healthcare workers. California and other states call home healthcare workers “employees” for collective bargaining purposes (re: forced dues paying purposes) and excluded these “employees” from all benefits of state employees like retirement, healthcare, vacation time, sick leave, set work rules, etc…

Rathke emphasized his joy in Becker’s manipulation of labor laws, “For my money Craig [Becker]’s signal contribution has been his work in crafting and executing the legal strategies which have allowed the …effective organization of informal workers — home health and home day care — has been the great, exceptional success story within the American labor movement for our generation, leading to the [forced dues] of perhaps a half-million such workers in unions like SEIU, AFSCME, CWA, and the AFT.”

According to Rathke, Becker is “the key lawyer from the beginning in the early 1980’s who was able to piece together the arguments and representation that allowed those of us involved in trying to organize home health care workers in Illinois, Massachusetts, and elsewhere … [Becker’s] role was often behind the scenes devising the strategy with the organizer and lawyers, writing the briefs for others to file, and putting all of the pieces together, but he was the go-to-guy on all of this.”

Rathke concludes, “I can remember Keith Kelleher negotiating the subsidy for SEIU Local 880 in Chicago and always making sure that there was the money for the organizers, but that SEIU was also still willing to allow access to Craig …Thanks for a solid [sic], President Obama!”

The President may resubmit Becker to the Senate, appoint him as a recess appointment, or simply nominate someone else for the NLRB post. No doubt the actions of concerned Americans across the country have gotten the Senate thinking about this nomination.

Thanks to the outrage of many across America, Becker is not on the NLRB – yet. But, do not let your guard down. Becker may return, and as BigGovernment and others continue to highlight, this Administration is already loaded with many other forced-unionism radicals like Becker.

Posted by Big Governement
January 4, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obama Completes the Liberal Hat Trick

In hockey, rough sport that it is, it is rare that one player scores three goals in one game.  They call that a Hat Trick.  In the game of politics, Obama now has managed the Liberal Hat Trick in the minds of the American Public.  In November, he may just find out how rough politics can be.

300px-Hockey_goal_cmd_2004

Of course, many people have known for a long time just how liberal Obama is and was.  There were many warning signs in the last election cycle.  The public however, in this slightly Right of Center nation, either was so tired of ineffective Republicans or, with the help of the Media, refused to acknowledge the warning signs.  In doing so they elected Obama with 52.9% of the vote – a victory but not an overwhelming victory.

Large margin or not, since being inaugurated, Obama has run quickly to the Left. In doing so, he fulfilled Reagan’s warning that Democrat Presidential candidates run as moderates but are determined to govern more to the Left, i.e. Jimmy Carter and Bill Clinton.  The Obama Administration’s response to the terrorist bomb attempt in Detroit completed that process in the minds of the American public.

The Liberal Hat Trick, to which I refer, is when a politician firmly establishes himself as (1) for higher taxes while spending out of control, i.e. being anti – prosperity, (2) being socially liberal if not antagonistic to American traditions, and (3) being weak on defense.

1. High Tax/High Spending Obama. During the campaign, Obama warned us that he was anti-capitalist and anti-prosperity when he stated over and over that he was against the Bush tax cuts – tax cuts that brought us out of a recession and produced over 50 consecutive months of job growth.  Obama said over and over again that the rich didn’t ask for the tax cuts and didn’t need them.  Now Americans by a 3 to 1 margin believe that tax cuts would revive the economy more than Obama’s spending.  As for the staggering growth in spending, a plurality now believe that the Stimulus Bill has hurt the economy more than helped it and concerns for the deficit poll far higher than concerns over health care.

2. Socially Liberal/Antagonistic to American Traditions.  Most Americans knew Obama was liberal on social issues when he was elected.  Since his inauguration, he has done nothing to convince people otherwise including (a) his first week in office lifting of the restrictions on funding for groups that provide abortion services or counseling abroad, reversing the policy of his Republican predecessor, and (b) extending federal benefits to gay domestic partners.  Beyond that, Obama became the Apologist-in-Chief to the distaste of many Americans by going around the World and bowing to dictators and apologizing for America’s “actions.”  All in all, a year into his Presidency, Americans understand well what they knew at the outset, that Obama’s social views are clearly Left of Center.

3.  Weak on Defense. Few Americans expected Obama to be strong on defense let alone a hawk.  Indeed, the Far Left was motivated by the idea that he would get us out of Iraq and Afghanistan as a matter of course not success.  True to form, since his election, Obama has shown to be tepid at best on foreign policy with regard to such high profile issues as Iran, Israeli security and European missiles.

The Detroit terrorism issue, however, is different by a large order of magnitude.  Whereas Israel may be far away to some and few and have seen a missile – making such issues distant in time and space to most which allows people to ignore the issue  - personal safety in the homeland is anything but far away – geographically or mentally.  In other words, his weakness on defense is now close to home and that should have major political consequences.

Recall that the “security” issue among “soccer moms” was a significant issue during the Bush years that changed the political landscape.   Now consider Obama’s weak response to the Detroit terror attack; combine that with the ludicrous Napolitano and her working system and the understanding that Obama has left vacant the heads of TSA and the Customs and Border Protection agency.  Little wonder voters are questioning his priorities.

Witness also that even the liberal lioness Maureen Dowd is openly questioning whether we are safe under Obama and the astonishing 30% jump to 70% in those that expect another attack.  It is hard now but to conclude that Americans are clearly concerned and focused on their safety and whether Obama is strong enough to protect us.

In sum, along with their view that he is liberal on fiscal and social issues, Obama has firmly completed the Liberal Hat Trick in the minds of the majority of American voters – all to the great peril of his fellow Democrats and to the great opportunity of Republicans in November of 2010.

Posted by Big Governement
January 2, 2010
Leave a Comment

Hijacking the Private Sector, the SEIU and Blago Way

The current state of the economy has placed a large burden on private business, especially on small businesses and the self-employed. Subscribing to a Keynesian tenet of financing debt and increasing government spending to boost output, lawmakers are repeatedly giving themselves cover for splurging.  After the first bailouts came the massive $787 billion stimulus bill, an urgent remedy that Congress and the White House insisted was all about “Jobs, Jobs, Jobs.”

And as spending has increased, so has the size of the public employment sector. Meanwhile, the private sector will soon be close to earning a coveted placement on the endangered species list.

private-VS-public1

As the union leaders’ plundering of the private sector has continued, this doesn’t mean that they have abandoned unionizing private sector workers altogether.  In fact, while the number of private sector jobs overall is down, the number of unionized private sector jobs is trending upward, right alongside the public sector growth.

public-vs-private1

But don’t let the beltway pundits fool you.  While the current administration certainly deserves a great deal of credit for bloating the public roster, this was a plan in the making far before the economic “crisis” was created.  And while America focused on the sexier details of  a scandal at that time, many overlooked the legislative and economic arsenal of weaponry that labor leaders honed at the height of their rebirth.

The public bloating flourished years ago in places like California, Illinois, Michigan and Maryland, and grew steadily, though concurrent private sector employment growth dampened that effect. The public sector saw a dramatic spike between 2006 and 2007, just before the mid-term election when Democrats won back control of Congress again – this after stints of Republican power from 1995 to 2001 and from 2003-2007 had interrupted Democrats’ control of one or both houses for 46 straight years.  In 2007 the private sector plummeted.  There would be plenty of catch-up to play.

Union leaders have an obvious history of bloating public sector employment.  But more importantly, there are direct connections to their activity in certain private sectors and intentional disruptions in the balance between the public and private workforce.  Reading about events in isolation from one another might not emphasize the gravity of this issue.  But revisiting prior stories and connecting the dots over and over again will.  Apathy is our greatest enemy right now.  As we enter 2010, this is perhaps one of the most important times in history when such activity could literally push America past the point of no return and will impact who your children will work for in the future.  One particular time in recent history really sets the stage for the perfect storm of today between private and public sector employment; the current stimulus spending is merely the el Niño that has stirred up the silently raging waters.

It starts in 1994 and gains its true momentum by 2005.

In 1994, ACORN and labor unions rallied behind Maryland Democrat Parris Glendening.  Soon after, that same coalition stood by a newly elected Maryland Governor Parris Glendening as he signed the Living Wage bill into law, granting government the power to set wage standards on any project that receives public subsidies. The practice of quid quo pro was back in full force.  In 1996, Glendening needed to fulfill another campaign promise to unionize state employees. When it looked like too much political and community opposition would stop that from occurring through the normal state legislative process, he issued an executive order to mandate unionization of state employees. It was the first of its kind.  It was challenged shortly thereafter, but upheld in court as within the power of the Governor’s office.  That set the wheels in motion down one path.

In 1999, after SEIU and California Nurses Association lobbied for a mandate on nurses in hospitals, California Gov. Gray Davis signed the Nurse to Patient Ratio bill into law.  That same year, SEIU made headlines all across the country when it successfully organized nearly 75,000 Los Angeles County home care workers, receiving credit for revitalizing a labor movement that was all but left for dead.  The cause to take care of the caretakers seemed a noble one to the public; however, most were unaware of the fact that the effort would require SEIU to sue the county of Los Angeles in order to set up a shell corporation that could serve as the employer of record with which the union could bargain. The public was also completely ignorant to the reality that the state of California could never sustain the level of financial burden that such an arrangement would create.  Nonetheless, this set the wheels in motion down a parallel path, where eventually the two paths would meet.

union-leg-milestones1a

Fast forward to 2003.

Rod Blagojevich is the newly elected Governor of Illinois.  Still energized by their California home care workers win, Andy Stern, Anna Burger and their SEIU have just founded the New Unity Partnership with four other AFL-CIO unions (which later became Change to Win in 2005). Intent on organizing unorganized workers and vowing to push for a far more progressive agenda than their parent AFL-CIO has pursued, Stern is positioning himself as the more liberal replacement for current AFL-CIO president John Sweeney, himself a Democratic Socialists of America member.  SEIU has worked hand in hand with ACORN and its political organizing arm, Project Vote, to win promises from politicians, including Blagojevich, in exchange for their mobilizing power in recent and upcoming elections.

After helping Blagojevich reach his 1% margin of victory in Illinois’ gubernatorial election, SEIU is immediately rewarded on March 4, 2003 with a signed Executive Order from Blagojevich granting it collective bargaining rights for the state’s 25,000 home-care workers.  On February 18, 2005, Blagojevich signed another Executive Order for the bargaining rights of 49,000 child-care workers.  This also gave the SEIU unprecedented access to the names and addresses of thousands of workers it could target for mailings and visits from union organizers – a particularly frightening prospect for those whose workplace was also their home.

And in December 2005, Blagojevich then took it a step further.  The state of Illinois and SEIU reached a precedent-setting agreement for those child care workers, making it the nation’s first state contract of its kind for such workers.  While these workers wouldn’t technically be considered direct employees of the state, they in essence became contractors to the state, gaining health benefits and a 35% increase in wages, at the cost of nearly $300 million to Illinois taxpayers.  The contract was officially signed on March 9, 2006.  Meanwhile, some of those home child care workers weren’t even aware they’d all but lost their “self-employed” status.

And such solidified a pattern.  Just as they raid one another’s territory for new members, unions like SEIU now saw the tangible benefits to raiding the private sector, not only to gain new members, but to secure public funding and make it more difficult to cut it off.

It wasn’t long before Andy Stern was reciting, “Time to Build a National Child Care Movement.”  SEIU formed strategic organizing campaigns AFSCME and UAW to split up  regions and form child care unions, and with groups like ACORN and the American Federation of Teachers (AFT) to mobilize support and serve as a public relations vehicle. In 2005, Change to Win split from the AFL-CIO and was now its own entity, with SEIU and the Teamsters as its anchor unions and Anna Burger as its chair.  Democracy Alliance is founded, with Anna Burger appointed vice-chair, spawning dozens of inter-connected progressive 527 organizations and injecting more than $50 million into big labor’s agenda.

Even ACORN became revitalized, as it reaped the benefits of not only being a paid vendor to SEIU (search LM2 reports on Dept. of Labor website), but they would also see an increase in grants from state and federal government agencies to serve as a recruitment and training arm for these causes.  On Page 107 of ACORN’s Year End/Year Begin Report for 2006, SEIU and ACORN celebrated the child care victory together:

“And we signed this in style on March 9th: marching into the state of Illinois Building locked arm-in-arm singing ‘Victory is Mine,’ led by SEIU President Andy Stern and Local 880 childcare leaders Angenita Tanner, Martina Casey, Alma McIntosh, Maria Velasquez, and scores of others from across the state.  All the while, we were being filmed by “60 Minutes” and were broadcast on the show in May of 2006 – another first!  And we had a great blowout of a party afterwards when hundreds of homecare and childcare leaders from across the state celebrated the victory with a party across the street from the state of Illinois Building where we were joined by  Governor Blagojevich, State Senate President Emil Jones, and President Stern!

Best of all, this victory in Illinois was followed up by other organizing and contract victories in Oregon, Washington, and New York, with another ten states with hundreds of thousands of childcare providers in the organizing process!”  The report continued, “…Our early support of Governor Blagojevich and his commitment to support an Executive Order allowing homecare and home child care workers to organize put us far ahead of the other states… It is no accident that once Illinois’ Governor signed the Executive Order and helped pass the enabling legislation granting home child care providers organizing rights, that states like Washington, Oregon, Iowa, New York and others did the same thing…”

Generally, there is public acknowledgment that many union leaders take advantage of the political system in order to work around it at the same time.  This presentation given for the Child Care Association of Illinois highlights some of these tactics:

CCAIL1

Unions have been “working governors” and “working state legislators”, as well as pressuring for more governmental support through “political quid pro quos.”

And so was Chicago, where the momentum propelled a larger movement of legislative scheming between labor unions and governors, with SEIU at the helm.  Legislating by Executive Order was now their most powerful political tool.  Converting independent private sector workers to the public workforce became their most powerful social tool.

Armed today with the invaluable power of hindsight, we’re able to dissect a master blueprint that has changed the balance between private sector and public sector employment and helped set into motion a sophisticated strategy designed to hijack the private sector right out from under the noses of the American people.  Rather than depend on local organizing or on Washington, SEIU and its partners would simply work the state legislators.  Their plan?  Replicate the Blago formula in multiple states and multiple sectors.  In a few short years, nearly 20 states had already been infiltrated, the fallout of which is only becoming evident to most average Americans now, as the economic downturn shines a spotlight on budgets.

Workers in some states are finally noticing and have been crying foul.

homechildcare-SEIUstates1


In Michigan, the brewing legal battle over a unionizing scheme that began in 2006 continues.  As I wrote last month on Loar v. DHS, self-employed home child care workers in Michigan, like Sherry Loar and Michelle Berry, suddenly found out one day that they were now part of Child Care Providers Together Michigan (CCPTM), a union created in partnership with AFSCME and UAW. This seemed ludicrous, since these individuals don’t work for an employer, they work for themselves.   While an executive order was not used to establish collective bargaining for child care workers in Michigan’s case, one noticeable tactic in particular seems similar to SEIU’s unionization of home care workers in California in 1999.  The creation of a shell corporation against which the new union could bargain.  In Michigan, the Department of Human Services entered into an interlocal agreement with Mott Community College to create the Michigan Home Based Child Care Council (MHBCCC). The newly formed union, CCPTM, then filed a petition seeking to organize against the MHBCCC.  When challenged, the groups all seem to absolve themselves of responsibility for these union members as “employees”, which then begs the question, who is the employer?  The Mackinac Center for Public Policy has been fighting the state and its forced unionism scheme head-on.

[There is a video that cannot be displayed in this feed. Visit the blog entry to see the video.]

Their latest video below provides an update on the Loar v. DHS complaint. Mackinac Center communications specialist Kathy Hoekstra indicated that the center has received additional interest from other individuals, as well as from national media, especially since their recent Wall Street Journal article.  Director Patrick Wright elaborates on the state’s curious stance on the matter, and expresses astonishment over the MHBCCC’s no-show to scheduled hearings where the organization was expected to provide testimony, one of which was a state House Human Services sub-committee meeting on an Auditor General’s report concerning the child care programs.  You can follow continuing developments and media coverage on the Loar v. DHS case here.

(Coincidentally, SEIU has recently received a $2 million tax credit to build a Member Action Center in Michigan).


In Colorado, Governor Bill Ritter sparked debate in March 2007 when he signed an executive order that rescinded a previous executive order by former Gov. Bill Owens that prohibited unions from forcing the state to deduct dues payments from state employee paychecks.   Then in November of 2007, after public opposition forced him to veto a bill, Ritter worked around the legislative process and signed an executive order “allowing employee organizations to establish partnership agreements with the state”, citing that the model is one followed by Kaiser Permanente.  SEIU’s Andy Stern is of course head of the Coalition of Kaiser Permanente Unions.

In October 2007,  Colorado’s Face the Nation revealed Ritter’s collaboration with the unions:

“In the latest documents obtained by Face the State, it is clear that policy analysts inside Ritter’s office solicited the advice of staff at the National Governor’s Association to identify states that have “authorized state employee collective bargaining by executive order.”

facethestate-emails

Only days after the order was issued, CAPE SEIU, AFSCME and the American Federation of Teachers (AFT) announced a joint labor coalition, Colorado WINS, which organized state workers under a cooperative agreement. Some were staunchly opposed to any union involvement, like Dave Ohmart, founder of Colorado LOSES, who contacted me back in May to share his concerns about SEIU.  He was also worried the initiative would lead to the release of home addresses, union solicitation at work meetings, increases in state spending, and the forced deduction of dues from paychecks. Just this October, a HR manager had to intervene to halt WINS reps from using work meetings to solicit members.  In November, Ohmart contacted the Governor’s legal designee for employee partnerships, asking questions about how union representatives obtained the home addresses of employees.  As with Michigan and others, the state seems to absolve itself of any responsibility.  Meanwhile, Ohmart’s concerns and those of Colorado LOSES seem to be being validated, one at a time.


In Washington state, in 2006 Governor Chris Gregoire signed into law a bill granting collective bargaining rights to home child care providers.  Despite the fact that only 2,000 out of the state’s 10,000 child care providers are reported to have had any interest in joining SEIU, providers were forced into paying SEIU dues, or a union fee, regardless.  The state and SEIU both contend that union membership is voluntary.  But non-union providers still receive a 2% deduction in their subsidy payments called a “fair-share” fee, which the state allows SEIU to cover its costs associated with negotiating the state contract.  Like Michigan, many self-employed home-based providers have no contact with the union but are receiving their customers’ subsidy checks with money deducted from the total.  They see no benefit in SEIU being involved, rather more bureaucracy and an imposition on their self-employment status.  Some child care advocates, like Margo Logan of Washington Parents for Safe Child Care, writes at Child Care in Washington State that the arrangement has the opposite effect – in an effort to break free of SEIU’s hold, some providers decide to stop accepting children whose parents participate in the state subsidy programs.  This leaves low-income high-risk children with fewer provider options and results in overcrowding and lower quality in care.  (Similar to the effect that occurs in health care when providers opt out of Medicaid and Medicare, huh?)  In addition, advocates complained they were intentionally left out of the Negotiated Rule Making process, which is intended to review and update safety regulations in child care.  They contend SEIU announced meetings last minute, at inconvenient times, and meetings weren’t advertised as open to the public.  When conducted, the focus of the meetings were not on child safety, but rather on political and organizing discussions.

Other states are all facing similar issues, in addition to heavy burdens on the state budget.


While the campaign to unionize child care and home care workers in the remaining states continues, unions like SEIU have lined up the next concentration of unorganized workers, to name just a few: private security workers , Transportation Security Officers in the TSA (2008 letter from President Obama to AFGE union president John Gage), and as we’ve seen in the Green Jobs programs and government development projects, independent contractors, such as the New York City Independent Contractors Agreement with SEIU.

Looking back in hindsight at 1994, 1996, 1999, the Blagojevich executive orders in the early 2000’s, and all of the state milestones that have followed since then, the pattern is undeniable.  There is an intentional balance shift between the private sector and public sector employment that took hold long before today.  There is a concerted effort that contrives the anti-capitalist propaganda circulating the country for the last decade, camouflaging it as populace outrage.  The radical stimulus spending and the legislative squall are the catalysts that have finally jolted everyday Americans into engagement.  I started out this piece by stating that apathy is our greatest enemy right now.  Fail to observe, to connect the dots, and to engage, and we risk depriving the next generation of the innovation and entrepreneurship that molded the lives of all who came before us in this great country.

In 2010, we all must be John Galt.

Posted by Big Governement
January 1, 2010
Leave a Comment

Obama Gives Big Labor Another Gift in Final Days of 2009

In November BigGovernment.com, sounded the warning – here’s the update.

SEIU OBAMA

As 2009 fades away, President Obama has decided to let disclosure of hundreds of millions of dollars in forced-union-dues disclosure fade away too. Under current law and regulations valid until December 30th, union bosses were supposed to carefully document the billions of dollars they extract from workers as a condition of employment that they in turn pour into front groups and other “funds” each year.

A large part of the billions were about to be made public and reported on a Department of Labor disclosure form known as the Form T-1 Annual Report. But, that won’t happen now!

According to Bureau of National Affairs, Inc, “The Labor Department is issuing a final rule that extends for one year the deadlines for unions to file Form T-1 Trust Annual Report Reports.”

After allowing only 11 days of comments from the public, the Obama Administration postponed requiring reports for another year. During 2010, the Obama Administration states that it intends to completely eliminate the financial disclosure.

Again, the Obama Administration is blatantly paying back union bosses at the expense of rank-and-file workers.

Posted by Big Governement
January 1, 2010
Leave a Comment

Its a Wrap: The Most Underreported Stories of 2009

This year saw the birth of the tea party movement, the rise of administrative radicalism, and a suppression of information unlike ever before seen. Were it not for the new penny presses, blogs and the investigative citizens who author them, much of this information would be six feet under. When the media goes state and becomes nothing more than an echo chamber for the government, the task of sharing truth falls to the original keepers of liberty: the American people.

wildlife-monkeys-hear-no-evil-see-no-evil-speak-no-evil

These are the most Underreported Stories of 2009:

1. CLIMATEGATE
Al Gore needs something to sustain him and his big pimpin’ life down at his ginormous, energy-sucking mansion in Tennessee. Thus the green market was born, a made-up market chock full of products like carbon credits and other Willy Wonka (but not as cool) ish items for people to buy as a way to feel good about themselves and their contribution to the planet without having to actually do anything. They don’t need a God! They need a Prius!

Celebrities Botoxed within an inch of their lives began popping up in PSA’s about global warming, about how we need to drive inefficient clown cars that run on electricity (which is still produced in coal-powered plants but hey, whatever) to save the planet. Musicians like Sheryl Crow crowed about using just a square of toilet paper to remove waste that has a greater street value than her latest album. All the hubris manifested in regulations handed down from Congress upon the automobile industry, the coal industry, et al., until finally! Cap’n Trade appeared in the House.

Cap’n Trade will rape and pillage your energy bills and even boss you around when it comes to remodeling or rehabbing a home. It’s almost like … congress has nothing better to do.

Then … there was Climategate. Russian hackers revealed emails from a British university (whose edicts on global warming are included in the U.N.’s decision-making process on climate) which showed that the scientists basically had no idea what they hell they were talking about but they did know that their original assessment of increased global temperatures was unsupported by data, thus, “hide the decline.”
2. THE TEA PARTY MOVEMENT
I feel bad for the staffer that had to check Nancy Pelosi’s pants after over a million tea party protesters marched past her window on September 12, 2009.

The tea party movement sprung from plain old disenchantment, disappointment, and outright anger at being fleeced by a government who mistook their primary job as being “spend cash mon-nay” rather than execute the Constitution. What began as a few groups of several hundred people gathering in the cold back in February morphed into a movement so big that now talk of PACs and third parties (total crap idea, that latter) are commonplace and a Republican candidate has no hope of winning an election without the tea party support.

The most misreported and misunderstood thing about the tea party is its political leanings. The tea party has no political leaning. It stands straight for limited government, low taxes, and liberty for all. Disagreement with those tenets is an accidental admission of socialism on the part of the antagonist. The beauty of the tea party movement is that it is independent and thus a true check and balance of the Republican and Democrat parties. It’s not a pawn of the GOP, thus untouchable in criticism of the Democrats – I view it as an unattached conscience of the Republican party.

The tea parties have been smeared, and while some haven’t helped against the charges of astroturf due to their worship of both God and money, the movement is pure.

A new version of the Minuteman has sprung from this movement: the patriot activist with the Gadsen flag on her shoulder and a video recorder or camera in her hand.

Photo courtesy Rob Brenner.

Photo courtesy Rob Brenner.

3. FORT HOOD AND ISLAMIC EXTREMISM IN THE U.S.
A guy with a history of terrorist activity (the FBI had been watching him for months) and bent on mass murder screams “ALLAHU AKBAR!” before shooting a pregnant soldier point-blank at a military base and the media would rather cover its genitals like a dog and cower in the corner rather than define the terrorist as a terrorist.

Rather, the media interviewed people who said that shooter Malik Nadal Hasan had “trouble fitting in” and isn’t it so sad how he was treated differently because of his religion? Lightbulb moment: hey! Perhaps he was treated differently because he felt prejudiced against his fellow soldiers whom he viewed as infidels who should die?

Hasan had “soldier of Allah” printed on his business cards, for crying out loud.

Nevermind that he was a participant in Obama’s transition Homeland Security  team. Oops!

4. ACORN and SEIU
Only in America can you offer to help smuggle in underage sex workers as part of your description as a taxpayer-funded “community organizer” and still get federal dollars after the scandal breaks. James O’Keefe and Hannah Giles exposed ACORN for what it truly is: a malignancy that consumes the life out of depressed areas that it never, ever improves, ever, all in the name of making residents dependent upon the teat of government welfare so as to exploit them for votes later”neighborhood organizing.”

Michael Walsh explains the repurcussions of the dynamic duo’s work:

The Senate voted 83-7 in favor of de-funding the controversial group. The House voted 345-75 to cut ACORN’s funding, and more than 20 states have demanded either a full investigation of ACORN or that they lose their funding. The IRS also ended up cutting their connections to the group.

O’Keefe and Giles made a mockery of the media who retaliated by refusing to cover the story, further hammering the last nail into their own coffin.

Despite all of this, Big Government wrote how after this egregious corruption, Democrats like Roland Burris still found a way to push for continued ACORN funding by slipping a provision requiring such in Harry Reid’s senate fauxcare bill.

SEIU shares #4 with SCORN (typo and it stays) after several of its purple people beaters attacked Kenneth Gladney (a black street vendor who I’d previously seen selling pro-Obama buttons at Obama’s Arnold, MO townhall) at Russ Carnahan’s townhall in Mehlville, Missouri after profiling him and assuming him to be a black conservative. One of the country’s most shocking and underreported race-provoked attacks grew worse when his brother, Keith Gladney, spoke out in his brother’s defense and is said to have been canned from his job two days before Christmas as a result.

At the time of this writing neither Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, or President Obama have offered to arrange a beer summit between Kenneth Gladney and Andy Stern.

5. HCR COVER-UP
The majority of the country opposes Harry Reid’s Senate bill but nevertheless, Reid bribed it through. Government media served as a mouthpiece for the administration and its policy on fauxcare, giving the President multiple hours of free network prime-time hours to peddle his snake oil on the airwaves.

The Senate vote marks the turning point in our government where those elected to represent the constituency failed to do the jobs for which they were placed in office. It was a vote of tyranny, not of representation.
6. NEAPicture 5
The White House is attempting to mimic Leni Riefenstahl by rounding up those in the arts and entertainment industry and using them as the vehicles through which President Obama can peddle his agendaI wrote back in September. Big Government combed over this scandal which went completely ignored by the media. Union baby Buffy Wicks, from the Office of Public Engagement and Serve.gov, the NEA, and others joined a variety of artists and promoters on a conference call, the goal of which was to figure out how to create propaganda to support Obama’s policies.

Big Government Editor Mike Flynn expounded further on the scandal and reminded readers how Wicks used the Serve.gov portal as a way to funnel volunteers to ACORN and other pro-Obama organizations, at taxpayer expense.

Jinkies! Looks like artists are going to have to work harder and nab more photos that other people have taken so that they can do cheesy, tri-color alterations to them that pass as pretentious, overrated and quasi-Photoshop Level 1 “art” to the people whose discernment went off the rails.

7. DHS, NAPOLITANO TARGET DISSENT
While the Department of Homeland Security and Janet Napolitano were busy marking down the names of veterans, grandmas, and college kids who waved the military-authorized Gadsen Flag or questioned Obama’s policies in public as “possible domestic terrorists,” real terrorists were already in our country, shooting up our military bases and attempting to detonate planes. Michael Savage, himself the target of the British government based upon his dissent, filed suit against Napolitano in April over DHS’s “right wing extremist” report. The charges stated:

“It is a civil rights action brought under the First and Fifth Amendments to the United States Constitution, challenging the policy, practice, and custom of the United States Government that targets for disfavored treatment those individuals and groups that are considered to be ‘rightwing extremists.”

Under the Obama administration, the government has brazenly trained its eye on those who respectfully question the government. Liberals who complained over the Patriot Act demonstrated their devotion to party over liberty by going silent as their American brethren were targeting for doing no more (less, actually) than they the liberals did under Bush.

7. KEVIN JENNINGS – FISTGATE
It wouldn’t be right if our current administration broke tradition with nominating completely inept radicals to high positions of power (gotta pay off those political favors!) and lucky for you betting types, that streak wasn’t broken with Safe Schools Czar Kevin Jennings.

Ah yes, the Three Rs and One F of education: Readin, Ritin’ and ‘Rithmetic. Oh, and Fisting. The required credentials for such a post:

Jennings was appointed to the position largely because of his longtime record of working to end bullying and discrimination in schools. In 1990, as a teacher in Massachusetts, he founded the Gay, Lesbian and Straight Education Network (GLSEN), which now has over 40 chapters at schools nationwide. He has also published six books on gay rights and education, including one that describes his own experiences as a closeted gay student.

Behold, the comedy gold:

“Jennings was obviously chosen for this job because of the safe schools aspect… defining ’safe schools’ narrowly in terms of ’safe for homosexuality’,” Peter Sprigg, a senior fellow at the Family Research Council, told FOXNews.com.

“But at least half of the job involves creating drug-free schools, and we’ve not been offered any evidence about what qualifications Jennings has for promoting drug-free schools.”

Jennings’ detractors note that he made four references to his personal drug abuse in his 2007 autobiography, “Mama’s Boy, Preacher’s Son: A Memoir.” On page 103, discussing his high school years in Hawaii in the early 1980s, Jennings wrote:

“I got stoned more often and went out to the beach at Bellows, overlooking Honolulu Harbor and the lights of the city, to drink with my buddies on Friday and Saturday nights, spending hours watching the planes take off and land at the airport, which is actually quite fascinating when you are drunk and stoned.”

Er … oops? Nobody’s perfect, but it just seems practical to maybe not glorify drug use in your book while trying to get a job which requires you to keep schools and kids drug free. Too obvious?

Oh, but then came the revelations as to what GLSEN’s recommended reading actually included and Katy-bar-the-door. It was discovered that at a GLSEN conference (in conjunction with the MA Department of Education no less) elementary school kids were taught how to engage in sex acts.

Gateway Pundit reported mercilessly – as I’d hoped that anyone who cared about the well-being of our schoolchildren would do – about the “recommended reading” list Jennings chose for GLSEN and young schoolchildren which included graphic descriptions of rest-room sex and more.

State media was silent and liberal sites, such as Media Matters, defended Jennings.
8. VAN JONES
Van Jones signed his political death certificate when he signed a 9/11 truther petition stating that he believed that our own government took down the Twin Towers and not terrorists, the petition brought to light by Gateway Pundit. Of course, under an administration that refuses to even use the language because it may hurt the feelings of suicide bombers and be judged as “divisive,” one can see how Jones might not understand that the terrorists are actually our enemies.

The radical environmental czar (a one-time STORM participant, a Marxist organization) and admitted communist in the Obama administration was forced to resign, further tainting the judgement of the administration, who later admitted to not having vetted Jones well enough.

The disparity between the eerie silence from state media and the raucous exclamations from the blogosphere was expected but sad nonetheless.
9. OBAMA’S LACK OF SUCCESS
Don’t expect to see much media criticism – even if it’s objective and deserved – of our infant Messiah president. The media has a lot invested into him and they unofficially hung the last shred of their validity on his success. It’s not to say that conservatives don’t want a successful president; we define success differently than liberals. Conservatives want the United States to be successful in foreign relations, we want a thriving economy, success in maintaining individual liberty, all the good stuff of which America is made. Conservatives don’t want to see plans to nationalize and thereby socialize the private sector because the very irony of such economic strategy is that it hasn’t been successful in multitude of countries in which it’s been implemented.

Conservatives aren’t the only ones questioning Obama’s trajectory; he’s been sliding in the polls since springthe majority of Americans disapprove of his march on health care reform; yet the media downplays all of this because they’ve gambled it all on the success of this political neophyte who quit his job as a senator so he could hightail it to Washington. (What was that the left said about quitters?)

The media’s complicity in shoring up a failing president has given an excuse for the current congressional body to repeatedly ignore the will of the people. Blogs are the new penny press; corporate media is dead.

Happy New Year!

Posted by Big Governement
December 31, 2009
Leave a Comment

Democrats Officially Kill Successful DC Voucher Program

choice

This is big government at its finest hour. The Democrats have officially killed a successful private school voucher program banishing more than 3,300 low-income children back to the DC schools they so desperately wanted to escape. The Heartland Institute reports:

The leaders of D.C.’s school choice movement, Kevin P. Chavous (former D.C. Councilman) and Virginia Walden Ford (executive director of D.C. Parents for School Choice), today issued the following statement:

“House and Senate Appropriators this week ignored the wishes of D.C.’s mayor, D.C.’s public schools chancellor, a majority of D.C.’s city council, and more than 70 percent of D.C. residents and have mandated the slow death of the D.C. Opportunity Scholarship Program. This successful school voucher program—for D.C.’s poorest families—has allowed more than 3,300 children to attend the best schools they have ever known.

The decision to end the program, a decision buried in a thousand-page spending bill and announced right before the holidays, destroys the hopes and dreams of thousands of D.C. families. Parents and children have rallied countless times over the past year in support of reauthorization and in favor of strengthening the OSP.

Yet, despite the clearly positive results and the proven success of this program, Sen. Dick Durbin, Rep. Jose Serrano, Del. Eleanor Holmes Norton, and Secretary Arne Duncan worked together to kill the OSP. Funding the program only for existing children shrinks the program each year, compromises the federal evaluation of the program, denies entry to the siblings of existing participants, and punishes those children waiting in line by sentencing them to failing and often unsafe schools.

[emphasis mine]

The Democrats have effectively ended the voucher program. Obama only extended it into the 2009-2010 school year. He could have done more. He didn’t. Underpriveleged children–whom the Democrats oppress “protect” from the greed and injustices of the Right had a chance to gain the social justice and fairness Obama continuously touts in his speeches.

The Democrats have spent trillions of our tax dollars so carelessly with failed stimulus pork payouts, cash for clunkers, auto bailouts, bank bailouts, and additional Fannie and Freddie bailouts, you would think they could spare an extra $50 million over five years to continue to educate poor children–especially minority children.

For the record, it was the Republicans in 2004 who started the voucher program and Republican Senator John Ensign (R-NV) who introduced an amendment to the omnibus appropriations bill to extend the voucher program. Democrats voted down the amendment 50-39.

Ensign said in a statement:

“In drafting this bill, Democrats put their political agenda ahead of educating our children. As a result, students who chose to leave a failing school and attend a better, safer school will have to return to the school they decided to leave. This is such a tragic situation.”

I can only deduce that the product of the Democrats’ social justice mantra is to give the poor enough money to buy the basic necessities, including food and clothes, but not empower or provide them the means–starting with education–to become so much more than a welfare dependent or government volunteer.

Posted by Big Governement
December 30, 2009
Leave a Comment

Californians Prepare Initiative to Make Politics Voluntary, Even for Union Members

Government employee union officials have enjoyed a big advantage over their political competitors: the power to compel members to contribute funds to their causes.

102084-07.14.strike.YAN-02

Such political power has served as a massive force in favor of the unsustainable spending that has forced cities like Vallejo, California into bankruptcy with unrealistic salaries and pension benefits for their unionized employees.

Normally only a tiny fraction of Americans choose to donate to candidates or political causes. Yet many government employee unions enjoy the power to compel virtually all of their members into supporting the unions’ advocacy, regardless of how the individual worker feels about that agenda.

That’s one heck of an advantage on the political battlefield, but it comes at the price of forcing, for example, Republican union members to fund Democrat campaigns. Or, conversely, Democrats in Pennsylvania funding then-Republican Arlen Specter’s re-election.  It’s wrong, and abuse of the practice has led states like Utah and Idaho to ban the practice.

And California may too, if proponents of a new “paycheck protection” measure have their way.

Armed with a recent U.S. Supreme Court decision upholding Idaho’s Voluntary Contribution Act, California proponents of paycheck protection have begun circulating a ballot measure that if passed would get the state out of the business of collecting political cash for its government employee union officials.  Political participation would once again become voluntary for the state’s workers.

Officials in those unions that would rather not give their members the freedom to choose for themselves whether to fund the union’s political agenda will no doubt complain loudly.  Yet, proponents of reform have an advantage in that a majority of union members themselves have historically supported efforts to give them the power to decide for themselves whether to support political candidates or causes.

The California effort will need to overcome every conceivable obstacle that will be thrown in their path, including those which were used to defeat similar efforts in 1998 and 2005 with Propositions 226 and 75, respectively.

The latest measure enjoys strong support from the well organized tea party movement in California, which is backing the petitioning effort.  Substantial funding will be necessary to get the measure passed once it qualifies for the ballot: history shows the officials running many of the state’s public employee unions will say just about anything to persuade a voter to oppose this common sense reform.

The initiative is being called the “Citizen Power Initiative.”  More information and petitions are available here.

Posted by Big Governement
December 28, 2009
Leave a Comment

America Exports Socialist Ideas to Venezuela

Here’s a concept I never thought we’d be exporting: governments taking over markets to act as the “competition.” 

chavez

News is Venezuelan brute Hugo Chavez has created a “new chain of government-run, cut-rate retail stores that will sell everything from food to cars to clothing from places such as China, Argentina and Bolivia,” according to Breitbart.com:

Chavez said the Comerso chain of stores will include “a network of subsidiaries” that will sell new vehicles directly imported from China and Argentina, “without capitalist intermediaries.”

“We’re going to defeat speculation. Private individuals in sales can still sell, but they’ll have to compete with us and with a people who is now fully aware,” Chavez said.

Gee, where have I heard that before?  Oh yeah!  That kind of sounds like the talking points from the Democrats government-option proposal.

Consider what White House spokesman Robert Gibbs has said:

As he [the president] said to Congress and the nation in September, he supports the public option because it has the potential to play an essential role in holding insurance companies accountable through choice and competition.

 And Senate Finance Committee chairman Max Baucus:

I included a public option in the health reform blueprint I released nearly one year ago, and continue to support any provision, including a public option, that will ensure choice and competition and get the 60 votes needed to pass the Senate.

New York Sen. Chuck Schumer?

The public option has new life because as Americans have learned more about it, they have come to see it is the best way to reduce costs and increase competition in the health insurance industry.

A statement released by the Service Employees International Union said:

We must hold insurance companies accountable:
If the insurance companies win, we lose. Insurance companies must be held accountable with strong regulations and consumer protections, and we must be given the choice of a national public health insurance option available on day one.

Last but not least, Richard Kirsch, campaign manager for the ACORN/SEIU-led Healthcare for America Now:

We applaud Majority Leader Reid’s leadership in making sure the Senate bill includes a public health insurance option to lower costs and inject much-needed competition into the health insurance marketplace.

Chavez seems to be taking a page out of the Obama’s “How to Fundamentally Transform America” playbook.  If the government doesn’t like a particular aspect of the private sector, take it over, pledge “competition” and grind the free market into the dirt.  Congratulations President Obama, you’ve just discovered the new American export.

Posted by Big Governement
December 23, 2009
Leave a Comment

Worse Than Scrooge: Gladney’s Brother and Public Advocate Fired by St. Louis County Hours Before Christmas

As bad as Ebenezer Scrooge was, at least he didn’t fire Bob Cratchit right before Christmas.  I can’t say the same for the St. Louis Dept of Health.  Animal Control Officer, Keith Gladney was fired on December 23rd, less than 48 hours before Christmas Day.

Regular readers of Big Government will recognize the sur name of this unfortunate soul who finds himself unemployed just as the holidays are upon us.  Yes, Keith Gladney is the brother of Kenneth Gladney, the man who was assaulted by leaders of the St. Louis SEIU outside of Rep. Russ Carnahan’s Town Hall for Health Care on August 6, 2009.

scrooge

Considering the fact that government work seems to be the only growth industry in this economy Keith probably thought he was in a stable job, serving diligently for the Animal Control agency, a division of the St. Louis Dept. of Health.  And, considering he was just given a positive job performance rating as recently as October, it must have come as a heartbreaking shock to learn of this Dickensian turn of events just he was preparing for his Christmas.

So, what changed between September and today?  What could have been the reason for Mr. Gladney’s termination?

Could it be that Mr. Gladney was outspoken in his support for his brother?

That he called on the County Prosecuting Attorney to bring justice to his family for the assault that had been captured on video and detailed in a 23-page police report?

Is it a coincidence that the same Prosecuting Attorney that Keith called out in his statement is also one of the highest ranking officials in the government structure that Keith worked for?

Kenneth Gladney

Is it surprising to learn that the Department of Health (the department that oversees the operations of Keith’s agency) works very closely with SEIU Local 1 on County Health related issues and policies?

And why now?  Of all times?  If they really wanted to punish Keith for his statements in favor of his brother’s case, why wait until now?

Is it a coincidence that this happens hours after the Senate finally got Pres. Obama’s Health Care Scheme passed through the Senate cloture vote and on its way to final ratification?

Could it be that the power structure in the county was waiting for the cloture vote so as to act from a position of political safety with no potential negative repercussions?

These are questions many of us have been asking each other since we heard this sad and disturbing news.  Rest assured that Big Government is gathering much information regarding the stated reasons for Gladney’s termination and the facts involved with his job performance.  We plan to answer all of these questions in the coming days.

But, for now.  All that matters is that a man is suddenly out of work right before Christmas Day.  Please, now more than ever, keep the Gladney family in your prayers and let us all hope that 2010 shows them real justice and, dare I say… hope?

Posted by Big Governement
December 18, 2009
Leave a Comment

Teachers’ Unions Are Washington’s Fat Cats

We know how liberals, particularly those in the education establishment, like to say that Corporate America dictates public policy through campaign contributions.

nea great

A new report, prepared by the Center for Responsive Politics and the National Institute on Money in State Politics, does a good job of dispelling that myth.

As it turns out, the National Education Association was by far the nation’s biggest political contributor during the 2008 election cycle. The NEA dropped a cool $56.3 million on its list of favored liberal candidates at various levels of government, which was about $12 million more than the runner-up contributor spent.

The American Federation of Teachers was also busy writing contribution checks, to the tune of $13.8 million. And the two unions joined forces to contribute about $3.3 million to various campaigns in a handful of states.

What was that again? Our government has been bought and paid for by Corporate America?

The Education Intelligence Agency summed up the true situation this way: “America’s two teachers unions outspent AT & T, Goldman Sachs, Wal-Mart, Microsoft, General Electric, Chevron, Pfizer, Morgan Stanley, Lockheed Martin, FedEx, Boeing, Merrill Lynch, Exxon Mobil, Lehman Brothers and the Walt Disney Corporation combined.”

That’s ironic when you consider what the unions got in return for their huge investment. We’re certain they were excited on election night last November, with a Democrat headed to the White House, big Democratic majorities taking over Congress, and Democrats controlling statehouses across the nation.

But alas, Democratic officeholders at every level have turned on the unions, despite their generous campaign gifts. The President is demanding Republican-style education reforms through his “Race to the Top” initiative, and state officials across the map are scrambling to cooperate and quality for federal money.

So I guess we can’t say that the teachers unions are dictating public policy with huge campaign expenditures. They certainly tried, but their pet politicians ate up all the treats, then turned around a bit their masters.

Posted by Big Governement
December 17, 2009
Leave a Comment

Obamanomics: An Advanced Course in Big Government in the Age of Obama

Politicians, pundits, and citizens have long bemoaned the power that “special interests” wield in Washington, D.C. and state capitals across the nation. The pharmaceutical, energy, and defense industries and everyone in between employ armies of lobbyists to educate elected officials on their respective industry interests and to persuade them to protect said interests.  Other groups represent the concerns of a body of constituents, such as general taxpayer, second amendment, or pro-life groups.

ObamanomicsCover

Despite the soiling of the term “lobbyist,” particularly following the fall of Jack Abramoff, these activities are protected under the First Amendment – and rightfully so.  If it weren’t for second amendment groups, Chicago, where I currently dwell, would not have a powerful coalition challenging the city’s irrational, unconstitutional handgun ban in the Supreme Court. The majority of Americans own stock – stock in corporations.  In today’s legislative environment, corporations would do a disservice to their shareholders not to go to bat for their interests in the Beltway ball game.

It is the existence of this game, and the fact that it is necessary, that frustrates many Americans. The ability of legislators and bureaucrats to change the rules of the game as it is played breeds a cutthroat culture of cloakroom deals.  Too often this doesn’t merely ensure fair treatment of certain interests, it secures beneficial legislative loopholes for the interest with the best lobbyists and unfair treatment for their competitors.  More often than not, this is done to the detriment of small business owners, taxpayers, and consumers alike.

Tim Carney is the lobbying editor of The Washington Examiner and author of the new book Obamanomics. His investigative reporting on the pages of the Examiner regularly digs below the surface of well-known stories like the cash for clunkers boondoggle to reveal the Beltway shenanigans that enables and produces such common-sense defying policies.  In the case of cash for clunkers, Senator Chuck Schumer of New York pushed relentlessly for an increased handout for the middle class car subsidy program.  As Carney reported, it just so happens that Schumer’s state is home to a large steel company that would benefit tremendously from an influx in the cheap scrap metal that the clunkers program was sure to create.  This is a typical example of corporatism, or the profitable nexus of Big Business and Big Government.

Obamanomics reads like an encyclopedia of corporatism in the age of Obama.  As Carney shows, the game’s popularity has increased exponentially under the administration that promised to be the most transparent in history – and cash for clunkers is just one example.  Obama has stacked his administration with industry insiders, political operatives, and former lobbyists – all pros in the game of corporatism.

Take Obama’s choice for Chief of Staff, Rahm Emanuel.  Writes Carney, “If a Hollywood screenwriter were to invent the prototypical ruthless political operative, he would create Rahm Emanuel – and the producers would probably reject the character as over-the-top.” Carney cites a 2003 Chicago Tribune article describing Emanuel as “A portrait of the often murky, below-the-surface intersection of money and politics.” As Carney puts it “The Obama-Emanuel White House has governed by standing at this intersection, collecting tolls, and paying out favors – and it’s building more entrance ramps into this intersection and multiplying its own power, all of which yields rewards for the most connected businesses.”

Thoroughly researched with Carney’s typical muckraking fervor, Obamanomics shows that these behind-the-scenes alliances are often between players one would not expect to cooperate.  In fact, allegiances are often the exact opposite of what politicians say and the media reports. Republicans are typically maligned as the heartless party of Big Business while Democrats couch themselves as looking out for the little guy (their justification for the constant expansion of Big Government). More often than not, however, Big Business finds itself cozying up with Big Government with Democrats at the reigns.  This relationship often leaves the taxpayer out in the cold.

Take the health care debate. Those on the Left, including President Obama, have cited insurance and pharmaceutical companies time and time again as the main opponents of health care reform.  Keith Olbermann asserted, “the insurance lobby owns the Republican Party.”  As Carney reveals, it is Democrats, not Republicans, that have raked in the most dough from these corporate interests: “In the 2008 election cycle, employees and executives at HMOs gave $5.7 million to Republicans, but $8.6 million to Democrats.”  In the nursing home and hospital sector, Obama brought in over $3 million, “more than four times what McCain brought in and 50 percent more than what George W. Bush raised from these companies in both his elections combined.”

What’s more, the leaders of these industry groups have enjoyed unprecedented access to the Obama White House.  Insurance and pharmaceutical lobbyists have met numerous times in the West Wing with the Obama administration. As Carney notes, these discussions were closed-door meetings, not on CSPAN as Obama promised on the campaign trail. Interestingly, the administration attempted suppressing Freedom of Information Act requests as to the attendees at said meetings.  Many journalists have written such discussions off as the industries merely wanting “a seat at the table.”  Both pharmaceutical and insurance companies stand to reap significant profits under ObamaCare.  For example, an individual mandate, a likely component of health insurance “reform,” would increase their respective customer bases significantly. As Carney puts it, these industries don’t just have a seat at the table – many of them have found themselves to be the guests of honor.

The media often writes-off these examples of collusion as “peculiar alliances.” Yet examples abound in today’s prominent policy battles.  The Big Government Left constantly demonizes Big Business on television, only to turn around and buddy up with them at fundraisers and over closed-door legislative drafting sessions.  Carney covers the gambit from energy companies lobbying for cap and trade to the bailouts of labor unions and Wall Street fat cats in the name of “saving main street.”

What’s a concerned citizen to do? Writes Carney, “The appropriate response to Obamanomics is a consistent rejection of government as a solution to our problems.  But it is also a clear-throated attack on the misdeeds of Big Business…frankly, Big Business is not the friend of limited government and low taxes.”

As Carney states, “it’s time to grab the pitchforks.” Consider arming the tea partier on your shopping list this holiday season with a copy of Obamanomics.  Carney names the special interest moochers and their political enablers and offers some great insight into reforming the system that they prop up to benefit from the labor of hard-working Americans. In the age of Obama, it’s a must-read.

Posted by Big Governement
December 17, 2009
Leave a Comment

ACORN, the Working Families Party and Political Corruption: Part 3, Who’s Paying the Rent?

[Ed: This excerpt is Part 3 from a series originally reported by City Hall. Part I can be seen here, Part II can be seen here. Lead reporter on the investigative series was Edward-Isaac Dovere.]

The Working Families Party has irregularly reported rent payments over the years on its state campaign finance disclosures, leading some to question whether the Party has been getting what could be considered large in-kind contributions in the form of office space.

661ACORNArtOffice

Also among the recipients of rent payments was an entity called NYOSCI, listed on multiple documents as having an address in New Orleans identical to one used by many ACORN entities on incorporation documents.

NYOSCI has been the recipient of most of the Party’s recent rent payments, though some have also been made to Community Labor Administrative Services, a group also reporting the 2-4 Nevins Street address on records with the State Board of Elections.

Rent does not seem to be Community Labor Administrative’s main purpose: not only has the entity received funding from SEIU and the Amalgamated Transit Union Fund for New York, but the company consulted for the 2005 Council campaigns of Jessica Lappin and Dan Garodnick, the 2003 Council campaign of Robert Jackson, the 2001 Council campaigns of Hiram Monserrate and James Sanders, the 2001 comptroller campaign of Bill Thompson and the 2001 mayoral campaign of Mark Green.

Listed services include field and GOTV, printing, office expenses, IT support, phone banking, database purchase and voter files. Oscar Owens, the Working Families Party database consultant, provided the database construction and maintenance for Community Labor Administrative, according to interviews.

While the database software is remembered as quite good, no campaign is listed as having paid the Community Labor Administrative for it after 2005.

Read the whole article here.

Posted by Big Governement
December 17, 2009
Leave a Comment

Health Reform Radicals Are Driving Congressional Democrats Off a Cliff

The socialist wing of the Democratic Party must have thought the brass ring was within its grasp when Barack Obama was elected president, a larger Democratic majority was returned to the House and a filibuster-proof majority was secured in the Senate.

Lemmings p.50

But with the exception of massive new spending, little, if anything, has been delivered to satisfy the liberal base of the party.  Health care reform is a perfect example.  When the political stars began to align, leftists began moving swiftly to enact their agenda.  After all, a government takeover of health care has long been the ultimate goal for the socialist base of the party.

Despite polls that show solid majorities of Americans opposed to ObamaCare, Congressional Democrats trudge ahead.  Common sense would say they should pull the plug, in order to appease voters.

But special interest groups, such as the Service Employees International Union, have sent members of Congress out to battle and ordered them not to return without victory scalps.  Consider what SEIU president Andy Stern wrote in the November 10th Washington Post:

They will be judged for what they deliver. If at the end of the day Americans can’t afford health care or if the standard of care declines, every single Democratic senator will pay the price.

And Robert Creamer, arguably the architect of the political campaign to obtain socialized medicine, made a similar statement on a talk radio show March 18, 2008:

We need a national movement that says to these members of Congress, if they don’t deliver what we want, you’re not going back.

That national movement already exists, in the form of Healthcare for America Now, which is led by ACORN and SEIU. It’s been putting enormous pressure on Congress to support Obamacare,  complete with a robust “public option” and nothing less.

But perhaps another statement by Stern in his Post column truly sums up the situation:

Our elected leaders will be held accountable for the choices that they make.

He is exactly right. The problem is, Democrats in Congress and the White House are beholden to SEIU and other entrenched interest groups that put them in power in the first place. That leaves them dangerously out of step with the majority of American voters.

So Democrats are marching off the cliff for the benefit of Andy Stern and the socialist wing of the Democratic Party.

At some point along the way, Democrats in Congress and the White House must have come to the conclusion that they are likely going to get butchered in next year’s mid-term election.  Author and political analyst Dick Morris has already predicted that Republicans will re-take both the House and the Senate.  Like a criminal on the verge of his third strike, Democrats are acting as though they have nothing to lose.

They bow to Andy Stern, SEIU and the Democratic fringe at their own peril.

Posted by Big Governement
December 16, 2009
Leave a Comment

ACORN, the Working Families Party and Political Corruption: Part 2, Who’s Doing All the Lobbying?

[Ed: This excerpt is the second in a series of articles originally reported at City Hall. Go here for Part I in the series. Lead reporter on City Hall investigation was Edward-Isasc Dovere.]

The Working Families Organization, a tax-exempt 501(c)4, was legally created with a certificate of incorporation filed with the New York Department of State on July 12, 2006. Despite the similarities in the names, this paperwork established the Working Families Organization as a legally separate entity.

661ACORNArtOffice

That certificate lists four initial directors, starting with now-White House political director Patrick Gaspard, who was then a board member of the Working Families Party. The other three were ACORN chief organizer Bertha Lewis, Robert Master of the Communications Workers of America and Sam Williams of the United Auto Workers. These three also were and remain the three co-chairs of the Working Families Party.

Kevin Finnegan, who is now the political director for the 1199 Service Employees International Union, but who was then an attorney at Levy Ratner PC, signed the document as the incorporator. Finnegan is also the notary on the official Party rules filed with the Board of Elections and the lawyer who set up Data and Field Services.

The incorporation forms and other documents, like the Organization’s paperwork filed with the IRS, must be made public as a condition of its tax-exempt status. However, the process takes years, meaning that the most recent forms that are completed and available are from 2007.

WFO Certificate of Incorporation

WFO Certificate of Incorporation

Donations began arriving quickly, as can be seen on a “Donations By Deposit” form filed with the New York attorney general’s office. Several went far past the $94,200 annual cap for individual and union donations to which the Party is subject under state campaign finance laws.

Among them was a $150,000 check from George Soros, though the majority of the money came from union donations, including $100,00 from the labor conglomerate UNITE HERE, $190,000 combined from two 1199 Service Employees International Union affiliates and $108,000 combined from three Communications Workers of America affiliates. At the time, Gaspard was the local 1199 Service Employees International Union political director. Master was and still is the local Communications Workers of America legislative and political director.

Meanwhile, in May 2006, Dan Cantor filed paperwork with the New York State Commission on Public Integrity as the Working Families Organization’s executive director authorizing lobbyists to focus on “health care, wage and labor issues.” This was two months before the Organization was incorporated.

Cantor also serves as the executive director of the Party and one of its two “non-voting assistant secretaries” on the rules filed with the state Board of Elections.

WFO 2006 Lobbying Letter

WFO 2006 Lobbying Letter

Cantor authorized four other people to lobby on behalf of the Organization, including Party deputy director Bill Lipton. Neither Cantor, Lipton, nor any of the others are listed as Organization employees on the tax returns. (The tax returns for 2006 and 2007—the most recent available—list no employees.)

For 2007, the Organization lists a total of roughly $21,000 in compensation and an additional unspecified $200 in expenses on state lobbying forms. New York City lobbying records for 2007 reveal a separate Organization lobbying expense, with the records listing the “targets” as Mayor Michael Bloomberg and Schools Chancellor Joel Klein, and the subject of the WFO lobbying listed as “decision making process.”

Bloomberg administration press secretary Stu Loeser said he believed that this was in relation to Department of Education restructuring, but he said he could not point to any specific meetings or contact between Organization staff and the administration.

State records show that the Organization’s 2008 lobbying charges rose to more than $1 million in reported spending to lobby “affordable housing, campaign finance reform, green jobs, clean energy, IDA reform, paid family leave and property tax relief.” This put it as No. 8 on the State Commission on Public Integrity’s list of Clients and Public Corporations Ranked by Total Lobbying Expenses, just behind Goldman Sachs, outpacing the Organization by only about $7,000.

The New York City lobbying database also shows Organization activity throughout 2008, with records listing just Bloomberg as a target. For the work, which is listed as having taken place over the course of the whole year, the lobbyists are listed as receiving a total of $14,000 in compensation for a subject described simply as “resolution.”

Loeser confirmed that there had been some conversations between Working Families employees and senior and legislative staff about the administration’s environmental agenda, but said he believed the lobbying charges in the later periods of the year were related to the term limits extension, which the Party actively opposed.

The Organization records, do not, however, list any Working Families Organization lobbying of the City Council. This is despite the city administrative code that requires disclosures of all efforts costing more than $2,000 aimed at “any attempt to influence … the passage or defeat of any local law or resolution.” Nonetheless, many Council members saw targeted mailings and phone calls come from the Party opposing the extension or had conversations with Cantor about the extension which also included talk of 2009 Working Families Party endorsements. The effort also included two television advertisements—all part of the “It’s Our Decision” effort, (the website now redirects to the Party’s). Though the 60-second spot did not include a notice of who paid for it, the 30-second spot did: the Working Families Party, not the Working Families Organization.

However, Working Families Party state campaign finance records list no payments for television commercials at that time.

The Working Families portrayed what they were doing as a “grassroots campaign” of community organizing. But that was not how the Council members involved appear to have understood what was happening. And according to them, they were not even aware of the existence of the Working Families Organization at all.

“The WFO? Never heard of it ‘til you asked,” said Queens Council Member Peter Vallone Jr., who was for weeks undecided about his vote on the term limits extension. “My only dealings with the WFP were during the term limits debate. They were outside my office constantly, and illegally placed giant posters on my street with some message about calling me up. I may be going out on a limb here, but that sounds like lobbying a Council member to me.”

Read the whole article here.

Posted by Big Governement
December 15, 2009
Leave a Comment

ACORN, the Working Families Party and Political Corruption, Part I

[Ed Note: Recently, City Hall in New York published an amazing multi-part investigative piece on possible corruption, illegal activities and general shadiness within the multi-pronged Working Families Party in New York. For those of you searching for examples of what investigative journalism used to be like, this series is a good place to start. Under the direction of lead reporter Edward-Isaac Dovere, the series explored the tangled web the Party in New York. Big Government readers will note that one of the co-chairs of the Party is Working Families Party is Bertha Lewis, CEO of ACORN. So, for those keeping score at home, this is the second organization headed by Lewis is that marked by opaque and confusing interrelationships and ethically-challenged legal boundaries. Hmm, what are the odds? Today begins Part I]

New York WFP site_1

In August, City Hall published an investigative report explaining the operations of the Working Families Party’s for-profit company, Data & Field Services. In early September, after conducting its own review, the New York City Campaign Finance Board officially declared that “DFS exists as an arm of the Working Families Party.” Over the last three months, City Hall has continued the investigation, relying on dozens of interviews with people within and outside the organization, in addition to a review of tax, lobbying and campaign finance records, as well as confidential internal documents.

Following weeks of in-depth inquiries from City Hall, the Working Families Party announced on Nov. 6 that it was hiring the law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom to conduct a review of its practices, with the effort to be led by Judith Kaye, the former chief judge of the New York Court of Appeals.

“It has always been our intent to engage in a thorough post-election analysis of our structure,” read an open memo from the Party’s executive director, Dan Cantor, and two of the co-chairs of the executive committee which contained several paragraphs previously provided in answers to City Hall inquiries. “Now that Election Day is behind us, the firm will begin that review and recommend any necessary changes, improvements or modifications that Judge Kaye and her colleagues believe necessary to ensure maximum transparency and continued adherence to the highest legal and ethical standards.”

What follows are the findings of City Hall’s investigation into what few seem to realize: the political party and Data & Field Services are not the only two arms of the Working Families. There are, in fact, four arms: a political party, a for-profit and two different kinds of non-profits, each of which is separate and distinct under the law.

This five-part examination by City Hall into the Working Families Party’s accounting methods and finances has shown that together through these four arms, the Working Families has the benefits of a political party (legitimacy in voters’ minds, ballot line), a non-profit (tax-exemptions, uncapped donation limits and tax deductions) and a for-profit (no disclosure requirements, ability to collect fees backed by taxpayer-supported matching funds from candidates).

Over the last decade, the Working Families Party has become a dominating force in New York politics by using the state’s fusion voting law (one of only a few in the nation) to give candidates a second line to run on and, more importantly, by throwing its weight behind candidates in Democratic primaries all over the state at a time when the state Democratic Party has been suffering.

And never was the Party stronger than in this year’s elections: come inauguration day on Jan. 1, New York City will have a public advocate, city comptroller and almost a fifth of the City Council who owe their seats and their control over city finances and legislation in large part to its efforts.

This has led to a new reality in New York politics: winning the support of the Working Families Party is now arguably the most important step to getting elected, because it has become the key to winning Democratic primaries. The Party offers what many fans call the “progressive Good Housekeeping seal of approval,” a certification in the minds of voters that they are the stand-out candidates, good people who are out to do good.

But in interviews with dozens of politicians, political operatives and seasoned observers of New York politics (most of them Democrats whose political views align largely with the Working Families’), about what has been discovered over the past three months—by way of the City Hall stories, the Campaign Finance Board ruling and the recent lawsuit against Data & Field Services—City Hall has found concerns raised about the Working Families. And, they say, after being presented with the information on tax, lobbying and campaign finance records that were part of this investigation, more concerns were raised.

While standing for ethics in government and campaign finance reform, Working Families has non-profits groups and a for-profit entity that lack donation caps, disclosure requirements (in terms of frequency and detail) and other regulations that political parties face. Leading politicians, political operatives and other experts complain that Party-supported candidates are as a result given an unfair advantage over their rivals. These people, who asked not to be identified for fear of alienating the increasingly powerful party and who were wary of speaking on the record about legal issues, believe that what they know of the novel Working Families way of doing business contradicts the reforms the Party and its candidates tend to support.

City Hall has also obtained the organizational rules, a confidential explanatory memo and other materials about the internal Working Families voting process which detail a system of weighting votes based on money for endorsements and nominations. These indicate that the more money a union contributes to the legally separate, non-profit (the Working Families Organization), the more votes the union gets in the Working Families Organization’s New York City Coordinating Council—which multiple interviews, emails from a top party staffer and the Working Families Party’s own press releases identify as the decision making body for the Working Families Party in deciding which candidates to back.

Founded in 1998 by activists and union leaders eager to give labor and left-wing politics a greater voice, the Working Families Party has long advocated for the kind of agenda liberal New Yorkers tend to support: responsible development, worker protections, greening the economy and tax laws that hit the wealthy more than the middle class. Aiming to pull the Democratic Party away from the center, the Party has developed into a political home for many who believe in bettering society and a new kind of politics. Its support has become so desirable that candidates are willing to fill out extensive questionnaires which ask for their stances on nearly every issue, request that the Party gets consultation power on all local development deals and that campaigns pay for mailers promoting the Party.

Then there is the Working Families Organization, founded in 2006 by the top leadership of the Working Families Party. A non-profit with a 501(c)4 designation that gives it tax exemptions usually reserved for social welfare groups, the Working Families Organization is also the lobbyist with the eighth-highest ranking of expenditures last year in the state—and the only one of those that can offer an increasingly powerful ballot line as an incentive for promoting its agenda on specific issues.

Then there is Data & Field Services, the political consulting company founded in 2007 by the Working Families Party. With the results of the 2009 elections, Data & Field Services has one of the best win records in New York among local political consulting companies and, aside from the consulting companies contracted by the Bloomberg campaign, it was also one of the highest billing. The company sells its canvassing, polling, database, voter file and get-out-the-vote services only to the Working Families Party and its favored candidates.

Then there is the Progressive America Fund, a non-profit that has 501(c)3 tax-exempt designation that bars it from any partisan or overtly political activity. The Fund predates the other Working Families entities. One of the Fund’s two main arms is the Center for Working Families, a think tank. The Center provides many of the position papers that are given to candidates looking to get the Working Families Party endorsements. These are also the policy papers which form the foundation of the Working Families Organization’s lobbying efforts. The other main Progressive America Fund project is the National Open Ballot Project, which is geared toward supporting efforts to get cross-endorsement fusion voting legalized elsewhere across the country, and has helped foster nascent Working Families parties in up to 10 other states.

WFP chart

According to tax, campaign finance and other records, all four arms have been based in one office on the third floor of 2-4 Nevins Street in Brooklyn. The three co-chairs of the Working Families Party—Bob Master, Sam Williams and Bertha Lewis—were, along with now-White House political director Patrick Gaspard (a founding board member of the Party), the initial directors of the Working Families Organization, and their ongoing positions give them control over Data & Field Services. They were also, as of 2005, the respective president, secretary and treasurer of the Progressive America Fund. Dan Cantor, the executive director of the Party and of the Organization, oversees Data & Field Services, and is a former board member of the Progressive America Fund. According to records, they are not alone: nearly every person listed as an employee of one of these entities is also listed as an employee of at least one of the others. People who have visited the offices say they see no clear distinctions between desks, resources, staff and leadership.

When asked about this structure, the Working Families Party denies that there is anything wrong with what it is doing, or that its operations are at all unusual.

“It is extremely common that different organizations organized pursuant to different sets of laws co-exist—often in the same space with overlapping staff working closely together in advancing their various missions,” said Party spokesman Dan Levitan.

Among those entities Levitan cited as a prime example of similar overlaps are the environmental groups under the umbrella of the Sierra Club classified as 501 (c)3, 501 (c)4, Political Action Committee and for-profit. But the Sierra Club cannot give anyone a spot on the ballot, as the Working Families Party can. This is what makes the Working Families different from all the other examples Levitan and other Working Families staff presented, which include NARAL and the Brennan Center.

Tax, election law and campaign finance experts in New York, Albany and Washington, though, say the finances and personnel of the Working Families family appear so intertwined as to raise questions about this structure.

Allen Bromberger, a New York City attorney at Perlman Perlman who has spent 20 years specializing in “hybrid” legal structures that incorporate non-profits with other entities, was struck by the details of the Working Families structure.

“I’ve never seen this kind of a set-up before,” he said.

“In order to pass muster at IRS, as far as I’m concerned, all the accounting and the bookkeeping and the allocation of costs would have to be done in a very diligent manner. Even then I think it could still be problematic,” he added. “It may be okay—they may have designed it carefully and put enough safeguards in place—but the primary purpose of the 501(c)4 cannot be to engage in political activities. So if they’re not able to show some substantial non-political activity by the 501(c)4, I think they’ve got a pretty significant problem.”

City Hall’s entire Part I of the series can be read here.

Posted by Big Governement
December 14, 2009
Leave a Comment

Unions Out for Blood at the Red Cross – Time for a Hostage Negotiator?

As one Change to Win labor union blocks a Red Cross blood delivery today, what will a health care system taken hostage by labor unions look like tomorrow?

As Change to Win’s Anna Burger is leading her coalition of unions to lobby all around the country “until every man, woman and child has quality, affordable care they can count on,” one of her unions is busy blocking the delivery of a Red Cross blood donation to a hospital and picketing private companies’ blood drives.

redcross-teamsters

The Red Cross, which has union workers in various locations who are covered both by the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and SEIU, says union leaders are trying to disrupt the Red Cross Blood Services operations by going on strike.

That’s right.  At a time of year when blood donations are at their lowest levels and are the most urgently needed, the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, SEIU’s sister union and member of Burger’s Change to Win labor coalition, took advantage of the opportunity to go on strike on December 4th against the American Red Cross Blood Services Penn-Jersey Region.  Local 929  initiated the strike at midnight just as their contract expired.  Hours later, the Red Cross was forced to take legal action when some strikers illegally blocked one blood delivery in particular

“the Red Cross says it had to inform union members that a two-year-old child’s life depended on our blood delivery before they would allow a Red Cross vehicle to exit the yard to get the necessary blood products to the hospital.”

In the Penn-Jersey region alone, the Red Cross provides blood to over 100 hospitals. This incident forced the Red Cross to seek a court injunction against the union, which it won from the court later the same day.

The Red Cross says it is currently in negotiations with union leaders over a pay raise for union workers who package and deliver blood to hospitals, provide assistance at blood drives and help maintain their facility.  While the agency struggles during this economic slump, it has been forced to temporarily suspend merit raises for its non-union staff, as are so many other businesses and non-profit organizations.  This has become the primary sticking point in negotiations with the union, which will not agree to the freeze.

“We are simply asking union employees to make the same sacrifices that their non-union colleagues have already made,” said Anthony Tornetta, Communications Manager for the Red Cross Penn-Jersey Blood Region. “Their refusal to do so remains a significant issue in these negotiations.”

The Teamsters have insisted that the issue is one of working conditions and pay, charging the Red Cross engages in unfair labor practices that endanger the safety of the workers and the blood products they deliver.  Union leaders accuse the Red Cross of caring more about boosting profits than worker safety, complaining of consecutive workdays without a day off in between. However, the Red Cross maintains that the negotiation issue is one of pay and not safety, indicating that there have been no unfair labor practice complaints filed by the local Teamsters union regarding these negotiations.  The union is also demanding a pay increase while non-union workers are under a wage freeze until June 30, 2010.  Outside the negotiating table, picketers are telling passersby and media that the working conditions are causing safety issues for donors and staff. But as the Red Cross indicated, the union’s behavior is in stark contrast with this claim, pointing out that blocking critical blood deliveries has potentially endangered patient safety, a concern with which the court has agreed.

While the average American will agree that workers at any organization, including the Red Cross, should be treated fairly and labor practices should keep them and the products they deliver safe, what’s been called into question by the general public is the contrast with non-union workers’ concessions, the very ill timing of the strike, and the tactics being employed.  Citizens are questioning the sincerity and broader motives of the executive union leaders at the very top.

Not only was picketing not limited to Philadelphia, it wasn’t even limited to the Red Cross. The Teamsters took their fight over to other unrelated private businesses conducting their own blood drives. Unbeknownst to the employees at Mannington Mills in South Jersey, striking Teamsters caught wind of their planned blood drive in advance and showed up to picket along the route to their company.  According to the Today’s Sunbeam paper, Mannington Spokeswoman Betsy Amoroso said the blood drive went on as scheduled with many Mannington employees taking part, adding that employees realize the importance of donating blood this time of year when supplies tend to traditionally be lower because of the holidays.

Here’s why this story is an important piece of a larger picture. Consider for a moment the following:

When we have a union disgruntled over a pay freeze that has resorted to blocking a blood donation delivery, on its way to save the life of a 2-year old child, from reaching a hospital, we have a problem.  When we have unions that control the majority of health care, home care, nursing home care, child care, pharmacy, radiology, and public workers in this country, we will have a catastrophe.

I predict hostage negotiation may become next year’s new hot job. Let’s hope it’s not unionized.

Posted by Big Governement
December 14, 2009
Leave a Comment

Unions Out for Blood at the Red Cross – Time for a Hostage Negotiator?

As one Change to Win labor union blocks a Red Cross blood delivery today, what will a health care system taken hostage by labor unions look like tomorrow?

As Change to Win’s Anna Burger is leading her coalition of unions to lobby all around the country “until every man, woman and child has quality, affordable care they can count on,” one of her unions is busy blocking the delivery of a Red Cross blood donation to a hospital and picketing private companies’ blood drives.

redcross-teamsters

The Red Cross, which has union workers in various locations who are covered both by the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and SEIU, says union leaders are trying to disrupt the Red Cross Blood Services operations by going on strike.

That’s right.  At a time of year when blood donations are at their lowest levels and are the most urgently needed, the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, SEIU’s sister union and member of Burger’s Change to Win labor coalition, took advantage of the opportunity to go on strike on December 4th against the American Red Cross Blood Services Penn-Jersey Region.  Local 929  initiated the strike at midnight just as their contract expired.  Hours later, the Red Cross was forced to take legal action when some strikers illegally blocked one blood delivery in particular

“the Red Cross says it had to inform union members that a two-year-old child’s life depended on our blood delivery before they would allow a Red Cross vehicle to exit the yard to get the necessary blood products to the hospital.”

In the Penn-Jersey region alone, the Red Cross provides blood to over 100 hospitals. This incident forced the Red Cross to seek a court injunction against the union, which it won from the court later the same day.

The Red Cross says it is currently in negotiations with union leaders over a pay raise for union workers who package and deliver blood to hospitals, provide assistance at blood drives and help maintain their facility.  While the agency struggles during this economic slump, it has been forced to temporarily suspend merit raises for its non-union staff, as are so many other businesses and non-profit organizations.  This has become the primary sticking point in negotiations with the union, which will not agree to the freeze.

“We are simply asking union employees to make the same sacrifices that their non-union colleagues have already made,” said Anthony Tornetta, Communications Manager for the Red Cross Penn-Jersey Blood Region. “Their refusal to do so remains a significant issue in these negotiations.”

The Teamsters have insisted that the issue is one of working conditions and pay, charging the Red Cross engages in unfair labor practices that endanger the safety of the workers and the blood products they deliver.  Union leaders accuse the Red Cross of caring more about boosting profits than worker safety, complaining of consecutive workdays without a day off in between. However, the Red Cross maintains that the negotiation issue is one of pay and not safety, indicating that there have been no unfair labor practice complaints filed by the local Teamsters union regarding these negotiations.  The union is also demanding a pay increase while non-union workers are under a wage freeze until June 30, 2010.  Outside the negotiating table, picketers are telling passersby and media that the working conditions are causing safety issues for donors and staff. But as the Red Cross indicated, the union’s behavior is in stark contrast with this claim, pointing out that blocking critical blood deliveries has potentially endangered patient safety, a concern with which the court has agreed.

While the average American will agree that workers at any organization, including the Red Cross, should be treated fairly and labor practices should keep them and the products they deliver safe, what’s been called into question by the general public is the contrast with non-union workers’ concessions, the very ill timing of the strike, and the tactics being employed.  Citizens are questioning the sincerity and broader motives of the executive union leaders at the very top.

Not only was picketing not limited to Philadelphia, it wasn’t even limited to the Red Cross. The Teamsters took their fight over to other unrelated private businesses conducting their own blood drives. Unbeknownst to the employees at Mannington Mills in South Jersey, striking Teamsters caught wind of their planned blood drive in advance and showed up to picket along the route to their company.  According to the Today’s Sunbeam paper, Mannington Spokeswoman Betsy Amoroso said the blood drive went on as scheduled with many Mannington employees taking part, adding that employees realize the importance of donating blood this time of year when supplies tend to traditionally be lower because of the holidays.

Here’s why this story is an important piece of a larger picture. Consider for a moment the following:

When we have a union disgruntled over a pay freeze that has resorted to blocking a blood donation delivery, on its way to save the life of a 2-year old child, from reaching a hospital, we have a problem.  When we have unions that control the majority of health care, home care, nursing home care, child care, pharmacy, radiology, and public workers in this country, we will have a catastrophe.

I predict hostage negotiation may become next year’s new hot job. Let’s hope it’s not unionized.

Posted by Big Governement
December 14, 2009
Leave a Comment

Unions Out for Blood at the Red Cross – Time for a Hostage Negotiator?

As one Change to Win labor union blocks a Red Cross blood delivery today, what will a health care system taken hostage by labor unions look like tomorrow?

As Change to Win’s Anna Burger is leading her coalition of unions to lobby all around the country “until every man, woman and child has quality, affordable care they can count on,” one of her unions is busy blocking the delivery of a Red Cross blood donation to a hospital and picketing private companies’ blood drives.

redcross-teamsters

The Red Cross, which has union workers in various locations who are covered both by the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and SEIU, says union leaders are trying to disrupt the Red Cross Blood Services operations by going on strike.

That’s right.  At a time of year when blood donations are at their lowest levels and are the most urgently needed, the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, SEIU’s sister union and member of Burger’s Change to Win labor coalition, took advantage of the opportunity to go on strike on December 4th against the American Red Cross Blood Services Penn-Jersey Region.  Local 929  initiated the strike at midnight just as their contract expired.  Hours later, the Red Cross was forced to take legal action when some strikers illegally blocked one blood delivery in particular

“the Red Cross says it had to inform union members that a two-year-old child’s life depended on our blood delivery before they would allow a Red Cross vehicle to exit the yard to get the necessary blood products to the hospital.”

In the Penn-Jersey region alone, the Red Cross provides blood to over 100 hospitals. This incident forced the Red Cross to seek a court injunction against the union, which it won from the court later the same day.

The Red Cross says it is currently in negotiations with union leaders over a pay raise for union workers who package and deliver blood to hospitals, provide assistance at blood drives and help maintain their facility.  While the agency struggles during this economic slump, it has been forced to temporarily suspend merit raises for its non-union staff, as are so many other businesses and non-profit organizations.  This has become the primary sticking point in negotiations with the union, which will not agree to the freeze.

“We are simply asking union employees to make the same sacrifices that their non-union colleagues have already made,” said Anthony Tornetta, Communications Manager for the Red Cross Penn-Jersey Blood Region. “Their refusal to do so remains a significant issue in these negotiations.”

The Teamsters have insisted that the issue is one of working conditions and pay, charging the Red Cross engages in unfair labor practices that endanger the safety of the workers and the blood products they deliver.  Union leaders accuse the Red Cross of caring more about boosting profits than worker safety, complaining of consecutive workdays without a day off in between. However, the Red Cross maintains that the negotiation issue is one of pay and not safety, indicating that there have been no unfair labor practice complaints filed by the local Teamsters union regarding these negotiations.  The union is also demanding a pay increase while non-union workers are under a wage freeze until June 30, 2010.  Outside the negotiating table, picketers are telling passersby and media that the working conditions are causing safety issues for donors and staff. But as the Red Cross indicated, the union’s behavior is in stark contrast with this claim, pointing out that blocking critical blood deliveries has potentially endangered patient safety, a concern with which the court has agreed.

While the average American will agree that workers at any organization, including the Red Cross, should be treated fairly and labor practices should keep them and the products they deliver safe, what’s been called into question by the general public is the contrast with non-union workers’ concessions, the very ill timing of the strike, and the tactics being employed.  Citizens are questioning the sincerity and broader motives of the executive union leaders at the very top.

Not only was picketing not limited to Philadelphia, it wasn’t even limited to the Red Cross. The Teamsters took their fight over to other unrelated private businesses conducting their own blood drives. Unbeknownst to the employees at Mannington Mills in South Jersey, striking Teamsters caught wind of their planned blood drive in advance and showed up to picket along the route to their company.  According to the Today’s Sunbeam paper, Mannington Spokeswoman Betsy Amoroso said the blood drive went on as scheduled with many Mannington employees taking part, adding that employees realize the importance of donating blood this time of year when supplies tend to traditionally be lower because of the holidays.

Here’s why this story is an important piece of a larger picture. Consider for a moment the following:

When we have a union disgruntled over a pay freeze that has resorted to blocking a blood donation delivery, on its way to save the life of a 2-year old child, from reaching a hospital, we have a problem.  When we have unions that control the majority of health care, home care, nursing home care, child care, pharmacy, radiology, and public workers in this country, we will have a catastrophe.

I predict hostage negotiation may become next year’s new hot job. Let’s hope it’s not unionized.

Posted by Big Governement
December 12, 2009
Leave a Comment

Leaked SEIU Card Check Cheat Sheet

As if Andy Stern and Anna Burger lobbying without being registered wasn’t enough for the Service Employee International Union (SEIU) to deal with, they are still trying desperately to pass the Employee Free Choice Act (EFCA). Unsuccessfully, I might add.

However, they have developed a new tool of misinformation — “Language Tips on Employee Free Choice.”


SEIU EFCA Tip Sheet_Page_2 PDF

Thanks to an anonymous email to the Alliance for Worker Freedom we obtained this “for internal use only – not for distribution” document. However, in order for this document to reflect any bit of truth, just switch the “NO” and “YES” headers and you’ll be all set.

Posted by Big Governement
December 12, 2009
Leave a Comment

Leaked SEIU Card Check Cheat Sheet

As if Andy Stern and Anna Burger lobbying without being registered wasn’t enough for the Service Employee International Union (SEIU) to deal with, they are still trying desperately to pass the Employee Free Choice Act (EFCA). Unsuccessfully, I might add.

However, they have developed a new tool of misinformation — “Language Tips on Employee Free Choice.”


SEIU EFCA Tip Sheet_Page_2 PDF

Thanks to an anonymous email to the Alliance for Worker Freedom we obtained this “for internal use only – not for distribution” document. However, in order for this document to reflect any bit of truth, just switch the “NO” and “YES” headers and you’ll be all set.

Posted by Big Governement
December 11, 2009
Leave a Comment

‘Independent’ ACORN Apologist Applauds ‘Independent’ Investigation Conclusion

669-ACW_ACORN_PROTEST_3.embedded.prod_affiliate.4.JPG

Professor Peter Dreier, an ACORN apologist who portrays himself as an independent analyst, is really anything but.

As Andrew Breitbart articulated on BigGovernment November 25th, regarding a “study” Dreier produced critical of media coverage of ACORN:

At the end of the piece Professor Dreier offers the following biography: Peter Dreier, E.P Clapp Distinguished Professor of Politics and director of the Urban & Environmental Policy Program at Occidental College.

Why did Professor Dreier choose to leave out the critical information regarding his advisory relationship to ACORN? Isn’t sitting on an advisory committee of ACORN the definition of a conflict of interest in writing a fair and balanced piece on the organization? In fact, Dreier has been shilling for ACORN at least since 2003.

So when Dreier proclaimed ACORN “Not Guilty” in one of his recent columns on TalkingPointsMemo, I must admit I threw up a bit in my mouth.  Some of Dreier’s most pathetic conclusions:

ACORN is getting a bum rap — in the news media, among politicians, and even by some foundations. That’s the conclusion of an independent report released Monday, which acknowledged that ACORN needs to improve its management structure, but that it did not engage in illegal activities. . .Since last year, ACORN has been under attack by conservative media outlets like Fox News, Republican Party operatives, and business groups.

That’s a tenuous conclusion, considering the fact that ACORN’s Las Vegas office was raided by Nevada’s Democratic Secretary of State and was put on trial by the state’s Democratic Attorney General. Additionally, ACORN’s New Orleans office was raided by Louisana’s Democratic Attorney General. But those inconvenient truths probably slipped Dreier’s mind.

ACORN is now well known, but what most Americans know about it is wrong, based on controversies manufactured by the group’s long-time enemies, Drier wrote.

Does he mean the pesky Democratic state officeholders who keep hauling ACORN into court?

According to Dreier, the Harshbarger report is having the intended effect, providing a thin cover for ACORN’s radically liberal allies to welcome it back into the fold.

After Harshbarger released his report, various progressive groups — including SEIU, People for the American Way, the Alliance for Justice, the Campaign for America’s Future, NAACP, U.S. Action, and others — expressed support for ACORN and for the recommendations in the Harshbarger report.

In fact, SEIU president Andy Stern said, “What Mr. Harshbarger did find is something the media should have caught: the freelance ’sting’ operation that did so much damage to ACORN’s reputation last fall is deeply suspicious and deserving of increased scrutiny.”

For those on the left, ACORN is too big and important to fail.  And with the stubborn support of Andy Stern and others, ACORN isn’t going away any time soon.

“The media and Congress, which made an ill-informed rush to judgment based on incomplete or suspect evidence, should take their time to assess this report and give ACORN the impartial assessment it deserves,” Stern said.

Impartial assessment? Based on what? The work of Drier and Harshbarger, two unapologetic ACORN cheerleaders?

ACORN critics will only pay attention when a truly independent source, who isn’t being paid by ACORN, does a thorough investigation of the situation.

Posted by Big Governement
December 10, 2009
Leave a Comment

AFT’s Randi Weingarten: Schools, Unions Best Agents for ‘Social Justice’

AFT President Randi Weingarten may have inadvertantly put her finger on one of the major problems with public education today.

During an Oct. 28  forum at the Center for American Progress, Weingarten told the assembled panel that teachers unions, along with the general labor movement and the nation’s public schools, should be agents for social justice. She said “we have to do more than simply instruct children seven hours a day” and that “community schools should be the hub of the community.”

We suppose she means that our public schools, and the people who teach in them, should be actively engaged in political issues that have little or nothing to do with education –  like abortion, gay marriage and the sort.  That’s all fine and good, to a point. We live in a free society, where labor unions and their members can spout off about anything, just like the rest of us.

But in their zeal to use our schools as agents for social justice, we hope Weingarten and friends don’t forget that schools exist, first and foremost, to teach children. We hope AFT teachers put most of their energy into those seven hours a day when they are supposed to be instructing kids.

Test scores in recent years tell us that American students are falling behind their peers in many countries, particularly in the crucial areas of science and math. Perhaps if the AFT, one the largest and most powerful education organizations in the nation, focused more on that problem, rather than the redistribution of American wealth or the constitutional rights of transvestites, teachers and student performance would improve.

Send the right message to your members, Randi. Tell them their first priority is the academic development and improvement of their students. If the union is so concerned about creating a level social playing field for minority kids, as you claim, then you should focus on helping those kids succeed in school, so they can graduate and successfully make their way in the world.

Your way doesn’t seem to be working. While the AFT has supposedly been focused on social justice for the poor and minorities, it has continued to represent teachers, and fervently resist reform efforts,  in three of the worst school districts in the nation - Detroit, Washington D.C. and New York, all of which have heavy concentrations of minority students.  The dropout rate in those districts is huge, so thousands of children never get the chance to improve and ”join the middle class,” as Weingarten put it.

The AFT should give those kids a real helping hand by assisting in the reform of their schools, so they can get a quality education, or offering them access to alternative schools that are focused on learning.

Posted by Big Governement
December 9, 2009
Leave a Comment

Bob Creamer, Architect of ObamaCare, and His Pattern of Corruption

Before left-wing activist Bob Creamer escorted his wife, Illinois Democratic Congresswoman Jan Schakowsky to the Obama state dinner, before he penned his blue print for the socialist agenda from his federal prison cell, before he committed felony bank fraud and was indicted on 34 counts involving misuse of $2.4 million, this Saul Alinsky disciple reaped hundreds of thousands of dollars from a campaign finance scam that illegally funneled money from deep-pocket Democrat donors  and labor unions to targeted congressional campaigns.

2438949336_33ae0db035

Creamer left his position as head of the ACORN-affiliated Citizen Action/Illinois in 1997 after financial irregularities at the activist organization garnered the attention of federal investigators.  Despite the ongoing federal investigation, Creamer turned to political consulting, bringing his bare-knuckle ACORN tactics to bear on behalf of numerous Democratic candidates like indicted former Governor Rod Blagojevich.  In the 2002 election cycle, Creamer’s Strategic Consulting Group was paid over half a million dollars by the Blagojevich campaign.  Strategic Consulting also did campaign work for Chicago Mayor Richard Daley and others, all while the feds pursued their criminal investigation.

During the period when Creamer was running Strategic Consulting Group the firm served as the primary vendor for several identically-structured campaign committees formed for the express purpose of supporting Democrat candidacies in circumvention of federal campaign laws.

In 2005, the Federal Election Commission found that the 17th District Victory Fund, established in Illinois’ seventeenth Congressional district had broken the law when it paid $225,000 in “consulting” fees to Creamer.  Instead of providing the consulting services claimed on federal disclosures, Creamer set up a separate political operation that promoted re-election of Democratic Congressman Lane Evans who was a regular target for defeat by the GOP.  (For copies of the original FEC complaint, finding of fact and consent judgment, see here, here, and here.

The Victory Fund was able to collect huge amounts of money from individuals and special interests who were either prohibited from donating to Evans’ campaign or had already given the maximum allowed.  They then spent that money on what were claimed to be “party building activities,” such as get-out-the-vote drives, but what was, in reality illegally coordinated campaigning directly for Evans.

Because the 17th District Victory Fund was essentially a coordinated adjunct of the Evans campaign, donors were able to circumvent laws that limited campaign donations.  In particular, labor unions were able to give maximum donations to the Evans campaign directly and then re-ante to the Victory Fund.  The FEC noted that the “17th District Victory Fund…violated 2 U.S.C. § 441a(f) by accepting excessive contributions, in particular from the Laborers Political League, AFL-CIO, Carpenters’ Union and UFCW.

In addition to the laundry list of other labor organizations that funded this corrupt enterprise, the Victory Fund was also the beneficiary of donations from Democratic Congressmen Barney Frank and Charlie Rangel, as well as convicted Illinois political manipulator Stuart Levine whose corrupt activities helped bring down Blagojevich.

But the major source of funding for the 17th District Victory Fund was the 17th District “Non-Federal” Victory Fund, a state political organization that was able to collect limitless donations from rich individuals and then funnel the money to the “federal” victory fund, ostensibly for the aforementioned “party building” activities.  These “non-federal” dollars were then entirely transferred into the “federal” victory fund, thus laundering further illegal donations to the 17thDistrict Victory Fund to fund unlawful political activity.  Among these donors was reclusive multi-millionaire Fred Eychaner who has given tens of millions to Democrats in recent years.  In 2000, Eychaner had made the maximum donation of $4,000 to Lane Evans (primary and general elections) and then coughed up another $60,000 to the 17th District Non-Federal Victory Fund.  These dollars then were transferred into the federal fund that paid Creamer to illegally coordinate campaign activities wit the Evans campaign.

As a result of this illegal activity, the FEC leveled over $200,000 in fines on the 17th District Victory Fund and Congressman Evans’ campaign, but not before Creamer had been paid his fees to run the illegal political operation in the 1998, 2000 and 2002 election cycles.

During the same election cycles, identical “Victory Fund” operations were set up in Illinois’ ninth (Congresswoman Schakowsky’s own district), tenth and fifteenth Congressional districts with almost identical reports and consistent overlap of donors and vendors.  They followed the same pattern of establishing both a “federal” and “non-federal” committee with the unlimited “non-federal” dollars being dumped into the “federal” account that would then pay for political activities, particularly to Creamer’s consulting businesses.

In Schakowsky’s Ninth District, in 2002 the victory fund received $125,000 from Rod Blagojevich’s gubernatorial campaign with over $75,000 going to one of Creamer’s firms, Mobilize, Inc.

In the three cycles, the “Victory Funds” paid Creamer-controlled companies, Strategic Consulting and Mobilize, Inc. over $400,000 in consulting fees—the same pattern specifically cited as illegal activity by the FEC in the 17th Congressional District.  While Creamer was not a specific target of the FEC complaint and was not fined by the Commission, his activities were extensively cited by the FEC as an example of illegally coordinated campaign activities that led directly to the Commission’s judgment against the campaign committees.

During the time that federal investigators were compiling the evidence of financial crimes that would send Creamer to prison, he was involved in other illegal activities that violated campaign finance laws as determined by the Federal Election Commission.  These activities included avoiding limits on donations by individuals and unions and creating a funding mechanism that used smoke and mirrors to avoid detection.

Posted by Big Governement
December 9, 2009
Leave a Comment

‘Independent’ Report Reveals: ACORN’s Problems Are Sooo 2008

The “independent” investigation of ACORN has been completed, and the final report is in.

The verdict? ACORN has done nothing illegal, and most of its problems stem from the subpar leadership of its founder and former “chief organizer,” Wade Rathke. As long as Rathke and his allies are out of the picture, everything should be good to go at ACORN headquarters, according to Scott Harshbarger, former attorney general of Massachusetts.

669-ACW_ACORN_PROTEST_3.embedded.prod_affiliate.4.JPG

I get the feeling Mr. Harshbarger produced exactly the type of report (which can be viewed at ACORNcracked.com) that the ACORN board of directors paid him to produce: a rationalization of the group’s behavior, designed to deflect the growing chorus of criticism and breathe new life into the organization.

I doubt that anybody will be fooled by the silly conclusions in Harshbarger’s report. But I fear that ACORN’s friends in the White House and Congress may use it as an excuse to allow the organization back into the federal government’s good graces.

One of Harshbarger’s most startling conclusions was that ACORN Housing Corp. employees committed no crimes when they were caught on video repeatedly giving advice to a couple posing as a pimp and prostitute. He even suggests that the employees may have been represented in a false light, and were not as guilty as they appeared on video.  From the report:

While some of the advice and counsel given by ACORN employees and volunteers was clearly inappropriate and unprofessional, we did not find a pattern of intentional, illegal conduct by ACORN staff; in fact, there is no evidence that action, illegal or otherwise, was taken by any ACORN employee on behalf of the videographers.

The videos that have been released appear to have been edited, in some cases substantially, including the insertion of a substitute voiceover for significant portions of Mr. O’Keefe’s and Ms. Giles’s comments, which makes it difficult to determine the questions that ACORN employees were responding to. A comparison of the publicly available transcripts to the released videos confirms that large portions of the original video have been omitted from the released versions.

The report also implies that ACORN has become a functionally sound organization, now that Rathke is allegedly out of the picture.

ACORN’s governance and managerial weaknesses are deeply rooted in the policy and philosophy of the founder and his leadership team, and stem from the errors and poor judgments they made. The reform leadership, many of whom also served in the Rathke era, is now reaping what Rathke sowed, in combination with the fallout from their own failure to question or challenge him.

There is a general consensus among leaders, organizers and observers that, under the prior administration, ACORN grew too large too quickly, and efforts were not made to grow in a reasonable, cautious manner or with an adequate infrastructure.

Harshbarger goes on to urge ACORN to take “any additional actions needed to sever ties with its founder, his external allies, as well as any ongoing board and/or staff litigation.”

So everything will be fine, as long as Rathke is gone and nobody allows him to sneak back in. Is that really your final answer, Mr. Harshbarger?

I trust that Harshbarger knows he’s really not doing ACORN any favors. The only way for that organization to reform, and clean up its sullied reputation, is to face up to all of its wrongdoing. I’m talking about the pimp and prostitute videos, the alleged voter registration frauds, the alleged misuse of taxpayer funds, etc.

ACORN leaders should also be forced to reconsider their slimy tactics, like “seizing” foreclosed homes or bullying corporations into making cash contributions.

Only clear acts of atonement, and clear changes in policy, will begin to convince the public that perhaps ACORN deserves a second chance. That will take a great deal of time and real effort on the part of ACORN’s leadership.

Unfortunately, there’s reason to fear that Harshbarger’s report may indeed pay dividends for ACORN. There are plenty of ACORN alumni in the Obama administration and Congress who are eager to forgive the organization, and Harshbarger’s report may be the excuse they’ve been waiting form.

I’ve already seen movement in this direction, even before the report was made public. Obama’s Justice Department recently weighed in with a legal opinion, saying the federal government may honor all contracts it made with ACORN prior to the Congressional cutoff of funds.

That ruling alone could put ACORN back in business, if it withstands the likely legal challenges. So hold your breaths, everyone. Despite all of the unbelievable misdeeds that have been exposed in recent months, ACORN is still alive and kicking.

Posted by Big Governement
December 8, 2009
Leave a Comment

A White House Power Grab that Congress and America Doesn’t See

To achieve the goal of a universal, single-payer health system, the White House must secure the power it needs by amending the Social Security Act to transfer pivotal controls from Congress to the executive branch.  This transfer of power would ultimately give the President and the majority party, in this case the radical left Obama White House and Pelosi-Reid led progressive Democrats, the authority to frame and manipulate new policy, coverage options, and reimbursements, ultimately reshaping the future US health care system into a something unrecognizable in this country.

whitehouse

The deliberate setup for the White House power grab is built into the each of the health care bills and, if they fail, little-known twin bills called “MedPAC Reform of 2009” are waiting in the wings.  The bills, S.B. 1110 and H.R. 2718, craftily amend the Social Security Act and transfer the Medicare guideline and rule setting processes, from the legislative branch to the executive branch.  These bills offer cover to one another in case one doesn’t pass the House or Senate, respectively.  Remember, Democrats need to gain executive branch authority by amending the Social Security Act over Medicare regulations and physician fee schedules to transform the health care system in a single-payer, socialized system.

More importantly, Medicare’s regulations and physician fee schedules are the keystone to developing payer systems and reimbursement models across the entire health care industry.  And where Medicare goes, insurers follow.

To underscore the far-reaching power, a bulk of the states already reference or utilize the Medicare guidelines and fee schedules in determining policy, coverage, and payment, which impacts certain state-specific plans, including, but not limited to, self-funded plans, automobile insurance payers, and state workers’ compensation funds and plans – affecting even Big Labor.   For the executive branch to have such authority over Medicare regulations with little oversight is alarming.  This raises further issues of the powerful impact these federal mandates could potentially have on the states in stripping them of their own management of their respective insurance industries.

Specifically, the language in the Reid bill intentionally places unlimited power directly in the hands of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Kathleen Sebelius, including the ability to designate covered services, or rationing.  The Pelosi bill creates a Health Choices Commission and its “commissioner” is empowered to make the same decisions.  More alarming, both will have to take direction from the White House–and its unconfirmed czars–due to their executive branch affiliation.

In retrospect, Obama’s pick of Sebelius as HHS Secretary is obvious.  Aside from being a governor, Sebelius is the former Kansas insurance commissioner and has the ability to identify the strongest and weakest links–navigating her way quite expeditiously throughout the health care system.  And she’ll never disavow one of her first career choices — executive director and chief lobbyist for the Kansas Trial Lawyers Association.  That explains the blatant omission of tort reform, in addition to the fact that the trial lawyers are the biggest Democrat donors.

Another disturbing Obama appointee is health care czar Nancy Ann DeParle, who remains unconfirmed, and was the administrator of the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA), now known as the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.  In short, she “owns” Medicare.  And if you put Sebelius and DeParle together in a room for a few hours, you’ll get a formula for a single-payer government-run health care system – with Obama’s wish list met.

These designed appointees make sense of the intentions at hand to frame a universal or single-payer health care system.  Everything in this administration makes sense when you look at the overall agenda.  Even the branding makes sense.  The urgency, caring for the uninsured, taking advantage of the uninsurable, proclaiming it’s paid for,  packaging it as deficit-neutral, and amplifying that people are ‘dying’ in the streets.

The aforementioned MedPAC Reform of 2009 bills give the executive branch power it so dearly covets to devise the single-payer system.  Currently, MedPAC–the Medicare Payment and Advisory Committee (MedPAC)–is a Clinton-era independent Congressional agency established by the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 that advises the Congress on issues affecting the Medicare program, including payments to private health plans participating in Medicare and providers in Medicare’s traditional fee-for-service program.  MedPAC also analyzes access to, quality of, and cost of health care.

The MedPAC bill designer, progressive Senator John Rockefeller (D-WV), has strategically branded the need for the bill by calling Congress “inefficient” and “inconsistent” –and who wouldn’t agree with that?

Therefore, the MedPAC Reform bill creates a new MedPAC–the Medicare Payment and Access Commission–and gives the Obama White House and its advisors over-reaching control of several factors governing the economy of the health care system.  The new MedPAC, which is exempted from judicial review, would have the authority to rewrite physician fee schedules, redefine medical necessity, evaluate coverage of treatment options, rewrite beneficiary definitions and coverage, and redesign diagnostic definitions and coverage.

The new MedPAC’s mission would also be to inform new research in health services to adequately address deficiencies in the evidence. However, in reality, this would apparently cripple new treatments and technologies by overshadowing progressive research and treatment algorithms by apparently emphasizing the deficiencies, not the benefits, equaling a denial of care and arresting development of burgeoning technologies.

Rockefeller also confirms that the new MedPAC will evaluate and test new and innovative payment models for provider reimbursement.  The MedPAC reform is being packaged under the guise of efficiency; however, by maximizing the volume of care delivered at the lowest possible cost, it appears that the payment and utilization schedule is a mechanism to control the pressure that would build when the health care system is overloaded with millions of new patients.

Finally, Rockefeller highlights another intention of MedPAC, which is to expand the capacity to evaluate basic and health services research for reimbursement.  This is the pinnacle power grab because this gives the new MedPAC and the executive branch the power to ration or deny care and decide what treatment options are available or acceptable as a whole.

Senator Chuck Grassley (R-IA), ranking Republican on the Senate Finance Committee, commented, “As a congressional support agency, MedPAC’s mission is to advise Congress on Medicare payment issues.  If MedPAC were to become part of the executive branch as contemplated in the Rockefeller bill, then Congress would no longer have this support agency to provide technical support when making policy decisions.”  Senator Grassley also confirmed that he is not willing to abdicate congressional responsibilities for Medicare payment policymaking to a body that does not hold certificates of election.   He is correct that Congress wouldn’t have the support agency’s advice, but misses that it wouldn’t be Congress’s responsibility anymore—the policy decisions would be the responsibility of the new MedPAC—under the direction of the Obama White House.

What’s inherently disturbing is the fact that Rockefeller has been very outspoken in support of the public option and knows that this transfer of power must take place via the Social Security Act—in any form.  He even confirms that health care reform will not be successful, unless all authority is shifted to the executive branch.  He also rightly chooses his words–the “healthcare delivery system,” which is code for the public option.

Additionally, Rockefeller confirms the overall task at hand by stating, “Establishing MedPAC as an independent executive branch agency – which can only change through an act of Congress – is the cornerstone of improving our delivery system reform.  Health care reform will only be successful if we craft transformative changes.”  Transformative, as in a government-run health care system.

If there are any questions if the White House would flex its executive branch authority over an agency, just look the way of the EPA.  Congress stalled on cap and trade and Climategate has proven to be a problem, so the White House and EPA took matters into their own hands to keep moving on the agenda—to intentionally put regulations in place that further strangle American businesses, create unemployment, and further destabilize the economy.

Furthermore, with most of the Obama administration graduates of the Saul Alinsky school of thought, of course the main goal of all legislation and policies would be to support the overall intention of Alinsky, which is for the “have-nots on how to take it away.”

In any of these legislative scenarios–Pelosi, Reid or MedPAC bills–the White House gets the power it seeks–and needs–in order to accomplish the task at hand–a single payer, government-run health system.

These bills must be defeated; the power grab thwarted because after the Social Security Act is amended in any form these bills present and the rule changes take effect, it is not likely for the Act to be reopened and amended again.  The problem is Congress doesn’t even comprehend what’s at stake in either of the health care bills or MedPAC Reform–and you can’t stop something you don’t see.

Posted by Big Governement
December 8, 2009
Leave a Comment

Exclusive: Ex-Convict Bob Creamer Laid Out Health Care Reform Plan In 2008 Speech

2438949040_11da942f69

ACORNcracked.com recently obtained an audio recording a speech by Robert Creamer, given at the Take Back America 2008 conference in Washington, DC, that was hosted by Campaign for America’s Future, an ultra-liberal organization.

In a March 19 session entitled, “Health Care: The Politics of Winning,” ex-convict Creamer and husband of Congresswoman Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), laid out his vision for health care reform.  Of Creamer’s 10-point plan, number 5 is:

To have a movement that both deals with that fact [that health care reform should be personal] and creates a movement we have to have two elements.  In a lot of campaigns we run are either about a populist kind of message and feel because it’s about people’s pocketbooks and needs directly.  Or it has a moral dimension that is inspirational and empowering – the civil rights movement, for instance.

This movement needs to have both.  To have a movement, to mobilize people, to inspire people, you have to appeal to their sense of meaning and purpose and something important.  So we have to create a sense that this is a historic battle. This is about you’re being part of something that will make you meaningful. (emphasis added)

If there is a legitimate crisis, does the “sense” really need to be “created?”  Or are Creamer, Healthcare for America Now, SEIU, ACORN and others creating a problem to suit meet their ends?  Then he talked about the campaign and how to defeat their opponents.

We have to spend a lot of time particularly now, in this next year, going after our principle adversary here: the private insurance industry. … We need to reduce the credibility of the private insurance industry as, I mean, let’s be honest, right?  Twenty five percent of America’s health care costs go to administration and advertising.  …  This is a political campaign.  We need to bring down the positives and bring up the negatives of our opponents.  And the private insurance industry is our opponent in this battle. (emphasis added)

In analyzing the defeat of HillaryCare in 1993, Creamer identified then opponents then and ways to make them allies now.  He specifically mentioned major businesses with huge legacy costs (ie. General Motors), small businesses, and the American Medical Association.

To win any major social change in America that restructures a sixth of the economy, we need some Republican support.  We need it in Congress and we certainly need it in the population.  Now, that doesn’t mean we say we have to negotiate with these guys, it means, you know, we want the train to be as long as possible, we just want the progressive vision to be in the engine here.  So we’ve got to beat the crap out of the Susan – well, if Susan Collins loses, that’s wonderful – but some of the swing votes in the Senate in particular to get them with the program. So part of our targeting has to be not just on holding Democrats with us, although that’s a problem for us, it’s also – we gotta have some of those Republicans. (emphasis added)

Creamer then suggested that liberals need to devise ways to draw conservatives into the debate.

We need to really go at their alternative but we need to establish that they have an alternative.  We need to establish as the political dialog, “everyone agrees there’s a health care crisis in America.  Here’s our plan, here’s their plan.  Now your only alternatives, public, are to choose one of the two, not the status quo.

Using language similar to SEIU president Andy Stern, Creamer articulated what is at stake:

If we get the presidency, we must deliver.  And if we do, we will create the investment of huge numbers of Americans in a revitalized commitment to the importance of the public sector and the progressive vision for the future.

Prior to Creamer’s remarks, pollster Celinda Lake gave her analysis of poll-tested phraseology that will best sell socialized medicine to an already skeptical, pro-capitalism American public.  A PowerPoint presentation, created by Lake for a similar meeting, can be seen below:


CelindaLakeHealthCare09pollingpresentation

Let’s be clear: the need for health care reform (assuming for a moment there actually is a need), is seen in battle terms by liberals in power.  They need it.  They salivate for it.  It’s something they must deliver for their base and their biggest campaign contributors.

Pro-free market conservatives are dealing with an issue bigger than simple health care reform.  They’re dealing with a liberal movement hell-bent on securing a victory and delivering the bacon to the interest groups that can return them to power next year.

Posted by Big Governement
December 8, 2009
Leave a Comment

Exclusive: Ex-convict Bob Creamer Laid Out Health Care Reform Plan In 2008 Speech

2438949040_11da942f69

ACORNcracked.com recently obtained an audio recording a speech by Robert Creamer, given at the Take Back America 2008 conference in Washington, DC, that was hosted by Campaign for America’s Future, an ultra-liberal organization.

In a March 19 session entitled, “Health Care: The Politics of Winning,” ex-convict Creamer and husband of Congresswoman Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), laid out his vision for health care reform.  Of Creamer’s 10-point plan, number 5 is:

To have a movement that both deals with that fact [that health care reform should be personal] and creates a movement we have to have two elements.  In a lot of campaigns we run are either about a populist kind of message and feel because it’s about people’s pocketbooks and needs directly.  Or it has a moral dimension that is inspirational and empowering – the civil rights movement, for instance.

This movement needs to have both.  To have a movement, to mobilize people, to inspire people, you have to appeal to their sense of meaning and purpose and something important.  So we have to create a sense that this is a historic battle. This is about you’re being part of something that will make you meaningful. (emphasis added)

If there is a legitimate crisis, does the “sense” really need to be “created?”  Or are Creamer, Healthcare for America Now, SEIU, ACORN and others creating a problem to suit meet their ends?  Then he talked about the campaign and how to defeat their opponents.

We have to spend a lot of time particularly now, in this next year, going after our principle adversary here: the private insurance industry. … We need to reduce the credibility of the private insurance industry as, I mean, let’s be honest, right?  Twenty five percent of America’s health care costs go to administration and advertising.  …  This is a political campaign.  We need to bring down the positives and bring up the negatives of our opponents.  And the private insurance industry is our opponent in this battle. (emphasis added)

In analyzing the defeat of HillaryCare in 1993, Creamer identified then opponents then and ways to make them allies now.  He specifically mentioned major businesses with huge legacy costs (ie. General Motors), small businesses, and the American Medical Association.

To win any major social change in America that restructures a sixth of the economy, we need some Republican support.  We need it in Congress and we certainly need it in the population.  Now, that doesn’t mean we say we have to negotiate with these guys, it means, you know, we want the train to be as long as possible, we just want the progressive vision to be in the engine here.  So we’ve got to beat the crap out of the Susan – well, if Susan Collins loses, that’s wonderful – but some of the swing votes in the Senate in particular to get them with the program. So part of our targeting has to be not just on holding Democrats with us, although that’s a problem for us, it’s also – we gotta have some of those Republicans. (emphasis added)

Creamer then suggested that liberals need to devise ways to draw conservatives into the debate.

We need to really go at their alternative but we need to establish that they have an alternative.  We need to establish as the political dialog, “everyone agrees there’s a health care crisis in America.  Here’s our plan, here’s their plan.  Now your only alternatives, public, are to choose one of the two, not the status quo.

Using language similar to SEIU president Andy Stern, Creamer articulated what is at stake:

If we get the presidency, we must deliver.  And if we do, we will create the investment of huge numbers of Americans in a revitalized commitment to the importance of the public sector and the progressive vision for the future.

Prior to Creamer’s remarks, pollster Celinda Lake gave her analysis of poll-tested phraseology that will best sell socialized medicine to an already skeptical, pro-capitalism American public.  A PowerPoint presentation, created by Lake for a similar meeting, can be seen below:


CelindaLakeHealthCare09pollingpresentation

Let’s be clear: the need for health care reform (assuming for a moment there actually is a need), is seen in battle terms by liberals in power.  They need it.  They salivate for it.  It’s something they must deliver for their base and their biggest campaign contributors.

Pro-free market conservatives are dealing with an issue bigger than simple health care reform.  They’re dealing with a liberal movement hell-bent on securing a victory and delivering the bacon to the interest groups that can return them to power next year.

Posted by Big Governement
December 8, 2009
Leave a Comment

Exclusive: Ex-convict Bob Creamer Laid Out Health Care Reform Plan In 2008 Speech

2438949040_11da942f69

ACORNcracked.com recently obtained an audio recording a speech by Robert Creamer, given at the Take Back America 2008 conference in Washington, DC, that was hosted by Campaign for America’s Future, an ultra-liberal organization.

In a March 19 session entitled, “Health Care: The Politics of Winning,” ex-convict Creamer and husband of Congresswoman Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), laid out his vision for health care reform.  Of Creamer’s 10-point plan, number 5 is:

To have a movement that both deals with that fact [that health care reform should be personal] and creates a movement we have to have two elements.  In a lot of campaigns we run are either about a populist kind of message and feel because it’s about people’s pocketbooks and needs directly.  Or it has a moral dimension that is inspirational and empowering – the civil rights movement, for instance.

This movement needs to have both.  To have a movement, to mobilize people, to inspire people, you have to appeal to their sense of meaning and purpose and something important.  So we have to create a sense that this is a historic battle. This is about you’re being part of something that will make you meaningful. (emphasis added)

If there is a legitimate crisis, does the “sense” really need to be “created?”  Or are Creamer, Healthcare for America Now, SEIU, ACORN and others creating a problem to suit meet their ends?  Then he talked about the campaign and how to defeat their opponents.

We have to spend a lot of time particularly now, in this next year, going after our principle adversary here: the private insurance industry. … We need to reduce the credibility of the private insurance industry as, I mean, let’s be honest, right?  Twenty five percent of America’s health care costs go to administration and advertising.  …  This is a political campaign.  We need to bring down the positives and bring up the negatives of our opponents.  And the private insurance industry is our opponent in this battle. (emphasis added)

In analyzing the defeat of HillaryCare in 1993, Creamer identified then opponents then and ways to make them allies now.  He specifically mentioned major businesses with huge legacy costs (ie. General Motors), small businesses, and the American Medical Association.

To win any major social change in America that restructures a sixth of the economy, we need some Republican support.  We need it in Congress and we certainly need it in the population.  Now, that doesn’t mean we say we have to negotiate with these guys, it means, you know, we want the train to be as long as possible, we just want the progressive vision to be in the engine here.  So we’ve got to beat the crap out of the Susan – well, if Susan Collins loses, that’s wonderful – but some of the swing votes in the Senate in particular to get them with the program. So part of our targeting has to be not just on holding Democrats with us, although that’s a problem for us, it’s also – we gotta have some of those Republicans. (emphasis added)

Creamer then suggested that liberals need to devise ways to draw conservatives into the debate.

We need to really go at their alternative but we need to establish that they have an alternative.  We need to establish as the political dialog, “everyone agrees there’s a health care crisis in America.  Here’s our plan, here’s their plan.  Now your only alternatives, public, are to choose one of the two, not the status quo.

Using language similar to SEIU president Andy Stern, Creamer articulated what is at stake:

If we get the presidency, we must deliver.  And if we do, we will create the investment of huge numbers of Americans in a revitalized commitment to the importance of the public sector and the progressive vision for the future.

Prior to Creamer’s remarks, pollster Celinda Lake gave her analysis of poll-tested phraseology that will best sell socialized medicine to an already skeptical, pro-capitalism American public.  A PowerPoint presentation, created by Lake for a similar meeting, can be seen below:


CelindaLakeHealthCare09pollingpresentation

Let’s be clear: the need for health care reform (assuming for a moment there actually is a need), is seen in battle terms by liberals in power.  They need it.  They salivate for it.  It’s something they must deliver for their base and their biggest campaign contributors.

Pro-free market conservatives are dealing with an issue bigger than simple health care reform.  They’re dealing with a liberal movement hell-bent on securing a victory and delivering the bacon to the interest groups that can return them to power next year.

Posted by Big Governement
December 8, 2009
Leave a Comment

Exclusive: Ex-convict Bob Creamer Laid Out Health Care Reform Plan In 2008 Speech

2438949040_11da942f69

ACORNcracked.com recently obtained an audio recording a speech by Robert Creamer, given at the Take Back America 2008 conference in Washington, DC, that was hosted by Campaign for America’s Future, an ultra-liberal organization.

In a March 19 session entitled, “Health Care: The Politics of Winning,” ex-convict Creamer and husband of Congresswoman Jan Schakowsky (D-IL), laid out his vision for health care reform.  Of Creamer’s 10-point plan, number 5 is:

To have a movement that both deals with that fact [that health care reform should be personal] and creates a movement we have to have two elements.  In a lot of campaigns we run are either about a populist kind of message and feel because it’s about people’s pocketbooks and needs directly.  Or it has a moral dimension that is inspirational and empowering – the civil rights movement, for instance.

This movement needs to have both.  To have a movement, to mobilize people, to inspire people, you have to appeal to their sense of meaning and purpose and something important.  So we have to create a sense that this is a historic battle. This is about you’re being part of something that will make you meaningful. (emphasis added)

If there is a legitimate crisis, does the “sense” really need to be “created?”  Or are Creamer, Healthcare for America Now, SEIU, ACORN and others creating a problem to suit meet their ends?  Then he talked about the campaign and how to defeat their opponents.

We have to spend a lot of time particularly now, in this next year, going after our principle adversary here: the private insurance industry. … We need to reduce the credibility of the private insurance industry as, I mean, let’s be honest, right?  Twenty five percent of America’s health care costs go to administration and advertising.  …  This is a political campaign.  We need to bring down the positives and bring up the negatives of our opponents.  And the private insurance industry is our opponent in this battle. (emphasis added)

In analyzing the defeat of HillaryCare in 1993, Creamer identified then opponents then and ways to make them allies now.  He specifically mentioned major businesses with huge legacy costs (ie. General Motors), small businesses, and the American Medical Association.

To win any major social change in America that restructures a sixth of the economy, we need some Republican support.  We need it in Congress and we certainly need it in the population.  Now, that doesn’t mean we say we have to negotiate with these guys, it means, you know, we want the train to be as long as possible, we just want the progressive vision to be in the engine here.  So we’ve got to beat the crap out of the Susan – well, if Susan Collins loses, that’s wonderful – but some of the swing votes in the Senate in particular to get them with the program. So part of our targeting has to be not just on holding Democrats with us, although that’s a problem for us, it’s also – we gotta have some of those Republicans. (emphasis added)

Creamer then suggested that liberals need to devise ways to draw conservatives into the debate.

We need to really go at their alternative but we need to establish that they have an alternative.  We need to establish as the political dialog, “everyone agrees there’s a health care crisis in America.  Here’s our plan, here’s their plan.  Now your only alternatives, public, are to choose one of the two, not the status quo.

Using language similar to SEIU president Andy Stern, Creamer articulated what is at stake:

If we get the presidency, we must deliver.  And if we do, we will create the investment of huge numbers of Americans in a revitalized commitment to the importance of the public sector and the progressive vision for the future.

Prior to Creamer’s remarks, pollster Celinda Lake gave her analysis of poll-tested phraseology that will best sell socialized medicine to an already skeptical, pro-capitalism American public.  A PowerPoint presentation, created by Lake for a similar meeting, can be seen below:


CelindaLakeHealthCare09pollingpresentation

Let’s be clear: the need for health care reform (assuming for a moment there actually is a need), is seen in battle terms by liberals in power.  They need it.  They salivate for it.  It’s something they must deliver for their base and their biggest campaign contributors.

Pro-free market conservatives are dealing with an issue bigger than simple health care reform.  They’re dealing with a liberal movement hell-bent on securing a victory and delivering the bacon to the interest groups that can return them to power next year.